Selected quad for the lemma: death_n

Word A Word B Word C Word D Occurrence Frequency Band MI MI Band Prominent
death_n bring_v speak_v zion_n 18 3 8.5325 4 false
View all documents for the selected quad

Text snippets containing the quad

ID Title Author Corrected Date of Publication (TCP Date of Publication) STC Words Pages
A10675 The Bible and Holy Scriptures conteyned in the Olde and Newe Testament. Translated according to the Ebrue and Greke, and conferred with the best translations in diuers languges. VVith moste profitable annotations vpon all the hard places, and other things of great importance as may appeare in the epistle to the reader; Bible. English. Geneva. Whittingham, William, d. 1579.; Gilby, Anthony, ca. 1510-1585.; Sampson, Thomas, 1517?-1589. 1561 (1561) STC 2095; ESTC S121352 3,423,415 1,153

There are 74 snippets containing the selected quad. | View lemmatised text

awaie 1 ANd when Izhák was olde and hys eyes were dimme so that he colde not se he called Esáu hys eldest sonne and sayd vnto him My sonne And he aunswered hym I am here 2 Then he sayd Beholde I am nowe olde and knowe not the day of my death 3 Wherefore nowe I praie thee take thine instruments thy quiuer and thy bowe and get thee to the field that thou mayest take me some venison 4 Then make me sauourie meat such as I loue and bring it me that I may eat and that my soule maie blesse thee before I dye 5 Now Rebekáh heard when Izhák spake to Esáu his sonne and Esáu went into the fielde to hunt for venison and to bring it 6 ¶ Then Rebekáh spake vnto Iaakób her sonne saying Beholde I haue heard thy Father talking with Esáu thy brother saying 7 Bryng me venison and make me sauourie meat that I maye eat and blesse thee before the Lord afore my death 8 Nowe therefore my sonne heare my voyce in that which I commande thee 9 Get thee now to the flocke and bryng me thence two good kyds of the goates that I may make pleasant meat of them for thy Father such as he loueth 10 Then thou shalte bring it to thy father and he shall eat to the intent that he maie blesse thee before his death 11 But Iaakob sayd to Rebekáh hys mother Beholde Esáu my brother is rough and I am smothe 12 My father maie possibly fele me and I shall seme to him to be a mocker so shal I bring a curse vpon me and not a blessing 13 But hys mother sayd vnto him Vpon me be thy curse my sonne onely heare my voy ce and go and bring me them 14 So he went and fet them and broght thē to his mother and his mother made pleasant meat such as his father loued 15 And Rebekáh toke faire clothes of her Elder sonne Esáu which were in her house ād clothed Iaakób her yonger sonne 16 And she couered hys hands and the smothe of his necke with the skinnes of the kyds of the goates 17 Afterwarde she put the pleasaunt meat and bread which she had prepared in the hand of her sonne Iaakób 18 ¶ And when he came to his father he sayd My father Who answered I am here who art thou my sonne 19 And Iaakób sayd to hys Father I am Esáu thy first borne I haue done as thou badest me arise I praie thee sit vp and eat of my venison that thy soule maie blesse me 20 Then Izhák said vnto his sonne Howe hast thou founde it so quickly my sonne Who said Because the Lorde thy God broght it to mine hand 21 Againe said Izhak vnto Iaakób Come nere nowe that I may fele thee my sonne whether thou be that my sonne Esáu or not 22 Then Iaakób came nere to Izhak hys father and he felt hym and sayd The voyce is Iaakobs voyce but the handes are the of Esáu 23 For he knewe him not because his handes were rough as hys brother Esaus handes wherefore he blessed him 24 Againe he said Art thou that my sonne Esáu Who answered Yea. 25 Then said he Bryng it me hether and I will eat of my sonnes venison that my soule may blesse thee And he broght it to him he ate also he broght him wine and he dranke 26 Afterwarde his father Izhák said vnto him Come nere now and kisse me my sonne 27 And he came nere and kyssed hym Then he smelled the sauour of hys garments and blessed hym and sayd Beholde the smell of my sonne is as the smell of a field which the Lord hathe blessed 28 * God giue thee therefore of the dewe of heauen and the fatnes of the earth and plen tie of wheat and wine 29 Let people be thy seruauntes and nacions bowe vnto thee be Lord ouer thy brethren and let thy mothers children honour thee cursed be he that curseth thee and blessed be he that blesseth thee 30 ¶ And when Izhák had made an ende of blessynge Iaakób and Iaakób was scace gone out frome the presence of Izhák hys father then came Esau his brother from hys hunting 31 And he also prepared sauourie meate and broght it to his father and said vnto his father Let my father arise ād eat of his sonnes venison that thy soule may blesse me 32 But his father Izhák said vnto him Who art thou And he answered I am thy sonne euē thy first borne Esáu 33 Then Izhák was stricken wyth a meruelous great feare and said Who and where is he that hunted venison and broght it me and I haue eat of all before thou camest and I haue blessed hym 〈◊〉 he shall be blessed 34 When Esáu heard the wordes of his father he cried out with a great crye and bitter out of measure and sayd vnto hys father Blesse me euen me also my father 35 Who answered Thy brother came with sub tiltie and hathe taken away thy blessing 36 Then he sayd Was he not iustely called Iaakób for he hathe deceiued me 〈◊〉 two tymes he toke my birthright and lo nowe hath he taken my blessing Also he said hast thou not reserued a blessing for me 37 Then Izhák aunswered and sayd vnto Esau Beholde I haue made hym thy Lord and all hys brethren haue I made hys seruantes also with wheat and wyne haue I furnished hym and vnto thee nowe what shall I do my sonne 38 Then Esáu said vnto hys father Hast thou but one blessing my father blesse me euē me also my father and Esau listed vp hys voyce and * wept 39 Then Izhák 〈◊〉 father answered and sayd vnto hym Beholde the fatnes of the earth shal be thy dwel'ynge place and thou shalte haue of the de we of heauen from aboue 40 And by thy sworde shalt thou liue ād shalt be thy brothers seruant But it shall come to 〈◊〉 whē thou shalt get the mastrie that thou shalt breake his yoke from thy necke 41 ¶ Therefore Esáu hated Iaakôb because of the blessyng wherewith his father blessed him And 〈◊〉 thoght in his minde * The day es of mourning for my father wil come short ly then wil slay my brother Iaakob 42 And it was tolde to Rebekáh of the words of Esáu her elder sonne and she sent and called Iaakób her yonger sonne and sayd vnto him Beholde thy brother Esáu is comforted against thee meaning to kil thee 43 Now therefore my sonne heare my voyce arise and flee thou to Harán to my brother Labán 44 And tary with him a while vntil thy brothers fearcenes beswaged 45 And till thy brothers wrath turne away from thee and he forget the things whiche thou hast done to 〈◊〉 then will I send and take thee frome 〈◊〉 why shulde I be depriued of you bothe in one day 46 Also 〈◊〉 sayd to Izhák * I am
with suche garmēts were the Kings daughters that were virgins appa reled Then his seruant broght her out and locked the dore after her 19 And Tamár put a 〈◊〉 on her head rent the garment of diuers coulers which was on her and layed her hand on her head went her way crying 20 And Absalôm her brother said vnto her Hathe Amnôn thy brother bene with thee Now yet beistyl my sister he is thy brother let not this thing grieue thine heart So Tamár remained desolate in her brother Absaloms house 21 ¶ But when King Dauid heard all these things he was very wrothe 22 And Absalom said vnto his brother Amnôm nether good nor bad for Absalôm ha ted Amnôn because he had forced his sister Tamár 23 ¶ And after the time of two yeres Absalôm had shepe sherers in Baal-hazôm which is beside Ephráim and Absalôm called all the Kings sonnes 24 And Absalôm came to the King and said Beholde now thy seruant hathe shepe sherers I pray thee that the King with his ser uants wolde go with thy seruant 25 But the King answered Absalōm Nay my sonne I pray thee let vs not go all lest we be chargeable vnto thee Yet Absalôm laye sore vpon him howbeit he wolde not go but thanked him 26 Then said Absalôm But I pray thee shal not my brother Amnôn go with vs And the King answered him Why shulde he go with thee 27 But Absalōm was instant vpon him and he sent Amn on with him and all the Kings children 28 ¶ Now had Absalóm commanded his seruants saying Marke now when Amnons heatt is mery with wine and when I say vnto you Smite Amnôn kil him feare not for haue not I commanded you be bolde therefore and play the men 29 And the seruants of Absalôm did vnto Amnôn as Absalôm had commanded and all the Kings sonnes arose and euery man gate him vp vpon his mule and fled 30 ¶ And while thei were in the way tidings came to Dauid saying Absalom hathe slay ne all the Kings sonnes and there is not one of them left 31 Then the King arose and tare his garmēts and lay on the grounde and all his seruants stode by with their clothes rent 32 And Ionadáb the sonne of Shimeád Dauids brother answered and said Let not my lord suppose that they haue slayne all the yong men the Kings sonnes for Amnon onely is dead because Absalom had reported so since he forced his sister Tamār 33 Now therefore let not my lord the King take the thing so grieuously to thinke that all the Kings sónes are dead for Am non onely is dead 34 ¶ Then Absalom fled and the yong man that kept the watche lift vp his eyes and loked and beholde there came muche peo ple by the way of the hil side behinde him 35 And Ionadáb said vnto the King Beholde the Kings sonnes come as thy seruant said so it is 36 And assone as he had left speaking behold the Kings sonnes came and lift vp their voyce and wept and the King also and all his seruants wept excedingly sore 37 But Absalom fled away and went to Talmái the sonne of Ammihúr King of Geshúr Dauid mourned for his sóne eueryday 38 So Absalom fled and went to Geshûr and was there thre yeres 39 And King Dauid desired to go forthe vnto Absalom because he was pacified cō cerning Amnôn seing he was dead CHAP. XIIII 2 Absalom 〈◊〉 reconcilied to his father by the subteltie of Ioab 24 Absalom maynot se the Kings face 25 The beau tie of Absalom 30 He causeth Ioabs corne to be burnt is broght to his fathers presence 1 THen Ioáb the sonne of Zeruiáh perceiued that the Kings heart was towarde Absalom 2 And Ioáb sent to Tekoah and broght thence a subtile woman and said vnto her I pray thee faine thy selfe to mourne now put on morning apparel anoint not thy selfe with oyle but be as a woman that had now long time mourned for the dead 3 And come to the King and speake of this maner vnto him for Ioáb taught her what the shulde say 4 ¶ Then the woman of Tekoáh spake vnto the King and fel downe on her face to the grounde and did obeisance said Helpe ô King 5 Then the King said vnto her What ayleth thee And she answered I am in dede a widowe and mine housband is dead 6 And thine hand mayd had two sonnes they two stroue together in the field there was none to parte them so the one smote the other and 〈◊〉 him 7 And beholde the whole familie is risen against thine hand mayd and thei said De liuer him that smote his brother that we may kil him for the soule of his brother whome he slewe that we may destroy the heire also so they shal quenchemy sparkle which is left and shal not leane to mine housband nether name nor posteritie vpō the earth 8 And the King said vnto the woman Go to thine house I wil giue a charge for thee 9 Then the woman of Tekóah said vnto the King My lord ó King this trespasse be on me and on my fathers house and the King and his throne be giltles 10 And the King said Bring him to me that speaketh against thee and he shal touche thee nomore 11 Then said she I pray thee let the King re member the Lord thy God that thou wol dest not suffer many reuengers of blood to destroy lest thei slaye my sonne And he answered As the Lord liueth there shal not one heere of thy sōne fall to the earth 12 Then the woman said I pray thee let thine hand maid speake a worde to my lord the King And he said Say on 13 Then the woman said Wherefore thē hast thou thoght suche a thing against the people of God or why doeth the King as one which is fautie speake this thing that he wil not bring againe his banished 14 For we must nedes dye and we are as wa ter spilt on the grounde which can not be gathered vp againe nether doeth God spare anie persone yet doeth he appoint meanes not to cast out frō him him that is expelled 15 Now therefore that I am come to speake of this thing vnto my lord the King the cause is that the people haue made me afraide therefore thine hand maid said Now wil I speake vnto the King it may be that the King wil performe the request of his handmaid 16 For the King wil beare to deliuer his hād maid out of the hand of the mā that wolde destroye me and also my sonne frō the inheritance of God 17 Therefore thine hand maid said The word of my Lord the King shal nowe be comfortable for my Lord the King is euen as an k Angel of God in
messengers farre of and didest humble thy selfe vnto hel 10 Thou we ariedst thy selfe in thy manifold iourneis yet saidest thou not There is no hope thou hast founde life by thine hand therefore thou wast not grieued 11 And whome didest thou reuerence or feare seing thou hast lied vnto me and hast not remembred me nether set thy minde thereon is it not because I holde my peace and that of long time therefore thou fearest not me 12 I wil declare thy righteousnes and thy wor kes and thei shal not profite thee 13 When thou cryest let them that thou hast gathered together deliuer thee but the winde shal take them all away vanitie shal pul them a waie but he that trusteth in me shal inherit the land and shal possesse mine holie Mountaine 14 And he shal saie Cast vp cast vp prepare the waie take vp the stombling blockes out of the waie of my people 15 For thus saith he that is hie and excellēt he that inhabiteth the eternitie whose Name is the Holie one I dwell in the hie and holie place with him also that is of a contrite and humble spirit to reuiue the spirit of the hum ble and to giue life to them that are of a con trite heart 16 For I wil not contende for euer nether wil I be alwaies wrath for the spirit shulde faile before me and I haue made the breathe 17 For his wicked couetousnes I am angrie with him and haue smiten him I hid me and was angrie yet he went awaie and turned after the waie of his owne heart 18 I haue sene his waies and wil heale him I wil leade him also and restore comfort vnto him and to those that lament him 19 I creat the frute of the lippes to be peace peace vnto them that are farre of and to them that are nere saith the Lord for I wil heale him 20 But the wicked are like the raging seathat can not rest whose waters cast vp myre and dirt 21 There is no peace saith my God to the wicked CHAP. LVIII 1 The office of Gods ministers 2 The workes of the hypocrites 6 The fast of the faithful 13 Of the true Sabbath 1 CRye a loud spare not lift vp thy voyce like a trumpet and shewe my people their transgression and to the house of Iaakób their sinnes 2 Yet thei seke me daily and wilknowe my waies euen as a nacion that did righteously and had not forsaken the statutes of their God thei aske of me the ordināces of iustice they wil drawe nere vnto God saying 3 Wherefore haue we fasted and thou feest it not we haue punished our selues and thou regardest it not Beholde in the day of your fast you wil seke your wil and require all your dettes 4 Beholde ye fast to strife and debate and to smite with the fist of wickednes ye shal not fast as ye do to day to make your voce be heard aboue 5 Is it suche a fast that I haue chosen that a man shulde afflict his soule for a day and to bowe downe his head as a bulle rush and to lie downe in sacke cloth and ashes wilt thou call this a fasting or an acceptable day to the Lord 6 Is not this the fasting that I haue chosen to loose the bands of wickednes to take of the heauy burdens and to let the oppressed go fre and that ye breake euery yoke 7 Is it not to deale thy bread to the hungry and that thou bring the poore that wander vnto thine house when thou seest the naked that thou couer him and hide not thy self frō thine owne flesh 8 Then shal thy light breake forthe as the morning and thine health shal growe spedely thy righteousnes shalgo before thee the glorie of the Lord shal embrace thee 9 Then shalt thou call and the Lord shal answer thou shalt crye and he shal say Here I am if thou take away frō the middes of thee the yoke the putting forthe of the finger and wicked speaking 10 If thou powre out thy soule to the hungry and refresh the troubled soule then shal thy light spring out in the darkenes and thy darkenes shal be as the none day 11 And the Lord shal guide thee continually and satisfie thy soule in drought and make fat thy bones 〈◊〉 shalt be like a watred garden and like a 〈◊〉 of water whose waters faile not 12 And they shal be of thee that shal buylde the olde waste places thou shalt raise vp the fundacions for manie generacions and thou shalt be called the repairer of the breache the restorer of the paths to dwelin 13 If thou turne away thy fote from the Sabbath from doing thy wil on mine holy day call the Sabbath a delite to consecrat it as glorious to the Lord shalt honour him not doing thine owne waies nor seking thine owne wil nor speaking a vaine worde 14 Then shalt thou delite in the Lord and I wil cause thee to mounte vpon the hie places of the earth and fede thee with the heritage of Iaakob the father for the mouth of the Lord hathe spoken it CHAP. LIX 1 The wicked perish through their owne iniquities 12 The confession of sinnes 16 God alone wil preserue his Church thogh all men faile 1 BEholde * the Lords hand is not shortened that it can not saue nether is his eare heauy that it can not heare 2 But * your iniquities haue separated betwe ne you your God your sinnes haue hid his face from you that he wil not heare 3 For your hands are defiled with blood and your fingers with iniquitie your lippes haue spoken lies and your tongue hathe murmu red iniquitie 4 No man calleth for iustice no man contendeth for trueth they trust in vanitie and spea ke vaine things thei conceiue mischief and bring forthe iniquitie 5 They hatche cockatrice egges and weaue the spiders webbe he that eateth of their egger dyeth and that which is trod vpon breaketh out into a serpent 6 Their webbes shal be no garmēt nether shal they couer them selues with their labours for their workes are workes of iniquitie the worke of crueltie is in their hands 7 Their fete runne to euil and they make haste to shed innocent blood their thoghts are wicked thoghts desolation an destruction is in their paths 8 The way of peace they knowe not there is none equitie in their goings thei haue made them croked paths whosoeuer goeth therein shal not knowe peace 9 Therefore is iudgement farre from vs nether doeth iustice come nere vnto vs we waite for light but lo it is darkenes for brightnes but we walke in darkenes 10 We grope for the wall like the blinde and we grope as one without eyes we stomble at the none
the Lord shal deuoure from the one end of the land euen to the other end of the land no flesh shal haue peace 13 They haue so wen wheat and reaped thor nes they were sicke and had no profite and they were ashamed of your frutes because of the fierce wrath of the Lord. 14 Thus saith the Lord against all mine euil neighbours that touche the inheritance which I haue caused my people Israél to in herite Beholde I wil plucke them out of their land plucke out the house of Iudáh from among them 15 And after that I haue plucked them out I wil returne and haue compassion on them wil bring againe euery man to his heritage and euery man to his land 16 And if they wil learne the wayes of my people to sweeare by my Name The Lord liueth as they taught my people to sweare by Báal then shal they be buy It in the middes of my people 17 But if they wil not obey then wil I vtterly plucke vp destroye that nacion saith the Lord. CHAP. XIII The 〈◊〉 of the Iewes is prefigured 〈◊〉 Why Israél was receiued to be the people of God and why they were forsaken 15 He exhorteth them repentance 1 THus saith the Lord vnto me Go and bye thee a linen girdle and put it vpon thy loynes and put it not in water 2 So I boght the girdle according to the cōmandement of the Lord and put it vpon my loynes 3 And the worde of the Lord came vnto me the seconde time saying 4 Take the girdle that thou hast boght whiche is vpon thy loynes and arise go to ward Peráth and hide it there in the cleft of the rocke 5 So I went and hid it by Peráth as the Lord had commanded me 6 And after many daies the Lord said vnto me Arise go to ward Peráth and take the girdle from thence which I commanded thee to hide there 7 The a went I to Peráth and digged and toke the girdle from the place where I had hid it and beholde the girdle was corrupt and was profitable for nothing 8 Then the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 9 Thus saith the Lord After this maner wil I destroye the pride of Iudáh and the great pride of Ierusalem 10 This wicked people haue refused to heare my worde and walke after the stubbernes of their owne heart and walke after other gods to serue them and to worship them therefore they shal be as this girdle which is profitable to nothing 11 For as the girdle cleaueth to the loines of a man so haue I tyed to me the whole house of Israél the whole house of Iudáh saith the LORD that they might be people that they might haue a name and praise and glorie but they wolde not heare 12 Therefore thou shalt saye vnto them this worde Thus saith the Lord GOD of Israél Euerie bottel shal be filled with wine and they shal saye vnto thee Do we not knowe that euerie bottle shal be filled with wine 13 Then shalt thou saye vnto them Thus saith the Lord Beholde I wil fil all the inhabitants of this land euen the Kings that fit vpon the throne of Dauid and the Priests and the Prophetes and all the inhabitans of Ierusalém with drunk ennes 14 And I wil shal them one 〈◊〉 nother euen the fathers and the sonnes together 〈◊〉 the Lord I wil not spare I wil not pitie nor haue compassion but destroie them 15 Heare and giue eare be not proude for the Lord hathe spoken it 16 Giue glorie to the Lord your God before he bring darkenes and or euer your fete stū ble in the darke mountaines and whiles you loke for light he turne it into the shadowe of death and make it as 〈◊〉 17 But if ye wil not heare this my soule shal wepe in secret for your pride and mine eye shal wepe and drop downe teares because the Lords flocke is caried awaie captiue 18 Saie vnto the King and to the Queene Humble your selues sit downe for the crow ne of your glorie shal come downe from your heads 19 The cities of the South shal be shut vp and no man shal open them all Iudáh shal be caried a waie captiue it shal be wholy caried awaie captiue 20 Lift vp your eyes and he holde them that come from the North where is the flocke that was giuē thee euē thy beautiful flock 21 What wilt thou saie when he shal visit thee for thou hast taught them to be captaines and as chief ouer thee shal not sorow take thee as a woman in trauail 22 And if thou saie in thine heart Wherefore come these things vpon me For the multitude of thine iniquities are thy skirts discouered and thy heles made bare 23 Can the blacke More change his skin or the leopard his spottes then maieye also do good that are accustomed to do euil 24 Therefore wil I scatre them as the stubble that is taken away with the South winde 25 That is thy portion and the parte of thy measures from me saith the Lorde because thou hast for gotten me and trusted in lies 26 Therfore I haue also discouered thy skirts vpō thy face that thy shame may appeare 27 I haue sene thine adulteries and thy neyings the filthines of thy whoredome on the hilles in the fields and thine abominations Wo vnto thee o 〈◊〉 wilt thou not be made cleane when shal it once be CHAP. XIIII 1 Of the death that shulde come 〈◊〉 The prayer of the people asking mercie of the Lord. 10 The 〈◊〉 people are not heard 12 Of prayer fasting and of 〈◊〉 Prophetes that seduce the people 1 THe worde of the Lord that came vnto Ieremiáh 〈◊〉 the dearth 2 Iudáh hathe mourned and the gates thereof are desolate they haue bene broght to heauines vnto the grounde and the crye of Ierusalém goeth vp 3 And their nobles haue sent their inferiours to the water who came to the welles and founde no water they returned with their vessels emptie they were ashamed and confounded and couered their heads 4 For the grounde was destroyed because there was no raine in the earth the plowmē were ashamed and couered their heades 5 Yea the hinde also calued in the 〈◊〉 and for soke it because there was no grasse 6 And the wilde asses did stand in the high pla ces and drewe in their winde like dragons their eyes dyd faile because there was no grasse 7 O Lord thogh our iniquities testifie against vs deale with vs accordyng to thy Name for our rebellions are manie we sinned against thee 8 O the hope of Israél the sauiour thereof in the tyme of trouble why art thou as a 〈◊〉 ger in the land as one that passeth by to tarie for a 〈◊〉 9 Why art thou as a man astonyed and as
it and the rootes thereof were vnder it so it became a vine and it broght for the branches and shot forthe buds 7 There was also another great egle with gre at wings and many fethers and beholde this vine did turne her rootes toward it and spred forthe her branches toward it that she might water it by the trenches of her plantacion 8 It was planted in a good soile by great waters that it shulde bring forthe branches and beare frute and be an excellent vine 9 Say thou Thus saith the Lord God Shal it prosper shal he not pul vp the rootes there of and destroy the frute thereof and cause them to drye al the leaues of her bud shal wit her without great power or many people to plucke it vp by the rootes thereof 10 Beholde it was planted but shal it prospet shal it not be dryed vp and wither when the East winde shal touche it it shal wither in the trenches where it grewe 11 Moreouer the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 12 Say now to this rebellious house Knowe ye not what these things meane tel them Beholde the King of 〈◊〉 come to Ierusalém and hathe taken the King thereof and the princes thereof and led them with him to Babél 13 And hathe taken one of the Kings sede made a couenant with him and hathe taken an othe of him he hathe also taken the prin ces of the land 14 That the kingdome might be in subiection and not lift it self vp but kepe their couenant and stand to it 15 But he rebelled against him and sent his ambassadours into Egypt that thei might giue him horses and muche people shal he prosper shal he escape that doeth suche things or shal he breake the 〈◊〉 and be deliuered 16 As I liue saith the Lord God he shal dye in the middes of Babél in the place of the King that had made him King whose othe he despised and whose couenant made with him he brake 17 Nether shal Pharaóh with his mightie hoste and great multitude of people mainteine him in the warre when thei haue castvp mounts and buylded ramparts to destroy many persones 18 For he hathe despised the othe and broken the couenant yet lo he had giuen his hād because he hathe done all these things he shal not escape 19 Therefore thus saith the Lord God As I liue I wil surely bring mine othe that he hathe despised and my couenant that he hathe bro ken vpon his owne head 20 * And I wil spread my net vpon him and he shal be taken in my net and I wil bring him to 〈◊〉 and wil entre into iudgemēt with him there for his trespas that he hathe committed against me 21 And all that fle from him with all his hoste shal fall by the sworde and thei that remaine shal be scatered toward all the windes and ye shall knowe that I the Lord haue spoken it 22 Thus saith the Lord God I wil also take of the toppe of this hie cedre ād wil set it and cut of the toppe of the tendre plante there of and I wil plante it vpon an hie mountaine and great 23 Euen in the hye mountaine of Israél wil I plant it and it shal bring forthe boughs and beare frute and be an excellent cedre and vnder it shal remaine all birdes and euerie foule shal dwell in the shadowe of the branches thereof 24 And all the trees of the field shal knowe that I the Lord haue broght downe the hye tre and exalted the lowe tre that I haue dryed vp the grene tre and made the drye tre to florish I the Lord haue spoken it and haue done it CHAP. XVIII 2 He sheweth that euerie man shal 〈◊〉 his owne synne 21 To him that amendeth is 〈◊〉 promised 24. Death is prophecied to the 〈◊〉 which 〈◊〉 backe from the right waye 1 THe worde of the Lord came vnto me againe saying 2 What meane ye that ye speake this prouerbe concerning the land of Israél saying The fathers haue eaten 〈◊〉 grappes the childrens teeth are set on edge 3 As I liue saith the Lord God ye shal vse this prouerbe no more in Israel 4 Be holde all soules are mine bothe the soule of the father and also the soule of the sonne are mine the soule that sinneth it shal dye 5 But if a man be iust and do that which is law ful and right 6 And hat he not eaten vpon the mountaines nether hathe lift vp his eyes to the idoles of the house of Israél nether hathe 〈◊〉 his neighbours wife nether hathe 〈◊〉 with a * 〈◊〉 woman 7 Nether hathe oppressed any but hathe restored the pledge to his dettour he that hathe spoiled none by violence * but hathe giuen his bread to the hungrie and hathe couered the naked with a garment 8 And hathe not giuen forthe vpon * vsurie nether hathe taken any increase but hathe withdrawen his hand from iniquitie and hathe executed true iudgement betwene mā and man 9 And hathe walked in my statutes and hathe kept my iudgements to deale truely he is iuste he shal surely liue saith the Lord God 10 ¶ If he beget a sonne that is a thief or a sheader of blood if he do any one of these things 11 Thogh he do not all these things but ether hathe eaten vpon the mountaines or defiled his neighbours wife 12 Or hathe oppressed the poore and nedy or hathe spoiled by violence or hath not restored the pledge or hathe lift vp his eyes vnto the idoles or hathe committed abomination 13 Or hathe giuen for the vpon vsurie or hath taken increase shal he liue he shal not liue seing he hathe done all these abominacions he shal dye the death and his blood shal be vpon him 14 ¶ But if he beget a sonne that seeth all his fathers sinnes which he hathe done and fea reth nether doeth suche like 15 That hathe not eaten vpon the mountaines nether hathe lift vp his eyes to the idoles of the house of 〈◊〉 nor hath defiled his neigh bours wife 16 Nether hath oppressed anie nor hath withholden the pledge nether hathe spoiled by violence but hathe giuen his bread to the hungrie and hathe couered the naked with a garment 17 Nether hathe withdrawen his hand from the afflicted nor receiued vsurie nor increase but hathe executed my iudgements hathe walked in my statutes he shal not dye 〈◊〉 the iniquitie of his father but he shal su rely liue 18 His father because he cruelly oppressed spoiled his brother by violence and hathe not done good among his people lo euen he dyeth in his iniquitie 19 Yet saye ye Wherefore shal not the sonne beare the iniquitie of the father because the sonne hathe executed iudgement iustice and hathe kept all my statutes and done them he shal
things be performed which thou shalt beginne to write 26 And then shalt thou declare some things openly vnto the perfite men some things shalt thou shewe secretly vnto the wise to morowe this houre shalt thou beginne to write 27 Then went I for the as he commāded me and gathered all the people together and said 28 Heare these wordes ô Israel 29 * Our father 's at the beginning were strāgers in Egypt from whence they were deliuered 30 And receiued the Law of life * which they kept not which ye also haue transgressed after them 31 Then was the land euen the lande of Sion parted among you by lot but your fathers and ye also haue done vnrighteously and haue not kept the wayes which the moste High commanded you 32 And for so muche as he is a righteous Iudge he toke from you in time the thing that he had giuen you 33 And now are ye here and your brethren among you 34 Therefore if so be that ye wil subdue your owne vnderstanding and reforme your heart ye shal be kept aliue and after death shal ye obteine mercie 35 For after death shal the iudgement come when we shal liue againe and then shal the names of the righteous be manifest the workes of the vngodlie shal be declared 36 Let no man therefore come now vnto me nor seke me these fortie daies 37 So I toke the fiue men as he commanded me and we went into the fielde and remayned there 38 The next daye beholde a voice called me saying Esdras * opē thy mouth drinke that I giue thee to drinke 39 Then opened I my mouth and behold he reached me a full cuppe which was full as it were with water but the colour of it was like fyre 40 And I toke it and dranke and when I had dronke it mine hearte had vnderstanding and wisdome grewe in my brest for my spirit was strengthened in memorie 41 And my mouth was opened and shut no more 42 The moste High gaue vnderstanding vnto the fiue men that they wrote the hie things of the night which they vnderstode not 43 But in the night they did eat bread but 〈◊〉 spake by day and helde not my tongue by night 44 In fortie daies they wrote two hundreth and foure bokes 45 And when the fortie dayes were fulfilled the moste High spake saying The first that thou hast writen publish openlye that the worthie and vnworthie may read it 46 But kepe the seuentie last that thou maiest gyue them to the wise amonge thy people 47 Forin them is the veine of vnderstanding and the fountaine of wisdome and the riuer of knowledge and I did so CHAP. XV. 1 The prophecie of Esdras is certeine 5 The euils that shal come on the worlde 9 The Lord wil aduenge the innocent blood 12 Egypt shal lament 16 Sedicion 20 And punishment vpon the Kings of the earth 24 Cursed are they that sinne 29 Troubles and warres vpon the 〈◊〉 earth 53 God is the reuenger of his elect 1 BEholde speake thou in the eares of my people the wordes of prophecie which I wil put in thy mouth saith the Lord 2 And cause them to be writen in a lettre for they are faithful and true 3 Feare not the imaginacions against thee let not the vnfaithfulnes of the speakers trouble thee that spake against thee 4 For euerye vnfaithfull shall dye in his vnfaithfulnes 5 Behold saith the Lord I wil bring plagues vpon all the worlde the sworde famine death and destruction 6 Because that iniquitie hathe fully polluted all the earth and their wicked workes are fulfilled 7 Therefore saith the Lord I will holde my tongue no more for their wickednes they do vngodlie nether wil I suffer them in the things that they do wickedly 8 Beholde * the innocent and righteous blood cryeth vnto me the soules of the iust crye continually 9 I wil surelye auenge them saith the Lord and receiue vnto me all the innocēt blood from among them 10 Beholde my people is led as a flocke to the slaughter I will not suffer them now to dwell in the land of Egypt 11 But I will bring them out with a mightie hand and a stretched out arme smite it with plagues as afore and will destroie all the land thereof 12 Egypt shall mourne and the fundacions thereof shal be smitten with the plague and punishment that GOD shall bring vpon it 13 The plo wemen that till the grounde shal mourne for their sedes shall faile thorowe the blasting and haile and by an horrible starre 14 Wo to the worlde and to them that dwel therein 15 For the sworde and their destructiō draweth nere and one people shall stand vp to fight against another with swordes in their hands 16 For there shal be sedicion among men and one shal inuade another they shal not regarde their King the princes shal measure their doings by their power 17 Amāshal desire to go into a citie and shal not be able 18 Because of their pride the cities shal be troubled the houses shal be afraied men shal feare 19 A man shal haue no pitie vpon his neighbour but shal destroye their houses with the sworde and their goods shal be spoyled for lacke of bread and because of great trouble 20 Beholde saith God I call together all the Kings of the earth to reuerence me which are from the East and from the South from the East and from Libanus to turne vpon them and to repay the things that they haue done to them 21 As they do yet this day vnto my chosen so wil I do also and recompense them in their bosome thus saith the Lord God 22 My right hand shal not spare the sinners nether shal the sworde cease from them that shed in nocent blood vpon earth 23 The fyre is gone out from his wrath and hathe consumed the fundacions of the earth and the sinners like the strawe that is kindled 24 Wo to them that sinne and kepe not my commandements saith the Lord. 25 I wil not spare them departe ô children from the power defile not my Sanctuarie 26 For the Lord knoweth all them that sinne against him and therefore deliuereth he them vnto death and destruction 27 For now are the plagues come vpon the worlde and ye shal remaine in thē for God wil not deliuer you because ye haue sinned against him 28 Beholde an horrible vision cometh from the East 29 Where generacions of dragons of Arabia shal come out with manie charets and the multitude of them shal be caryed as the winde vpon the earth that all they which heare them may feare and tremble 30 Euen the Carmanians raging in wrath shal go for the as the bores of the forest and shal come with great power and stand against them in battel and shal destroye a porcion of the land of the Assyrians 31 But after this shal the dragons haue the vpper hand and
God 17 Verely I say vnto you who soeuer receiueth not the kingdome of God as a babe he shal not enter therein 18 * Then a certeine ruler asked him saying Good master what oght I to do to inherite eternal life 19 And Iesus said vnto him Why callest thou me good none is good saue one euen God 20 Thou knowest the commandements * Thou shalt not cōmit adulterie Thou shalt not kil Thou shalt not steale Thou shalt not beare false witnes Honour thy father and thy mother 21 And he said All these haue I kept from my youth 22 Now when Iesus heart that he said vnto him Yet lackest thou one thing Sel all that euer thou hast and distribute vnto the poore and thou shalt haue treasure in heauen and come folowe me 23 But whē he heard those things he was verie heauie for he was marueilous riche 24 And when Iesus sawe him sorowful he said With what difficultie shal they that haue riches entre into the kingdome of God 25 Surely it is easier for a camel to go through a nedles eye then for a riche man to entre in to the kingdome of God 26 Then said they that heard it And who then can be saued 27 And he said The things which are vnpossible with men are possible with God 28 ¶ * Then Peter said Lo we haue left all and haue followed thee 29 And he said vnto them Verely I say vnto you there is no man that hathe left house or parents or brethren or wife or children for the kingdome of Gods sake 30 Which shal not receiue muche more in this worlde and in the worlde to come life euerlasting 31 ¶ * Then Iesus toke vnto hym the twelue ād said vnto them Beholde we go vp to Ieru salē al things shal be fulfilled to the Sonne of man that are written by the Prophetes 32 For he shal be deliuered vnto the Gentiles ād shal be mocked and shal be spitefully entreated and shal be spitted on 33 And when they haue scourged hym they will put hym to death but the third daye he shal rise againe 34 But they vnderstode none of these things and this saying was hid frō them nether per ceiued thee things which were spoken 35 ¶ * And it came to passe that as he was come nere vnto Iericho a certeine blind mā sate by the way side begging 36 And when he heard the people passe by he asked what it ment 37 And thei said vnto him that Iesus of Nazaret passed by 38 Then he cryed saying Iesus the Sonne of Dauid haue mercie on me 39 And they which wēt before rebuked him that he shulde holde his peace but he cryed muche more O Sonne of Dauid haue mercie on me 40 And Iesus stode stil and commaunded him to be broght vnto him And when he was come nere he asked him 41 Saying What wilt thou that I do vnto thee And he said Lord that I may receiue my sight 42 And Iesus said vnto him Receiue thy sight thy faith hathe saued thee 43 Then immediatly he receiued his sight and folowed him praising God and all the people whē they sawe this gaue praise to God CHAP. XIX 2 Of Zaccheus 12 The ten pieces of money 28 Christ rideth to Ierusalem and wepeth for it 45 He chaseth out the marchants 47 And his enemies seke to destroy him 1 NOw whē Iesus entred passed through Iericho 2 Beholde there was a man named Zaccheus which was the chief receiuer of the tribute and he was riche 3 And he soght to se Iesus who he shulde be colde not for the preasse because he was of a lowe stature 4 Wherefore he ran before and climed vp into a wilde figge tre that he might se him for he shulde come that way 5 And when Iesus came to the place he loked vp and sawe him said vnto him Zaccheus come downe at once for to day I must abide at thine house 6 Then he came downe hastely and receiued him ioyfully 7 And when all they sawe it they murmured saying that he was gone in to lodge with a sinneful man 8 And Zaccheus stode forthe said vnto the Lord Beholde Lord the halfe of my good I giue to the poore and if I haue taken from anie man by forged cauillation I restore him foure folde 9 Then Iesus said to him This day is saluation come vnto this house forasmuche as he is also become the sonne of Abraham 10 * For the Sonne of man is come to seke and to saue that which was lost 11 And whiles they heard these things he con tinued and spake aparable because he was nere to Ierusalem and because also they thoght that the kingdome of God shulde shortely appeare 12 He said therefore * A certeine noble man went into a farre countrey to receiue for him self a kingdome and so to come againe 13 And he called his ten seruants and deliuered them ten pieces of money and said vnto them Occupie til I come 14 Now his citizens hated him and sent an am bassage after him saying We wil not haue this man to reigne ouer vs. 15 And it came to passe when he was come againe and had receiued his kingdome that he commaunded the seruants to be 〈◊〉 to him to whome he gaue his money that he might knowe what euerie man had gained 16 Then came the first saying Lord thy piece hathe encreased ten pieces 17 And he said vnto him Wel good seruant be cause thou hast bene faithful in a verie litle thing take thou autoritie ouer ten cities 18 And the seconde came saying Lord my piece hathe encreased fiue pieces 19 And to the same he said Be thou also ruler ouer fiue cities 20 So the other came and said Lord beholde thy piece which I haue laid vp in a napkin 21 For I feared thee because thou art a strait man thou takest vp that thou laidest not downe reapest that thou diddest not sowe 22 Then he said vnto him Of thine owne mouth wil I iudge thee ô euil seruant Thou knewest that I am a strait man taking vp that I laid not downe and reaping that I did not sowe 23 Wherefore thē gauest not thou my money into the banke that at my comming might haue required it with vantage 24 And he said to them that stode by Take frō him that piece and giue it him that hathe ten pieces 25 And they said vnto him Lord he hathe ten pieces 26 * For I say vnto you that vnto all them that haue it shal be giuē and from him that hath not euen that he hathe shal be taken from him 27 Moreouer those mine enemies which wold not that I shulde reigne ouer them bring hither and slay them before me 28 ¶ And when he had thus spoken he went forthe before
had none occasion to be suche a sinner as they accused him e Being ashamed of their lightnes and afraied of my grauitie f Acknowledging my wisdome g All that heard me praised me h Testifying that I did good 〈◊〉 i Because his 〈◊〉 saries did so much charge him with wickednes he is 〈◊〉 to rendre a 〈◊〉 of hys 〈◊〉 k That is I did sue cour him that was in destresse and so he had cause to 〈◊〉 me l I delited to do iustice as others did to 〈◊〉 costely 〈◊〉 m 〈◊〉 is at home in my be 〈◊〉 without all trouble 〈◊〉 n My 〈◊〉 doeth increase o That 〈◊〉 was pleasant vnto thē p As the drye grounde 〈◊〉 for the 〈◊〉 q That is they 〈◊〉 it not to be a 〈◊〉 or they thoght not that I wold condescend vnto them r They were afraied to offende me and 〈◊〉 me to be 〈◊〉 s I had them at cō 〈◊〉 a That is mine 〈◊〉 is changed and where as before the ancient men were glad to do me 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the yong mē now 〈◊〉 me b Meaning to be my shepherdes or to kepe my dogges c That is their fathers dyed for famine 〈◊〉 they came to age “ Or 〈◊〉 d Iob sheweth that these that mocked him 〈◊〉 his affliction were like to their fathers wicked and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 suche as he here 〈◊〉 e They 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of me and mocke at my miserie f God hathe taken from me 〈◊〉 force credit and auto itie wherewit I kept them in subiection g He said that the yong men when they saw him hid thē 〈◊〉 as chap. 29. 8. and now in his miserie they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 licencious h That is they soght by all meanes how they might 〈◊〉 me i They nede none to helpe them k By my calamitie they toke an occasion 〈◊〉 me l My life 〈◊〉 me and I am as halfe dead m Meaning sorowe n That is God hathe broght 〈◊〉 into contempt o He speaketh not thus to accuse God hut to declare 〈◊〉 of his afflictionwhereby he was 〈◊〉 beside him self p He compare h his 〈◊〉 to a tempest or 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ” Or wisdome or Law q None cā deliuer me thence thogh thei lament at my death r Instead of comforting they mocked at me s Not deliting in anie worldely thing no not so much as in the vse of the sunne t Lamenting thē that were in affliction and mouing others to 〈◊〉 thē u I am like the wilde beasts that desire muste 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 x VVith the heat of affliction a I kept mine eyes from all wanton lokes b VVold not God then haue punished me c Iob declareth that the feare of God was a bridell to stay him from all wickednes d He sheweth wherein his vprightnes standeth that is in as much as he was blameles before men 〈◊〉 not agaīst the second table e That is hath accomplished the 〈◊〉 of mine eye f According to the curse of the Law Deut. 28. 33. g Let her be made a 〈◊〉 h He sheweth that albeit mā neglect the punishement of adulterie yet the wrath of God will neuer cease till suche be destroyed i Whē thei thoght them selues euyll intreated by me k If I had oppressed others how shuld I haue escaped Gods iudgement l He was moued to shewe pirie vnto seruants because they were Gods creatures as he was m By lōg waiting for her request n He nourished the fatherles and mainteined the widowes cause o To oppresse him and do hym 〈◊〉 p Let me 〈◊〉 in pieces q I refrained not from sinning for feare of men but because I feared God r If I was proude of my 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 whiche is 〈◊〉 by the shining of the sunne and brightnes of the moone s If mine owne doings delued me t By putting confidence in anye thing but in hym alone u My 〈◊〉 moued me to be 〈◊〉 ged of mine enemie yet did I neuer wil he him hurt x And not confessed it frely wherby it is 〈◊〉 that he 〈◊〉 him selfe before men and not before God y That is I reuerenced the 〈◊〉 weake and contemned and was 〈◊〉 to offende them z I suffred thē to speake euill of me and went not out of my house to reuenge 〈◊〉 a This is a 〈◊〉 token 〈◊〉 my righteousnes that god is my 〈◊〉 and wil iustifie my cause b Shulde not this boke 〈◊〉 his accusa tions be a praise condemnation to me c I wil make him a counte of all my 〈◊〉 without 〈◊〉 d As thogh I had 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wages that labored in it e 〈◊〉 that he was no 〈◊〉 nor 〈◊〉 f That is the talke 〈◊〉 he had with his 〈◊〉 friends ” Ebr. was iuste in his owne eyes a VVhich came of Buz the sonne of Nahor Abrahams brother b Or as the Chalde paraphrast 〈◊〉 Abram c By making him self innocent and by charging God of 〈◊〉 d That is the thre 〈◊〉 before e Meaning the an cient which haue experience f It is a special gift of God that man hathe vnder standing and cometh nether of na ture norby age g To proue that 〈◊〉 affliction came for his sinnes h And flatter your selues as thogh you had ouercome him i To Wit Iob. k He vseth almost the like 〈◊〉 but without tanting and reproches l I haue conceiued in my minde great store of reasons m I wil nether ha ue regarde to riches credit nor au 〈◊〉 but wil speake the verie trueth n The Ebrew worde signifieth to change the name as o call a foole a wise man meaning that he wolde not cloke the 〈◊〉 to flatter men Chap. XXXIII a I confesse the power of God and am one of his therefore thou ough rest to heare me b Because Iob had wished to dispute his cause with God Chap. 16. 〈◊〉 so that he might do it without feare Elihu sayth he wil reasō in Gods stead whome he nedeth not to fea re because he is a man made of the 〈◊〉 matter that he is c I wil not handle thee so throughly these other haue done d He repeate 〈◊〉 Iobs 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 eby heprotested his 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 places but specially in the 13. 36. and. 30. 〈◊〉 e The cause of his iudgements is not al ways 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 f Thogh God by sondrie examples of his iudgements 〈◊〉 vnto 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the reason there of is not knowen yea thogh God shulde speake yet he is not vnderstand g God saith he spaketh commune ly ether by 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 vs the cause of his iudge ments or els by afflictions or by his 〈◊〉 h That is 〈◊〉 ned to send vpon them i He sheweth for what end God sen deth 〈◊〉 to beat downe 〈◊〉 and to 〈◊〉 from euil k That is his pain ful and 〈◊〉 life l To them that shal burie him m A man sent of God to declare his wil. n A singular man and as one chosen out of a thousand which is able to declare the great
in Christ. Wisd. 3. 2. b Whom are now apostates and deuils Mat. 25. 41. c Tat is make them iudges d 〈◊〉 ye so burne with desire to pleade kepe a court among your selues and make the least estemed your iudge for it is moste easie to iudge 〈◊〉 brethren “ Or 〈◊〉 of minde Matth. 5. 39. Luke 6. 29. rom 12. 19. 1. e He doeth then 〈◊〉 reprouethe godlie whiche with a good conscience vseth the 〈◊〉 to defende his right but con demneth hatred grudges and desi res of 〈◊〉 Thess 4. 6. Ephe. 5. 3. 1. tim 1. 9. Eph. 2. 12. tit 3. 3. 1. pet 4. 3. Chap. 10. 23. eccle 37. 31. f Here he spea keth of things indifferent of their nature and first as touching carnal libertie g For we are subiect to those things which we cannot want h They abused meates bothe in that they offended others thereby and also prouoked their own lusts 〈◊〉 vnclennes Rom. 6. 5. i God wil be Lord bothe of the soul bodie k Whereby he signifieth that bothe we shal se the glorie of the resurrection of the iuste aud also that dignitie and priuiledge where by we be mad the mēbers of Christ. * Ephe. 5. 31. * Chap. 3. 17. * 2 Cor. 6 16. * Chap. 7. 23 * 1. Pet. 1. 10. l That is he more polluteth his owne bodie then he that 〈◊〉 anie other sinne Gen. 2 24. Mat. 19. 5. 〈◊〉 10. 7. a Or expedient because mariage through mans corruption and not by Gods institutiō bringeth eares 〈◊〉 b Speaking to all men in general c Which conteineth all dueties perteining to ma riage 1. Pet. 3. 7. d He sheweth that be comman deth not precisely all men to marie but that God hathe granted this temedievnto them Which can not liue chaste Mat. 5. 32. 9 9. Mar. 10. 11. 〈◊〉 16. 18. e With the fyre of concupiscence that is when mās 〈◊〉 so giueth place to the lust that temteth that he can not call vpon God with a quietconscience Matth. 5. 32. f Eor hatred 〈◊〉 angre c g Saue for whor dome as h In asmuche as there Was nothig expressy spoken hereof in the Law or 〈◊〉 or els he spake this moued by the Spirit of God as he testifieth in the 〈◊〉 ver i Meaning that the faith of the be leuer hathe more power to 〈◊〉 mariage then the wickednes of the other to pollute it k They that are 〈◊〉 of ether of the parents faith ful are also coun 〈◊〉 members of Christs Church because of the promes l When suche things come to passe that the faithful and vnfaithful be maried together 〈◊〉 the one forsake the other without cause Act 2 〈◊〉 m The lawful 〈◊〉 cation in outwarde things must not lightly be neglected n Which is when the surgeon by arte draweth out the skinne to couer the parte Celsus lib. 7. ca. 25 Epiphan lib. de ponderib men sur 1. Maccab 1. 〈◊〉 o It is all one whither thou be 〈◊〉 or Gentil p Althogh God hath called thee to serue in this life yet thinke not thy conditiō vnworthie for a Christian but reioyce that thou art deliuered by Christ from the miserable 〈◊〉 of sinne and death q Being seruant by condition is made partaker of Christ. Ep he 4. 1. 1. Tim. 6. 1. “ Or dearly r Syncerely as in the presence of God “ Or the state of virginitie s He bindeth no mā 〈◊〉 thatwhich God hath left fre but sheweth what is moste agreable to Gods wil according to the circūstance of the time place persones “ Or beleued t To be single u In these afflictions and 〈◊〉 Chap. 6. 20. 1. per. 1. 20. x As wordlie cares of their chil dren familie y He doeth not preferre 〈◊〉 as a thing more holie then mariage but by reason of incōmodities whiche the one hathe more then the other z In wishing that you colde liue without 〈◊〉 “ Or it remaineth that a VVhiche be in aduersitie b VVhiche be in prosperitie c In this 〈◊〉 there is nothing but me revanitie d VVhich onely apperteine to this present life () And he is diuided meaning 〈◊〉 diuers cares e She may atteine vnto itson 〈◊〉 then the other because she is without 〈◊〉 f Seing S. Paul colde by ndeno mans 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 what 〈◊〉 tiō is it that any other shuld do it g That is that she shulde 〈◊〉 to auoide 〈◊〉 h Meanynge he that is fully 〈◊〉 that he hathe nō nede i For the fathers wil depēdeth on his childrens in this point en so muche as he is bounde to haue respecto their in firmitie nether can he iustly require of thē 〈◊〉 if they ha ue not that gifte of God so to liue k And more cōmodious for his children in preseruing thē from cares l Of matrimonie Roma 7. 1. 1. Thes. 4 8. a Of the libertie that God hathe giuē vs touching outward things “ Or taught b This he 〈◊〉 in their per sone which brag ged so muche of 〈◊〉 liberrie say ing that an image amongs all things that are made is of no 〈◊〉 c VVhiche being idoles yet are estemed of men as Lordes and 〈◊〉 Iohn 13. 23. d In that they thogh the meate offered vp to the image not to be pure and therefore cold not eat it with a good conscience Chap. 12. 3. e This abundance and want is referred to spiritual things “ Or 〈◊〉 in thyngs indifferent Roma 14. 17. ” Greke buylded vp f By thine exam ple without any grounde of doctrine g VVhich eateth against his cōscience or indoute Roma 14. 15. Roma 14. 21. a I nede no further declaration but the workes 〈◊〉 I haue 〈◊〉 among you b And call into doure myne office c On the Church charge d The Apostles led their 〈◊〉 about with thē e A faithfull and Christian wife “ Or cousins f VVhether they myght not as lawefullye liue wythout labouring for 〈◊〉 liuing with their owne handes as other Apostles Deut. 25. 4. 1. Tim. 5. 18. g Had God respect properlye to the oxē them selues when he made thys 〈◊〉 and not rather vnto men Roma 15. 27. h To liue on other mens charges “ Or take in worthe Deut. 18 〈◊〉 i For that parte that was burnt was deuored of the altar ād the other was due vnto the Priests by the Law k For now you haue no iustcause against me 〈◊〉 that I preached the Gospel frely vnto you l 〈◊〉 he is char ged to preach he muste willingly and earnestly 〈◊〉 lowe it for if he do it by constrainte he doeth not his duetie m That 〈◊〉 not chargeable to thē vnto whome I preache 〈◊〉 that they thinke that I preache for gaines Act. 16. 3. Gal. 2. 3. n As touchynge the ceremonies o In things indif ferent as 〈◊〉 of meats 〈◊〉 of feastes and daies ād such like he facioned him selfe to men in suche sorte as he myght beste game them
go 43 Beholde * I stand by the wel of water when a virgine commeth forthe to drawe water and I saie to her Giue me I praye thee a litle water of thy pitcher to drinke 44 And she saye to me Drinke thou and I will also drawe for thy camels let her be the wife whiche the Lorde hathe prepared for my masters sonne 45 And before I had made an end of speaking in myne hearte beholde Rebekáh came forthe and her pitcher on her shuldre and she went downe vnto the well and drewe wa ter Then I sayd vnto her Giue me drinke I praye thee 46 And she made haste and toke downe her pitcher from her shulder ād said Drinke and I will giue thy camels drynke also So I dranke ād she gaue the camels drinke also 47 Then I asked her and said Whose daughter art thou And she aunswered The daughter of Bethuél Nahors sonne whome Milcáh bare vnto hym Then I put the abillement vpon her face and the bracelettes vppon her handes 48 And I bowed downe and worshipped the Lorde and blessed the Lord God of my master Abrahám whiche had broght me the ryght waye to take my masters brothers daughter vnto his sonne 49 Now therefore if ye will deale mercifully and truely with my master tel me and if not tel me that I may turne me to the right hād or to the left 50 Thē answered Labán Bethuél said this thing is proceded of the Lord we cā not ther fore say vnto thee nether euil nor good 51 Beholde Rebekáh is before thee take her go that she may be thy masters sonnes wife euen as the Lord hathe said 52 And when Abrahams seruaunt heard their wordes he bowed him selfe towarde the earth vnto the Lord. 53 Then the seruāt toke forth iewels of siluer and iewels of golde and raiment and gaue to Rebekáh also vnto her brother to her mother he gaue giftes 54 Afterwarde they did eat drinke bothe he and the men that were with him taried all night and when they rose vp in the morning he said * Let me departe vnto my master 55 Then her brother and her mother answered Let the maide abide with vs at the least ten dayes then shal she go 56 But he said vnto them Hindre you me not seing the Lord hath prospered my iourney send me away that I may go to my master 57 Then they said We will call the maide and aske her consent 58 〈◊〉 they called Rebekáh and said vnto her Wilt thou go with this man And she answered I wil go 59 So they let Rebekâh their sister go and her nourse with Abrahams seruant and his men 60 And they blessed Rebekáh and said vnto her Thou art our sister grow into thousand thousandes and thy sede possesse the gate of his enemies 61 ¶ Then Rebekâh arose and her maides rode vpon the camels and followed the mā and the seruant toke Rebekáh departed 62 Now Izhák came from the way of * Beér-lahái-roi for he dwelt in the South coūtrey 63 And Izhák went out to pray in the field toward the euening who lift vp his eies and loked and beholde the camels came 64 Also Rebekáh lift vp her eyes and when she sawe Izhák she lighted downe from the camel 65 For she had said to the seruant Who is yonder mā that cōmeth in the field to mete vs And the seruant had said It is my master So she toke a vaile and couered her 66 And the seruant tolde Izhák all thyngs that he had done 67 Afterward Izhák broght her into the tent of Saráh his mother he toke Rebekáh she was his wife and he loued her so Izhák was comforted after his mothers death CHAP. XXV 1 Abrahám taketh Keturáh to wife getteth many children 6 Abrahám giueth al his goods to Izhák 12 The genealogie of I 〈◊〉 25 The birth of Iaakób Esau. 30 Esau selleth his birth right for a messe of potage 1 NOW Abrahám had taken him another wife called 〈◊〉 2 Which bare him Zimrán and Iokshán and Medán and Mideán and Ishbák Shúah 3 And Iokshán begate Shebá and Dedán * And the sonnes of Dedán were Asshurim Letushim and Leummim 4 Also the sonnes of Mideán were Epháh Ephér Hanóch Abidá and Eldáah all these were the sonnes of Keturáh 5 ¶ And Abrahám gaue all his goods to Izhák 6 But vnto the sonnes of the concubines whiche Abrahám had Abrahám gaue giftes and sent them a way from Izhák his sonne while he yet liued East ward to the East countrey 7 And this is the age of Abrahams life whiche he liued an hundreth seuenty and fiue yere 8 Thē Abrahám yelded the spirit and dyed in a good age an olde man and of great yeres and was gathered to his people 9 And his sonnes Izhák and Ishmaél buryed him in the caue of Machpeláh in the field of Ephrôn sonne of Zóhar the Hittite before Mamré 10 Which field Abrahám boght of the Hittites where Abrahám was buryed with Saráh his wife 11 ¶ And after the death of Abrahá God blessed Izhák his sonne * and Izhák dwelt by Beér-lahái-roi 12 ¶ Now these are the generaciōs of Ishmaél Abrahams sonne whom Hagár the Egiptiā Sarahs hand maide bare vnto Abrahám 13 * And these are the names of the sonnes of Ishmaél name by name accordyng to their kinreds the eldest sonne of Ishmaél was Nebaiôth then Kedár and 〈◊〉 and Mibsám 14 And Mishmá and Dumáh and Massâ 15 Hadár and Temá Ietúr Naphish and Kédemah 16 These are the sonnes of Ishmaél and these are their names by their townes and by their castels to wit twelue princes of their nations 17 And these are the yeres of the life of Ishmaél an hundreth thirti and seuen yere and he yelded the spirit and dyed and was gathe red vnto his people 18 And they dwelt from Hauiláh vnto Shur that is to wardes Egypt as thou goest to Asshúr Ishmaél dwelt in the presence of all his brethren 19 ¶ Like wise these are the generacions of Izhák Abrahams sonne Abrahám begate Izhák 20 And Izhák was fourty yere olde when he toke Rebekáh to wife the daughter of Bethuél the Aramite of Padán Arám and sister to Labán the Aramite 21 And Izhak prayed vnto the Lorde for hys wife because she was baren and the Lord was intreated of him and Rebekáh his wife conceiued 22 But the children stroue together within her therefore she said Seing it is so why am I thus wherfore she wēt to aske the Lord 23 And the Lord said to her two nations are in thy wombe two maner of people shal be deuided out of thy bowels and the one people shal be mightier then the other and the * elder shal serue the yonger 24 ¶ Therefore
when her time of deliuerance was fulfilled 〈◊〉 twines were in her wombe 25 So he that came out first was red and he was all ouer as a rough garment they called his name Esáu 26 * And afterwarde came his brother out his hand held Esáu by the hele therefore his name was called Iaak ôb Now Izhák was thre score yere olde when Rebekáh bare them 27 And the boyes grewe and Esáu was a cun ning hunter and liued in the fields but Iaakôb was a plaine man and dwelt in tentes 28 And Izhák loued Esáu for venison was his meat but Rebek áh loued Iaak ôb 29 Now Iaakôh sodde pottage ād Esáu came from the field and was 〈◊〉 30 Then Esáu said to Iaak ôb Let me eat I pray thee of that pottage so red for I am weary Therfore was his name called Edôm 31 And Iaakôb said Sel me euen now thy birth right 32 And Esáu said Lo I am almost dead what is then this birthright to me 33 Iaakôb then said Sweare to me euen now And he sware to him * and solde his birth-right vnto Iaakôb 34 Then Iaakôb gaue Esáu bread and pottage of lentiles and he did eat and drinke and rose vp and went his way So Esáu contemned his birthright CHAP. XXVI 1 God prouideth for Izhák in the famine 3 He renueth his promes 9 The king blameth him for denying his wife 14 The Philistims hate him for his riches 15 〈◊〉 his welles 16 And driue him away 24 God comforteth him 31 He maketh alliance with Abimélech 1 ANd there was a famine in the land besides the first famine that was in the dayes of Abrahám Wherefore Izhák went to 〈◊〉 King of the Philistims vnto 〈◊〉 2 For the Lord appeared vnto him and said Go not downe into Egypt but abide in the land which I shal shewe vnto thee 3 Dwel in thisland and I wil be with thee and wil blesse thee for to thee and to thy sede I wil giue all these * countreis and I will performe the othe whiche I 〈◊〉 vnto Abrahā thy father 4 Also I wil cause thy 〈◊〉 to multiplie as the starres of heauen and wil giue vnto thy sede al these countreis and in thy sede shal al the nacions of the earth be * Blessed 5 Because that Abrahám obeied my voyce and kept mine ordinance my commandementes my statutes and my Lawes 6 ¶ So Izhák dwelt in Gerár 7 And the men of the place asked him of his wife and he said She is my sister for he feared to say She is my wife lest said he the men of the place shulde kill me because of Rebekáh for she was beautiful to the eie 8 So after he had bene there long time Abimélech King of the Philistims loked out at a windowe and lo he sawe Izhák sportyng with Rebekáh his wife 9 Then Abimélech called Izhák and said Lo she is of a suretie thy wife and why saidest thou She is my sister To whome Izhák answered Because I thoght this It maie be that I shal die for her 10 Then Abimélech said Why hast thou done this vnto vs one of the people had almost liē by thy wife so shuldest thou haue broght sinne vpon vs. 11 Then Abimélech charged all his people saying He that toucheth this man or his wife shal die the death 12 Afterward Izhák sowed in that land foun de in the same yere an hundreth folde by estimacion and so the Lord blessed him 13 And the man waxed mightie stil increased til he was exceading great 14 For he had flockes of shepe and herdes of cattel and a mightie housholde therefore the Philistims had enuie at him 15 In so muche that the Philistims stopped filled vp with earth all the wells whiche his fathers seruants digged in his father Abrahams time 16 Then Abimélech said vnto Izhák Get thee from vs for thou art mightier thē we a great deale 17 ¶ Therefore Izhák departed thence pit ched his tent in the valley of Gerár and dwelt there 18 And Izhák returning digged the welles of water whiche they had digged in the dayes of Abrahám his father for the Philistims had stopped them after the death of Abrahā and he gaue them the same names whiche his father gaue them 19 Izháks seruants then digged in the valley and found there a well of liuing water 20 But the herd men of Gerár did striue with Izháks herd men saying The water is ours therefore called he the name of the well Esek because they were a strief with hym 21 Afterward they digged another well and stroue for that also and he called the name of it Sitnáh 22 Then he remoued thence and digged an other well for the whiche they stroue not therfore called he the name of it Rehobôth and said Because the Lord hathe now made vs roume we shal encrease vpon the earth 23 So he went vp thence to Beer-shéba 24 And the Lord appeared vnto hym the same night and said I am the God of Abrahā thy father feare not for I am with thee and will blesse thee and multiplie thy sede for my seruant Abrahams sake 25 Then he buylt an altar there and called vpon the name of the Lord and there spred his tent where also Izhaks seruants digged a well 26 ¶ Then came Abimélech to him from Gerár and Ahuzzáth one of his friends and Phicôl the captaine of his armie 27 To whome Izhák sayd Wherefore come ye to me seyng ye hate me and haue put me awaye from you 28 Who answered We sawe certeinly that the LORDE was with thee and we thoght thus Let there be no we an othe betwene vs euē betwene vs thee and let vs make a couenant with thee 29 Thou shalte do vs no hurte as we haue not touched thee and as we haue done vnto thee nothyng but good and sent thee awaie in peace thou now the blessed of the Lord do this 30 Then he made them a feaste and they did eat and drinke 31 And they rose vp betymes in the mornyng and sware one to an other then Izhák let them go and they departed from hym in peace 32 And that same daye Izhaks seruantes came and tolde him of a wel which they had digged said vnto him We haue found water 33 So he called it Shibáh therefore the name of the citie is called Beer-shéba vnto thys daye 34 ¶ Nowe when Esáu was fourtie yere olde he toke to wyfe Iudith the daughter of Beeri an Hittite and Bashemáth the daughter of Elón an Hittite also 35 And they * were a grief of minde to Izhak and to Rebekáh CHAP. XXVII 8 Iaakob getteth the blessyng from Esau by hys mothers counsel 38 Esau by 〈◊〉 moueth hys Father to pitie him 41 Esau hateth Iaakoh and threateneth his death 43 Rebekah sendeth Iaakob
I knowe if ye be true mē Leaue one of your brethren with me take fode for the famine of your houses and departe 34 And bring your yongest brother vnto me that I may knowe that ye are no spies but true men so wil I deliuer you your brother and ye shal occupie in the land 35 ¶ And as they empted their sackes beholde euerie mans būdel of monei was in his sacke and when they and their father sawe the būdels of their money they were afraied 36 Then 〈◊〉 their father said to them Ye haue robbed me of my children Ioséph is not and Simeôn is not and ye wil take Benia min all these things are against me 37 Then Reubén answered his father saying Slay my two sōnes if I bring him not to thee againe deliuer him to mine hand and I will bring him to thee againe 38 But he said My sonne shall not go downe with you for his brother is dead he is left alone if death come vnto him by the way which ye go thē ye shal bring my graie head with sorowe vnto the graue CHAP. XLIII 13 Iaakób suffreth Beniamin to departe with his children 13 Simeon is deliuered out of prison 30 Ioseph goeth aside and wepeth 32 They feast together 1 NOw great famine was in the land 2 And when they had eaten vp the vitaile which they had broght from Egypt their father said vnto them Turne againe and bye vs a litle fode 3 And Iudáh answered him saying The man charged vs by an othe saying * Neuer se my face except your brother be with you 4 If thou wilt send our brother with vs we wil go downe and by thee fode 5 But if thou wilt not send him we will not go downe for the man said vnto vs * Loke me not in the face except your brother be with you 6 And Israél said Wherefore delt ye so euill with me as to tel the man whether ye had yet a brother or no 7 And they answered The man asked straitly of our selues and of our kinred saying Is your father yet aliue haue ye any brother And we tolde him according to these wordes colde we know certeinly that he wolde say Bring your brother downe 8 Thē said Iudáh to Isráel his father Send the boye with me that we may rise and go and that we may liue and not dye bothe we and thou and our children 9 I wil be suretie for him of mine hand shalt thou require him * If I bring hym not to thee and set him before thee then let me beare the blame for euer 10 For except we had made this tarying doutles by this we had returned the secōde time 11 Then their father Israél said vnto them If it must nedes be so nowe do thus take of the best frutes of the land in your vessels bring the man a present a litle rosen and a litle honie spices and 〈◊〉 nuttes and almondes 12 And take double money in your hand and the money that was broght againe in your sackes mouthes carie it againe in your hand lest it were some ouer sight 13 Take also your brother and arise and go againe to the man 14 And God almightie giue you mercie in the sight of the man that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 deliuer you your other brother Bēiamin but I shal be robbed of my childe as I haue bene 15 ¶ Thus the men toke this present and toke twise so muche money in their hands with Beniamin and rose vp and went downe to Egypt and stode before Ioséph 16 And when Ioséph sawe Beniamin with thē he said to his stuard Bring these men home and kil meat and make readie for the men shall eat with me at noone 17 And the man did as Ioséph bad and broght the men vnto Iosephs house 18 Now when the men were broght into Iosephs house thei were afraied and said Because of the money that came in our sackes mouths at the first time are we broght that he maie pike a quarel against vs and laye some thing to our charge bring vs in bondage and our asses 19 Therefore came they to Iosephs stuard and communed with hym at the dore of the house 20 And said Oh syr * we came in dede downe hether at the first time to bye fode 21 And as we came to an ynne and opened our sackes beholde euerie mans money was in his sackes mouth euen our money in ful weight but we haue broght it againe in our hands 22 Also other money haue we broght in our handes to bye fode but we can not tel who put our money in our sackes 23 And he said Peace be vnto you feare not your God and the God of your father hath giuen you that treasure in your sackes I had your money he broght forth Simeō to thē 24 So the man led thē in to Iosephs house and gaue them water to wash their fete gaue their asses prouander 25 And they made redy their present against Ioséph came at none for they heard saie that they shulde eat bread there 26 When Ioséph came home they broght the present into the house to him which was in their hands bowed downe to the grounde before him 27 And he asked them of their prosperitie said Is your father the olde mā of whome ye tolde me in good health is he yet aliue 28 Who answered Thy seruant our father is in good helth he is yet aliue ād they bowed downe and made obeisance 29 And he lifting vp his eies be helde his brother Beniamin his mothers sonne and said Is this your yonger brother of whome ye tolde me And he said God be merciful vnto thee my sonne 30 And Ioséph made haste for his affection was inflamed toward his brother and soght where to wepe ād entred into his chambre and wept there 31 Afterward he washed his face came out refrained him selfe said Set on meat 32 And they prepared for him by him selfe and for them by thē selues and for the Egyptians which did eat with him by them selues because the Egyptians might not eat bread with the Ebrewes for that was an abominacion vnto the Egyptians 33 So they sate before him the eldest according vnto his age and the yongest according vnto his youthe and the men marueiled among them selues 34 And thei toke meases from before him and sent to them but Beniamins mease was fiue times so muche as anie of theirs and thei dronke had of the best drinke with him CHAP. XLIIII 15 Ioséph accuseth his brother of theft 33 Iudáh offreth him selfe to be seruant for 〈◊〉 1 AFterwarde he commanded his stuard saying 〈◊〉 the mens sackes with fode as muche as thei can cary and put euerie mans money in 〈◊〉 sackes mouthe 2 And put my cup I meane the siluer cup in
40 * And they rose vp earely in the mornyng and gat them vp into the top of the mountaine saying Lo we be ready to go vp to the place which the Lorde hathe promised for we haue sinned 41 But Mosés sayd Wherefore transgresse ye thus the commandement of the Lord it wil not so come wel to passe 42 Go not vp for the LORD is not among you lest ye be ouerthrowen before your enemies 43 For the Amalekites and the Canaanites are there before you and ye shal fal by the sworde for in as muche as ye are turned awaye from the Lord the Lord also wil not be with you 44 Yet they presumed obstinatly to go vp to the top of the mountaine but the Arke of the couenant of the Lord and Mosés departed not out of the campe 45 Then the Amalekites and the Canaanites whyche dwelt in that mountaine came downe and smote them * and consumed them vnto Hormáh CHAP. XV. 2 The offrings whiche the 〈◊〉 shulde offer whē they came into the land of Canáan 32 The punishment of him that brake the Sabbath 1 ANd the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 2 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them * When ye become into the lande of your habitacions whiche I gaue vnto you 3 And wyll make an offrynge by fire vnto the Lord a burnt offring or a sacrifice * to fulfil a vowe or a fre offring or in your feastes to make a * swete sauour vnto the Lorde of the heard or the flocke 4 Then * let him that offereth hys offring vnto the Lord bryng a meat offryng of a tenth deale of fine 〈◊〉 mingled with the fourth parte of an Hin of yo le 5 Also thou shalte prepare the fourthe parte of an Hin of wine to be powred on a lambe ap poīted for the burnt offring or any offring 6 And for aram thou shalt for a meat offring prepare two tenth deales of fine floure mingled with the third parte of an Hin of oyle 7 And for a drynke offryng thou shalt offer the third parte of an Hin of wine for a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 8 And when thou preparest a bullocke for a burnt offrynge or for a sacrifice to fulfill a vowe or a peace offring to the Lord. 9 Then let him offer with the bullocke a meat offring of thre tenth deales of fine floure mingled with halfe an Hin of oyle 10 And thou shalt bryng for a drynke offryng halfe an Hin of wine for an offring made by fire of a swete sauour vnto the Lord. 11 Thus shal it be done for a bullocke or for aram or for a lambe or for a kid 12 Accordyng to the nōber that ye prepare to offer so shal ye do to euerie one according to their nomber 13 All that are borne of the countrey shall do these things thus to offer an offring made by fire of swete sauour vnto the Lord. 14 And if a stranger soiourne with you or who soeuer be among you in your generacions will make an offryng by fire of a swete sauour vnto the Lord as ye do so he shall do 15 * One ordināce shal be both for you of the Congregacion also for the stranger that dwelleth with you euen an ordinance for euer in your generacions as you are so shall the stranger be before the Lord. 16 One lawe one maner shall serue bothe for you and for the strāger that soiourneth with you 17 ¶ And the Lord spake vnto Mosés saying 18 Speake vnto the children of Israél and say vnto them When ye become into the land to the which I bring you 19 And whē ye shal eat of the bread of the lād ye shal offer an heaue offring vnto the Lord. 20 Ye shal offer vp a cake of the first of your dowe for an heaue offring * as the heaue offring of the barne so ye shal lift it vp 21 Of the first of your dowe ye shal giue vnto the Lorde an heaue offring in your generacions 22 ¶ And if ye haue erred and not obserued al these commandementes whiche the Lorde hathe spoken vnto Mosés 23 Euen all that the Lord hathe commanded you by the hand of Mosés from the first day that the Lord commanded Mosés henceforward among your generacions 24 And if so be that ought be cōmitted ignorantly of the Congregacion then all the Congregacion shall giue a bullocke for a burnt offring for a swete sauour vnto the Lord with the meat offring and drinke offring thereto according to the * maner and an he go at for a sin offring 25 And the Priest shall make an atonement for all the Congregacion of the children of Israél and it shal be forgiuen thē for it is igno rance and they shall bryng their offryng for an offring made by fire vnto the Lorde and their sinne offring before the Lord for their ignorance 26 Then it shal be forgiuen all the Congregacion of the children of Israél the stranger that dwelleth among them for al the people were in ignorance 27 ¶ * But if anie one personne sinne through ignorance then he shal bring a she go at of a yere olde for a sinne offring 28 And the Priest shal make an atonement for the ignorant personne when he sinneth by ignorance before the Lord to make reconciliacion for him it shal be forgiuen him 29 He that is borne among the children of Israél and the stranger that dwelleth among thē shal haue bothe one lawe who so doeth sinne by ignorance 30 ¶ But the persone that doeth ought presumptuously whether he be borne in the land or a strāger the same blasphemeth the Lorde therefore that 〈◊〉 shal be cut of from among his people 31 Because he hath dispised the worde of the Lord and hathe broken his commandement that persone shal be vtterly cut of his iniqui tie shal be vpon him 32 ¶ And while the children of Israél were in the wildernes they founde a man that gathe red stickes vpon the Sabbath day 33 And they that foūde him gathering stickes broght him vnto Mosés and to Aarón and vnto all the Congregacion 34 And they put him in * warde for it was not declared what shulde be done vnto him 35 Then the Lorde said vnto Mosés This man shall dye the death and let all the multitude stone him with stones without the hoste 36 And all the Congregacion broght hym without the hoste and stoned hym with stones and he dyed as the Lord had commanded Mosés 37 ¶ And the Lord speake vnto Mosés saying 38 Speake vnto the children of Israél and byd them that they * make thē fringes vpon the borders of their garments throughout their generacions and put vpon the frings of the borders a rybande of blewe silke 39 And shal haue the frings that when ye loke vpon then ye may
bread in the feast of the weks and in the feast of the Tabernacles and they shal not appeare before the Lord empty 17 Euerie man shall gyue accordyng to the gift of hys hande and accordynge to the blessing of the Lord thy God which he hath giuen theé 18 ¶ Iudges and officers shalt thou make thee in all thy cities whiche the Lord thy God gi ueth thee throughout thy tribes and they shall iudge the people with ryghteous iudgement 19 Wrest not thou the Lawe nor respect anye persone nether take reward for the reward blindeth the eyes of the wise ād peruerteth the wordes of the iust 20 That which is iust and right shalt thou followe that thou maiest liue and possesse the land which the Lord thy God giueth thee 21 ¶ Thou shalt plante thee no groue of anie trees nere vnto the altar of the Lorde thy God which thou shalt make thee 22 Thou shalte set thee vp no piller whiche thing the Lord thy God hateth CHAP. XVII 2 The punishment of the idolater 9 Hard controuersies are broght to the Priest and the iudge 12 The contemner muste dye 15 The election of the Kyng 16 and 17. What things he ought to auoide 18 And what he ought to imbrace 1 THou shalt offer vnto the Lorde thy God no bullocke nor shepe wherein is blemish or anie euill fauored thyng for that is an abominacion vnto the Lord thy God 2 ¶ If there be found among you in anie of thy cities whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee man or woman that hathe wroght wicked nes in the sight of the Lord thy God in trans gressing his couenant 3 And hathe gone and serued other gods and worshipped them as the sunne or the moone or anie of the hoste of heauen whiche I haue not commanded 4 And it be tolde vnto thee thou hast heard it then shalte thou inquire diligently and if it be true and the thing certeine that suche abominacion is wroght in Israél 5 Then shalte thou bryng forthe that man or that woman whyche haue committed that wicked thynge vnto thy gates whether it be man or woman ād shalt stone them with stones til they dye 6 * At the mouth of two or thre witnesses shal he that is worthy of death dye but at the mouth of one witnes he shal not dye 7 The hands of the witnesses shal be first vpon him to kil him and afterwarde the háds of all the people so thou shalt take the wicked away from among you 8 ¶ If there rise a matter to hard for thee in iudgement betwene blood and blood betwene plea and plea betwene plague plague in the matter of cōtrouersie within thy gates then shalt thou arise and go vp vnto the place which the Lord thy GOD shal chose 9 And thou shalt come vnto the Priests of the Leuites and vnto the iudge that shal be in those dayes and aske thei shal she we thee the sentence of iudgement 10 And thou shalt do according to that thing which they of that place which the Lord hathe chosen shewe thee and thou shalt obserue to do according to all that they informe thee 11 According to the Lawe which they shal teach thee and according to the iudgement whiche they shall tell thee shalte thou do thou shalt not decline from the thyng whiche they shall shewe thee nether to the right hand nor to the left 12 And that man that will do presumpteously not heark enyng vnto the Priest that standeth before the Lorde thy God to minister there or vnto the iudge that man shal dye and thou shalt take away euil from Israél 13 So all the people shall heare and feare and do no more presumpteously 14 ¶ When thou shalte come vnto the lande whiche the Lord thy God giueth thee and shalt possesse it and dwel therein if thou say I wil set a King ouerme like as all the nacions that are about me 15 Thē thou shalt make him King ouer thee whome the Lord thy God shal chose from amonge thy brethren shalte thou make a King ouer thee thou shalt not set a stranger ouer thee which is not thy brother 16 In anie wise he shal not prepare him manie horses nor bring the people againe to Egy pte for to increase the nōber of horses seing the Lord hathe said vnto you Ye shal hence forthe go no more againe that way 17 Nether shall he take hym manie wiues lest his heart turne away nether shal he gather him muche siluer and golde 18 And when he shall sit vppon the throne of his kyngdome then shall he write hym this Lawe repeted in a boke by the Priests of the Leuites 19 And it shal be wyth hym and he shall read therein all dayes of hys lyfe that he maye learne to feare the Lorde his God and to kepe all the wordes of this Lawe and these ordinances for to do them 20 That hys heart be not lyfted vp aboue hys brethren and that he turne not frome the commandement to the ryght hande or the left but that he maye prolong hys dayes in hys kyngdome he and hys sonnes in the middes of Israél CHAP. XVIII 3 The portion of the Leuites 6 Of the Leuite comming frome another palce 9 To auoyde the abominacion of the 〈◊〉 15 God wil not leaue them without a true Prophete 20 The false prophete shal be slayne 22 How he may be knowen 1 THe Priestes of the Leuites and all the tribe of Leui * shall haue no parte nor inheritance wyth Israél * but shall eat the offrings of the Lorde made by fire and his inheritance 2 Therefore shall they haue no inheritance among their brethren for the Lorde is their inheritance as he hathe said vnto them 3 ¶ And thys shal be the Priests duetie of the people that they whyche offer sacrifice whether it be bullocke or shepe shall giue vnto the Priest the shulder ād the two chekes and the mawe 4 The firste frutes also of thycorne of thy wine and of thine oyle and the firste of the flece of thy shepe shalt thou giue him 5 For the Lorde thy God hathe chosen hym out of all thy tribes to stande and minister in the Name of the Lorde him and hys sonnes for euer 6 ¶ Also when a Leuite shall come out of anie of thy cities of Israél where he remained and come wyth all the desire of hys hearte vnto the place whyche the LORD shall chose 7 He shall then minister in the Name of the Lord his God as al his brethren the Leuites whiche remaine there before the Lorde 8 They shall haue lyke porcions to eat beside that whiche commeth of hys sale of his patrimonie 9 When thou shalt come into the land whiche the Lorde thy God giueth thee thou shalte not learne to do after the
curse of God is on him that is hanged Defile not therefore thy land which the Lord thy God giueth thee to in her it CHAP. XXII 1 He commandeth to haue care of our neighbours goods 5 The woman may not weare mans apparel nor man the womans 6 Of the dam and her yong birdes 8. Why thei shulde haue batel ments 9 Not to mixe diuers kinds together 13 Of the wife not being founde a virgine 22 The punishement of adulterie 1 THou * shalt not se thy brothers oxe nor his shepe go astray and withdrawe thy selfe from them but shalt bring them againe vnto thy brother 2 And if thy brother be not nere vnto thee or if thou knowe him not then thou shalt bring it into thine house and it shal remaine with thee vntil thy brother seke after it thē shalt thou deliuer it to him againe 3 In like maner shalt thou do with his 〈◊〉 and so shalt thou do with his raiment and shalt so do with alloste things of thy brother which he hathe loste if thou hast found them thou shalt not withdrawe thy selfe from them 4 ¶ Thou shalt notse thy brothers asse nor his oxe fall downe by the way and withdrawe thy selfe from them but shalt lifte them vp with him 5 ¶ The woman shal not we are that which 〈◊〉 vnto the man 〈◊〉 shal a man put on womās raiment for al that do so are 〈◊〉 vnto the Lord thy God 6 ¶ If thou finde a birdes nest in the way in anie tre or on the ground whether they be yong or egges and the dam sitting vpon the yong or vpon the egges thou shalt not take the dam with the yong 7 But shalt in anie 〈◊〉 let the dam go and take the yong to thee that thou maiest prosper and prolong thy dayes 8 ¶ When thou buy 〈◊〉 a newe house thou shalt make a batelmēt on thy roof that thou lay not blood vpon thine house if anie man fall thence 9 ¶ Thou shalt not so we thy vineyard with diuers kindes of sedes lest thou defile the in crease of the sede which thou hast so wen the frute of the vineyarde 10 ¶ Thou shalt not plowe with an oxe and an asse together 11 ¶ Thou shalt not weare agarmēt of diuers sortes as of wollen and linen together 12 ¶ * Thou shalt make thee 〈◊〉 vpon the foure quarters of thy vesture where with thou couerest thy selfe 15 ¶ If a man take a wife and when he hathe lien with her hate her 14 And lay 〈◊〉 slanderous things vnto charge and bring vp an 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vpon her and say I toke this wife and when I came to her I found her not a 〈◊〉 15 Then shal the father of the maid and her mother take and bring the signes of the mai des virginitie vnto the Elders of the 〈◊〉 to the gate 16 And the maides father shal say vnto the Elders I gaue my 〈◊〉 vnto this man 〈◊〉 wife and he hateth her 17 And lo he laieth slanderous things vnto her charge saying I found not thy daughter a maid lo these are the tokens of my daughters virginitie and they shal spreade the vesture before the Elders of the citie 18 Then the Elders of the citie shal take that man and chastice him 19 And shal condemne him in an hundreth she kels of siluer and giue them vnto the father of the maid because he hathe broght vp an euil name vpō a maid of Israél and she shal be his wife and he may not put her away all his life 20 ¶ But if this thing be true that the maide be not found a virgin 21 Then they shal bring forthe the maide to the dore of her fathers house and the men of her citie shal stone her with stones to death for she hathe wroght follie in Israél by playing the whore in her fathers house so thou shalt put euil away from among you 22 ¶ * If a man be found lying with a woman maried to a man then they shal dye euen bo the twaine to wit the man that lay with the wife ād the wife so thou shalt put away euil from Israél 23 ¶ If a maide be betrothed vnto an housbād and a man 〈◊〉 her in the towne and lie with her 24 Then 〈◊〉 bring them bothe out vnto the gates of the same citie and shal stone thē with stones to death the maide because 〈◊〉 cryed not being in the citie and the man because he hathe humbled his neighbours wife so thou shalt put away euil from amōg you 25 ¶ But if a man finde a betrothed maide in the field and 〈◊〉 her ād lye with her then the man that lay with her shal dye alone 26 And vnto the maide thou shalt do nothing because there is in the maide no cause of death for as when a man riseth against his neighbour and 〈◊〉 him to death so is this matter 26 For he 〈◊〉 her in the fields the betrothed maide cryed and there was no man to succour her 28 ¶ * If a man finde a maide that is not betrothed and take her and lye with her and they be founde 29 Then the man that lay with her shal giue vnto the maides father fifty shekels of siluer and she shal be 〈◊〉 wife because he hathe humbled her he can not put her away all his life 30 ¶ No man shal take his fathers wife nor shal vncouer his fathers skirt CHAP. XXIII 1 What men might not be admitted to office 9 What they ought to auoide when they go to warre 15 Of the fugitiue seruant 17 To 〈◊〉 all kinde of whoredome 19 Of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Of vowes 24 Of the neighbours vine and corne 1 NOne that is hurt by bursting or that hathe his 〈◊〉 membre cut of shal entre into the Congregacion of the Lord. 2 A bastard shal not entre into the Congregacion of the Lord euen to his tenth generacion shal 〈◊〉 not entre into the Congregacion of the Lord. 3 * The 〈◊〉 and the Moabites shal not entre into the Congregacion of the Lord euen to their tenth generacion shal they not entre into the Congregacion of the Lord for euer 4 Because they met you not with bread and water in the way whē ye came out of Egypt and because they hired against thee Balaám the sonne of Beór of Pethórin Aram-naharáim to curse thee 5 Neuertheles the Lord thy God wolde not hearken vnto Balaám but the Lord thy God turned the curse to a blessing vnto thee because the Lord thy God loued thee 6 Thou shalt not seke their peace nor their prosperitie all thy daies for euer 7 ¶ Thou shalt not abhorre an Edomite for he is thy brother nether shalt thou abhorre an Egyptian because thou wast a stranger in his land 8 The children that are begotten of them in their third generacion shal entre
vnto this lande how fearce is this great wrath 25 And they shal answer Because they haue for sakē the couenant of the Lord God of their fathers which he had made with them whē he broght them out of the land of Egypt 26 And went and serued others gods and wor shipped thē euen gods which they knewe not and which had giuen them nothing 27 Therefore the wrath of the Lorde waxed hote agaynst this land to bring vpon it euerie curse that is written in this boke 28 And the Lorde hathe rooted them out of their land in angre and in wrath and in great indignacion and hathe caste them into another land as appeareth this day 29 The secret thyngs belong to the Lorde our God but the things reueiled belong vn to vs and to our children for euer that we may do all the wordes of this Law CHAP. XXX 1 Mercie shewed when they repent 6 The Lord doeth circumcise the heart 〈◊〉 All excuse of ignorance is taken away 19 Life and death is set before them 20 The Lorde is their life which obey him 1 NOw when all these things shall come vppō thee ether the blessing or the curse which I haue set before thee ād thou shalt turne into thine heart among all the naciōs whether the Lord thy God hath driuē thee 2 And shalt returne vnto the Lorde thy God and obey hys voyce in all that I commande thee this day thou and thy children with all thine heart and with all thy soule 3 Then the Lorde thy God will cause thy ' captiues to returne and haue compassion vpon thee and will returne to gather thee out of all the people where the Lord thy God had scatered thee 4 Thogh thou werest caste vnto the vtmost parte of heauen from thence will the Lord thy God gatherthee ād from thence wil he take thee 5 And the Lord thy God wil bring thee into the land which thy fathers possessed and thou shalt possesse it and he wil shewe thee fauour and wil multiplie thee aboue thy fathers 6 And the Lord thy God wil circumcise thine heart and the heart of thy sede that thou maist loue the Lord thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule that thou maist liue 7 And the Lord thy God wil lay all these curses vpon thine enemies and on them that hate thee and that persecute thee 8 Returne thou therefore obey the voice of the Lord and do all his commandements which I commande thee this day 9 And the Lord thy God wil make thee plenteous in euerie worke of thine hand in the frute of thy body and in the frute of thy cattel and in the frute of the land for thy welth for the Lord wil turne againe and reioyce ouer thee to do thee good as he reioyced ouerthy fathers 10 Because thou shalt obey the voyce of the Lord thy God in keping his commandemēts and his ordinances which are written in the boke of this Lawe when thou shalt returne vnto the Lord thy God with all thine heart and with all thy soule 11 ¶ For this cōmandement which I commande thee this day is nothid frō thee nether is it farre of 12 It is not in heauen that thou shuldest say * Who shal go vp for vs to heauen and bring it vs and cause vs to heare it that we may do it 13 Nether is it beyonde the sea that thou shul dest say Who shal go ouer the sea for vs and bring it vs and cause vs to heare it that we may do it 14 But the worde is verie nere vnto thee euen in thy mouth and in thine heart for to do it 15 Beholde I haue set before thee this day life and good death and euil 16 In that I commande thee this day to loue the Lord thy God to walke in his wayes ād to kepe his commandements and his ordinances and his lawes that thou maiest liue and be multiplied and that the Lord thy God may blesse thee in the land whether thou goest to possesse it 17 But if thine heart turne away so that thou wilt not obey but shalt be seduced and wor ship other gods and serue them 18 I pronounce vnto you this day that ye shal surely perish ye shal not prolong your dayes in the land whether thou passest ouer Iordén to possesse it 19 * I call heauen and earth to recorde this day against you that I haue set before you life and death blessing and cursing therfore chose life that bothe thou and thy sede may liue 20 By louing the Lord thy God by obeying his voyce and by cleauing vnto him for he is thy life and the length of thy dayes that thou maist dwel in the land which the Lord sware vnto thy fathers Abrahám Izhák and Iaakób to giue him CHAP. XXXI 2. 7 Mosés preparing him selfe to dye appointeth 〈◊〉 to rule the people 9 He giueth the I 〈◊〉 to the Leuites that they shulde read it to the people 19 God giueth thē a song as a witnes betwene him and them 23 God 〈◊〉 Ioshúa 29 Mosés 〈◊〉 them that they wil rebel after his death 1 THen Mosés went and spake these wordes vnto all Israél 2 And said vnto them I am an hundreth and twentie yere olde this day I can no more go out and in also the Lord hathe said vnto me * Thou shalt not go ouer this Iordén 3 The Lord thy God he wil go ouer before thee he wil destroy these naciōs before thee and thou shalt possesse thē * Ioshúa he shal go before thee as the Lord hathe said 4 And the Lord shal do vnto them as he dyd to * Sihôn and to Og Kings of the Amorites and vnto their land whome he destroyed 5 And the Lord shal giue them before you that ye may do vnto them according vnto euerie * commandement which I haue cōmanded you 6 Plucke vp your hearts therefore and be strong dread not nor be afrayd of them for the Lord thy God him selfe doeth go with thee he wil not fayle thee nor forsake thee 7 ¶ And Mosés called 〈◊〉 and said vnto him in the sight of all Israél Be of a good courage and strong for thou shalt go with this people vnto the land which the Lord hathe sworne vnto their fathers to giue thē and thou shalt giue it them to inherit 8 And the Lord him selfe 〈◊〉 go before thee he wil be with thee he wil not fayle thee nether forsake thee feare not 〈◊〉 re nor be discomforted 9 ¶ And Mosés wrote this Lawe and deliuered it vnto the Priestes the sonnes of Leui which bare the Arke of the couenāt of the Lord and vnto all the Elders of Israél 10 And Mosés cōmanded them saying * Euerie seuenth yere* when the yere of fredome shal be in the feast of the 〈◊〉 11 When
said vnto her We wil be bla mels of this thine othe which thou hast made vs 〈◊〉 18 Beholde when we come into the land thou shalt binde this corde of red threde in the windowe whereby thou lettest vs downe thou shalt bring thy father and thy mother thy brethren and al thy fathers housholde home to thee 19 And whosoeuer then doeth go out at the dores of thine house īto the streat his blood shal be vpon his head we will be gylteles but whosoeuer shal be with thee in the house his blood shal be on our head if anie hand touche him 20 And if thou vtter this our matter we wil be quit of thine othe which thou hast made vs sweare 21 And she answered According vnto your wordes so be it then she sent them away ād they departed and she bounde the red corde in the windowe 22 ¶ And they departed and came into the mo untaine and there abode thre daies vntil the pursuers were returned and the pursuers soght them throughout all the way but founde them not 23 So the two men returned and descended from the mountaine passed ouer came to Ioshúa the sonne of Nun and tolde hym all things that came vnto them 24 Also they said vnto Ioshúa Surely the Lord hathe deliuered into our hands all the land for euen all the inhabitants of the countrey faint because of vs. CHAP. III. 3 Ioshúa commandeth them to departe when the Arke remoueth 7 The Lord promiseth to exalt Ioshúa before the people 9 Ioshuas exhortation to the people 16 The waters parte a sunder whiles the people passe 1 THen Ioshúa rose verie early and they remoued from Shittim and came to Iordén he al the children of Israél lodged there before they went ouer 2 And after thre daies the officers went throughout the hoste 3 And commanded the people saying When yese the Arke of the couenant of the Lord your God and the Priests of the Leuites bea ring it ye shall departe from your place and go after it 4 Yet there shal be a space betwene you it about two thousand cubites by measure ye shal not come nere vnto it that ye may know the way by the which ye shal go for ye haue not gone this way in times past 5 Now Ioshúa had said vnto the people * Sanctifie your selues for tomorow the Lord wil do wonders among you 6 Also Ioshúa speake vnto the Priests saying Take vp the Arke of the couenāt go ouer before the people so they toke vp the Arke of the couenant went before the people 7 ¶ Then the Lord said vnto Ioshúa This day wil I begin to magnifie thee in the sight of al Israél which shal knowe that * as I was with Mosés so wil I be with thee 8 Thou shalt therefore commāde the Priests that beare the Arke of the couenant saying When ye are come to the drinke of the waters of Iordén ye shall stand still in Iordén 9 ¶ Then Ioshua said vnto the children of Israél Come 〈◊〉 and heare the wordes of the Lord your God 10 And Ioshúa said Hereby ye shall knowe that the liuing God is among you that he wil certeinly cast out before you the Canaanites and the Hittites and the Hiuites and the Perizzites and the Gergashites and the Amorites and the Iebusites 11 Beholde the Arke of the couenant of the Lorde of all the worlde passeth before you into Iordén 12 Now therefore take frome among you twelue men out of the tribes of Israél out of euerie tribe a man 13 And assone as the soles of the fete of the Priests that beare the Arke of the Lord God the Lord of all the worlde shall stay in the waters of Iordén the waters of Iordē shal be cut of for the waters that come frō aboue * shall stand still vpon an heape 14 ¶ Then when the people were departed from their tentes to go ouer Iordén the Priests bearing the * Arke of the couenant went before the people 15 And as they that bare the Arke came vnto Iordén and the fete of the Priests that bare the Arke were dipped in the brinke of the water * for Iordén vseth to fil al his bākes all the times of haruest 16 Then the waters that came downe frome aboue stayed and rose vpon an heape and departed far frō the citie of Adám that was beside Zaretán but the waters that came downe towarde the Sea of the wildernes euen the salt Sea failed and were cut of so the people went right ouer against Ierichō 17 But the Priests that bare the Arke of the couenant of the Lord stode drye within Iordē ready prepared and all the Israelites went ouer drye vntill all the people were gone cleane ouer through Iordén CHAP. IIII. 2 God commāded Ioshua to set vp twelue stones in Iordén 18 The waters returne to their olde course 20 Other twelue stones are set vp in Gilgál 21 This miracle must be declared to the posteritie 1 ANd when all the people were wholly gone * ouer 〈◊〉 after the Lord had spoken vnto Ioshúa saying 2 Take you twelue men out of the people out of euerie tribe a man 3 And commāde you them saying Take you hence out of the middes of Iordén out of the place where the Priests stode in a readines twelue stones whiche ye shall take away with you and leaue them in the lodging where you shall lodge this night 4 Then Ioshúa called the twelue men whome he had prepared of the children of Israéll out of euerie tribe a man 5 And Ioshúa said vnto them Go ouer before the Arke of the Lord your God euē through the middes of Iordén and take vp euerie man of you a stone vpon his shulder according vnto the nomber of the tribes of the children of Israél 6 That this may be a signe among you that when your children shal aske their fathers in time to come saying What meane you by these stones 7 Then ye may answer them That the waters of Iordén were cut of before the Arke of the couenant of the Lord for when it passed through Iordén the waters of Iordén were cut of therefore these stones are a memorial vnto the children of Israél for euer 8 Then the children of Israél did euen so as Ioshúa had commanded toke vp twelue stones out of the middes of Iordē as the lord had said vnto Ioshûa according to the nomber of the tribes of the children of Israél caried thē a way with thē vnto the lodging and layed them downe there 9 And Ioshua setvp twelue stones in the mid des of Iordén in the place where the fete of the Priests whiche bare the Arke of the couenant stode and there haue they cōtinued vnto this day 10 ¶ So the Priest which bare the Arke stode in the middes
and the fat beastes and the lambes and all that was good and they wolde not destroye them but euery thing that was vile and noght worthe that they destroyed 10 ¶ Then came the worde of the Lord vnto Samuél saying 11 It repenteth me that I haue made Saúl King for he is turned from me and hathe not performed my commandements And Samuél was moued and cryed vnto the Lord all night 12 And when Samuél a rose early to mete Saúl in the morning one tolde Samuél saying Saúl is gone to Carmél and beholde he hathe made him there a place from whēce he returned departed is gone downe to Gilgál 13 ¶ Then Samuél came to Saúl Saúl said vnto him Blessedbe thou of the lord I haue fulfilled the commandement of the Lord. 14 But Samuél said What meaneth then the bleating of the shepe in mine eares the lowing of the oxen which I heare 15 And Saúl answered They haue broght thē from the Amalekites for the people spared the best of the shepe and of the oxen to sacrifice them vnto the Lord thy God and the remnant haue we destroyed 16 Againe Samuél said to Saúl Let me tell thee what the Lorde hathe said to me thys night And he said vnto him Say on 17 Then Samuél said When thou wast litle in thine owne sight waste thou not made the head of the tribes of Israél for the Lord anointed thee King ouer Israél 18 And the Lord sent thee on a iourney and said Go and destroye those sinners the Amale kites and fight againste them vntill thou destroye them 19 Now wherefore hast thou not obeyed the voyce of the Lord but hast turned to the praye and hast done wickedly in the sight of the Lord 20 And Saúl said vnto Samuél Yea I haue obeyed the voyce of the Lorde and haue gone the way which the Lord sent me and haue broght Agág the Kinge of Amalék and haue destroyed the Amalekites 21 But the people toke of the spoyle shepe and oxen and the chiefest of the thynges which shulde haue bene destroyed to offer vnto the Lord thy God in Gilgál 22 And Samuél said Hathe the Lord as great pleasure in burnt offrings and sacrifices as when the voyce of the Lord is obeied behold * to obey is better then sacrifice and to hearken is better thē the fat of rāmes 23 For rebellion is as the sinne of witchcraft and transgression is wickednes and idolatrie Because thou hast cast away the worde of the Lord therefore he hathe cast away thee from being King 24 Then Saúl said vnto Samuél I haue sinned for I haue transgressed the commandemēt of the Lord and thy wordes because I feared the people and obeied their voyce 25 Now therfore I pray thee take away my sinne and turne againe with me that I may worship the Lord. 26 But Samuél said vnto Saúl I wil not returne with thee for thou hast cast awaye the worde of the Lord and the Lord hathe cast awaye thee that thou shalt not be Kynge ouer Israél 27 And as Samuél turned him self to go away he caught the lap of his coat and it rent 28 Then Samuél said vnto him The LORD hathe rent the kingedome of Israél from thee this daye and hathe gyuen it to thy neighbour that is better then thou 29 For in dede the strength of Israél wyll not lie nor repent for he is not a man that he shulde repent 30 Then he said I haue sinned but honour me I pray thee before the Elders of my people before Israél turne again with me that I may worship the Lord thy God 31 ¶ So Samuél turne againe and followed Saúl and Saúl worshiped the Lord. 32 Then said Samuél Bring yehither to me Agág the king of the Amale kites Agág came vnto him pleasantly and Agág said Truely the bitternes of death is passed 33 And Samuél said * As thy sworde hathe made women childeles so shal thy mother be childeles among other womē And Samuél hewed Agág in pieces before the Lordin Gilgál 34 ¶ So Samuél departed to Ramáh Saúl went vp to his house to Gibeáh of Saúl 35 And Samuél came nomore to se Saúl vntill the day of his death but Samuél mourned for Saúl and the Lord repented that he made Saúl King ouer Israél CHAP. XVI 1 Samuél is reproued of God and is sent to anoint Dauid 7 God regardeth the heart 13 The Spirite of the Lorde commeth vpon Dauid 14 The wicked Spirit is sent vpō Saúl 19 Saúl sendeth for Dauid 1 THe Lord then said vnto Samuél How long wilt thou mourne for Saúl seing I haue cast him awaye from reigning ouer Israél fil thine horne with oyle and come I wil send thee to Ishái the Bethlehemite for I haue prouided me a Kyng among his sonnes 2 And Samuél said How can I go for if Saúl shal heare it he wil kil me Then the Lord answered Take an heifer with thee and say I am come to do sacrifice to the lord 3 And call Ishái to the sacrifice and I will shew thee what thou shalt do thou shalt anoint vnto me him whome I name vnto thee 4 So Samuél did that the Lord bade him and came to Beth-léhem and the Elders of the towne were astonied at his comming said Commest thou peaceably 5 And he answered Yea I am come to do sacrifice vnto the Lord sāctifie your selues and come with me to the sacrifice And he sanctified Ishái and his sonnes and called them to the sacrifice 6 And when they were come he loked on Eliáb and said Surely the Lords Anointed is before him 7 But the Lord said vnto Samuél Loke not on his countinance nor on the height of his stature because I haue refused him for God seeth not as man seeth for man loketh on the outward appearance but the Lord beholdeth the * heart 8 Then Ishái called Abinadáb made him come before Samuél And he said Nether hathe the Lord chosen this 9 Then Ishái made Shammáh come And he said Nether yet hath the Lord chosē him 10 Againe Ishái made hys seuen sonnes to come before Samuél and Samuél said vnto Ishái The Lord hath chosen none of these 11 Finally Samuél said vnto Ishái Are there no more children but these And he said There remaineth yet a litle one behinde that kepeth the shepe Then Samuél said vnto Ishái * Send and fet him for we will not sit downe til he be come hither 12 And he sent and broght him in and he was ruddie and of a good countināce and comelie visage And the Lord said Arise anoint him for this is he 13 Then Samuél toke the horne of oyle and anointed him in the middes of his brethrē And the * Spirit of the Lord came vpon Dauid from that daye forwarde then Samuél rose vp
to passe among this people vnder the gouernement of Samuel and Saúl so this seconde boke declareth the noble actes of Dauid after the death of Saúl when he began to reigne vnto the end of his kingdome and how the same by him was wonderfully augmented also his great troubles and dangers whiche he susteined bothe within his house and without what horrible and dangerous insurrections vprores and treasons were wroght againste him partelye by false 〈◊〉 fained friends and flatterers and partelye by some of his owne children and people and how by GODDES assistance he ouercame al difficulties and enioyned his kingdome in rest and peace In the persone of Dauid the Scripture setteth forth Christ Iesus the chief King who came of Dauid according to the flesh and was persecuted on euery side with outward and inward enemies aswel in his own persone as in his members but at length he ouercometh all his enemies and giueth his Churche victorie againste all power bothe spiritual and temporal and so reigneth with them King for euermore CHAP. I. 4 It was tolde Dauid of Sauls death 15 He causeth him to be staine that broght the tydings 19 He lamenteth the death of Saul and Ionathan 1 AFter the death of Saūl when Da uid was returned from the * slaughter of the Amalekites and had bene two dayes in Ziklág 2 Beholde a man came the third day out of the hoste from Saúl with his clothes rent and earth vpon his head and when he came to Dauid he fel to the earth and did obeissance 3 Then Dauid said vnto him Whence cōmest thou And he said vnto him Out of the hoste of Israél I am escaped 4 And Dauid said vnto him What is done I pray thee tel me Then he said that the people is fled from the battel and many of the people are ouerthrowen and dead and also Saúl and Ionathán his sonne are dead 5 And Dauid said vnto the yong man that told it him How knowest thou that Saúl and Io nathán his sonne be dead 6 Then the yong mā that tolde him answered As I came to mount Gilbóa beholde Saúl leaned vpon his speare and lo the charets horsemen followed hard after him 7 And when he loked backe he sawe me and called me And I answered Here am I. 8 And he said vnto me Who art thou And I answered him I am an Amalekite 9 Then said he vnto me I pray thee come vpon me and slaye me for anguish is come vpō me because my life is yet whole in me 10 So I came vpon him and slewe him be cause I was sure that he colde not liue after that he had fallen I toke the crowne that was vpon his head and the bracelet that was on his arme and broght them hither vnto my Lord 11 Then Dauid toke holde on his clothes * rent them and like wise all the men that were with him 12 And they mourned and wept and fasted vntil euen for Saúl and for Ionathán his sonne and for the people of the Lord and for the house of Israél because they were slaine with the sworde 13 ¶ Afterward Dauid said vnto the yong mā that tolde it him Whence art thou And he answered I am the sonne of a strangeran Amalekite 14 And Dauid said vnto him * How wast thou not afraied to put forthe thine hand to destroy the Anoynted of the Lord 15 Then Dauid called one of his yong men said Go nere and fall vpō him And he smote him that he dyed 16 Thē said Dauid vnto him Thy blood be vpō thine owne head forthine owne mouth hathe testified against thee saying I haue slaine the Lords anointed 17 ¶ Then Dauid mourned with this lamentation ouer Saúl and ouer Ionathán his sonne 18 Also he bade them teache the children of Iudáh to shoote as it is writen in the boke of * Iashér 19 O noble Israél he is slaine vpon thy hie places how are the mighty ouerthrowen 20 * Tel it not in Gath nor publish it in the stre tes of Ashkelôn lest the daughters of the Phi listims reioyce lest the daughters of the vncir cumcised triumphe 21 Ye mountaines of Gilbóa vpon you be ne ther dewe not raine nor be there fields of offrings for there the shield of the mightie is cast downe the shield of Saúl as thogh he had not bene anoynted with oyle 22 The bowe of Ionathán neuer turned backe nether did the sworde of Saúl returne empty from the blood of the slaine and from the fat of the mighty 23 Saúl and Ionathán were louely and pleasant in their 〈◊〉 and in their deathes they were not deuided they were swifter the negles they were stronger then lions 24 Ye daughters of Israél wepe for Saul which clothed you in skarlet with pleasures and hanged ornaments of golde vpon your apparel 25 How were the mighty slaine in the middes of the battel ô Ionathán thou wast slaine in thine hie places 26 Wo is me for thee my brother Ionathán very kinde hast thou bene vnto me thy loue to me was wonderful passing the loue of women how are the mighty ouerthrowen and the weapons of warre destroyed CHAP. II. 4 Dauid is anoynted King in Hebrón 9 Abnér maketh Ish-bosheth King ouer Israél 15 The battel of the seruāts of Dauid and Ish-bosheth 32 The buryal of Asahél 1 AFter this Dauid asked counsel of the Lord saying Shal I go vp into anie of the cities of Iudah And the Lord said vnto him Go vp And Dauid said Whither shal I go He then answered Vnto Hebrōn 2 So Dauid went vp thither and his two wiues also Ahinóam the Izreelite and Abigáil Nabals wife the Carmelite 3 And Dauid broght vp the men that were with him euerie man with his housholde they dwelt in the cities of Hebrōn 4 ¶ Thē the men of Iudáh came there they anointed Dauid King ouer the house of Iudáh And they tolde Dauid saying * that thē men of Iabésh Gileád buryed Saúl 5 And dauid sent messengers vnto the men of Iabésh Gileád and said vnto them 〈◊〉 sed are ye of the Lord that ye haue shewed suche kindenes vnto your lord Saúl that you haue buryed him 6 Therefore now the Lord shewe mercie and trueth vnto you and I wil recompence you this benefite because ye haue done this thing 7 Therefore now let your hands be strong be you valiant albeit your master Saúl be dead yet neuerthelesse the house of Iudáh hathe anointed me King ouer them 8 ¶ But Abnér the sonne of Ner that was captaine of Sauls hoste toke Ish-bôsheth the sonne of Saúl broght him to Mahanáim 9 And made him King ouer Gileád and ouer the Ashurites and ouer Izreél and ouer Ephráim and ouer Beniamin and ouer all Israél 10 Ish-bôsheth Sauls sonne was fourty yere olde when he began to reigne ouer
the Lord Beholde I will raise vp euill agaynste thee out of thine owne house will * take thy wiues before thine eyes and giue them vnto thy neyghbour and he shall lye with thy wiues in the sight of this sunne 12 For thou didest it secretlye but I wyll do this thing before all Israél and before the sunne 13 Then Dauid said vnto Nathán * I haue sinned against the Lord. And Nathán said vnto Dauid The Lord also hath put away thy sinne thou shalt not dye 14 How beit because by this dede thou hast caused the ennemies of the Lord to blaspheme the childe that is borne vnto thee shal surely dye 15 ¶ So Nathán departed vnto his house the Lord stroke the childe that Vriahs wife bare vnto Dauid and it was sicke 16 Dauid therefore besoght GOD for the childe and fasted and went in and laye all night vpon the earth 17 Thē the Elders of his house arose to come vnto him to cause him to rise from the grounde but he wolde not nether did he eat meat with them 18 So on the seuenth day the childe dyed the seruāts of Dauid feared to tel him that the childe was dead for they said Behold while the childe was aliue we spake vnto him and he wolde not hearken vnto our voyce how then shal we say vnto him The childe is dead to vexe him more 19 But when Dauid sawe that hys seruantes whispered Dauid perceiued that the child was dead therfore Dauid said vnto his seruants Is the childe dead And they said He is dead 20 Then Dauid arose from the earthe and washed and anointed him selfe and changed his apparel came into the house of the Lord and worshiped afterward came to his owne house and bade that 〈◊〉 shuld set bread before him and he did eat 21 Then said his seruants vnto him What thynge is this that thou haste done thou did est fast and wepe for the childe while it was aliue but when the childe was dead 〈◊〉 did est rise vp and eat meat 22 And he said While the child was yet aliue I fasted and wept for I said Who can tell whether GOD will haue mercie on me that the childe may liue 23 But now beynge dead wherefore shulde I nowe fast Can I bring him againe anye more I shall go to hym but he shall not returne to me 24 ¶ And Dauid comforted Bath-shéba hys wife went in vnto her and lay with her * and she bare a sonne and he called hys name Salomôn also the Lord loued him 25 For the Lord had sent by Nathán the Prophet therefore * he called his name Iedidiáh because the Lord loued him 26 ¶ Then Ioáb foght agaynste Rabbáh of the children of Ammón and toke the citie of the kingdome 27 Therefore Ioáb sent messengers to Dauid saying I haue foght againste Rabbáh and haue taken the citie of waters 28 Now therefore gather the rest of the people together and besiege the Citie that thou maiest take it lest the victorie be attributed to me 29 So Dauid gathered all the people together and went against Rabbáh and besieged it and toke it 30 * And he toke their Kings crowne from his head which wayed a talent of golde with precious stones it was set on Dauids head and he broght away the spoyle of the citie in exceding great abundance 31 And 〈◊〉 caryed awaye the people that was therein and put them vnder sawes and vnder yron harowes vnder axes of yrō and caste them into the tyle kylne euen thus did he with all the cities of the chyldren of Ammón Then Dauid and all the people returned vnto Ierusalém CHAP. XIII 14 Amnón Dauids sonne 〈◊〉 his sister Tamár 19 Tamár is comforted by her brother Absalóm 29 Absalóm therefore killeth Amnón 1 NOw after this so it was that Absalôm the sonne of Dauid hauing a fayre sister whose name was Tamár Amnôn the sonne of Dauid loued her 2 And Amnon was so sore vexed that he fel sick for his sister Tamár for she was a virgin it semed harde to Amnôn to do any thing to her 3 But Amnôn had a friende called Ionadáb the sonne of Shimeáh Dauids brother and Ionadáb was a very subtile man 4 Who said vnto him Why arte thou the Kings sonne so leane from day to day wilt thou not tel me Thē Amnôn answered him I loue Tamár my brother Absaloms sister 5 And Ionadáb said vnto him Lye downe on thy bed and make thy selfe sicke and when thy father shal come to se thee say vnto him I pray thee let my sister Tamár come and giue me meat and let her dresse meat in my sight that I may se it and eat it of her hand 6 ¶ So Amnôn laye downe made him self sicke and when the King came to se him Amnôn said vnto the King I pray thee let Tamár my sister come and make me a couple of cakes in my sight that I may receiue meat at her hand 7 Then Dauid sent home to Tamár saying Go now to thy brother Amnōs house and dresse him meat 8 ¶ So Tamár went to her brother Amnōs house and he laye downe and she toke floure and kneadit and made cakesin his sight and did bake the cakes 9 And she toke a panne and powred them out before him but he wolde not eate Thē Amnôn said Causeye euery man to go out from me so euery man wēt out from him 10 Then Amnôn said vnto Tamár Bring the meat into the chamber that I maye eat of thine hād And Tamár toke the cakes whiche she had made and broght thē into the chamber to Amnôn her brother 11 And when she had set them before hym to eat he toke her and said vnto her Come lye with me my sister 12 But-she answered him Naye my brother do not force me for no such thing * ought to be done in Israél commit not this folie 13 And I whether shal I cause my shame to go and thou shalt be as one of the fooles in Israél now therefore I pray thee speak to the King for he wil not denye me vnto thee 14 How beit he wolde not he arken vnto her voyce but being stronger then she forced her and lay with her 15 Thē Amnôn hated her excedingly so that the hatred where with he hated her was greater then the loue where with he had loued her and Amnôn said vnto her Vp get thee hence 16 And she answered him There is no cause this euil to put me away is greater thē the other that thou didest vnto me but he wolde not heare her 17 But called his seruant that serued him said Put this woman now out from me locke the dore ' after her 18 And she had a garment of diuers coulers vpon her for
50 ¶ And Adoniiāh fearing the presence of Salomon arose and went and toke holde on the hornes of the altar 51 And one tolde Salomōn saying Beholde Adoniiáh doeth feare King Salomōn for lo he hathe caught holde on the hornes of the altar saying Let King Salomon sweare vnto me this day that he wil not slaye his seruant with the sworde 52 Thē Salomon said If he wil shewe him selfe a worthy man there shal not an here of him fall to the earth but if wickednes be found in him he shal dye 53 Then King Salomōn sent and thei broght him from the altar and he came ād did obeisance vnto King Salomón And Salomōn said vnto him Go to thine house CHAP. II. 1 Dauid exhorteth Salomōn and giueth charge as concerning Ioáb Barzillái and Shimei 10 The death of Dauid 17 Adoniiah asketh Abishāg to wife 25 He is slayne 35. Zadok was placed in Abiathars roume 1 THen the daies of Dauid drewe nere that he shulde dye and he charged Salomōn his sonne saying 2 I go the waie of all the earth be strong therefore and she we thy felfe a man 3 And take hede to the charge of the Lord thy God to walke in his waies and kepe his statutes and his commandements his iudgements and his testimonies as it is written in the Lawe of Mosés that thou maiest * prosper in all that thou doest and in euery thing whereunto thou turnest thee 4 That the Lord may confirme his worde which he spake vnto me saying If thy sonnes take hede to their way that thei walke before me in trueth with all their hearts with all their soules * thou shalt not said he want one of thy posteritie vpon the throne of Israél 5 Thou knowest also what Ioáb the sonne of 〈◊〉 did to me and what he did to the two captaines of the hostes of Israél vnto * Abnér the sonne of Ner and vnto * Amasā the sonne of Iethér whome he slewe and shed blood of battel in peace and put the blood of warre vpon his girdle that was about his 〈◊〉 and in his shooes that were on his feete 6 Do therefore according to thy wisdome let thou not his hoare head go downe to the graue in peace 7 But shewe kindenes vnto the sonnes of * Barzillái the Gileadite and let them be amōg them that eat at thy table for sothei came to me when I fled from Absalóm thy brother 8 ¶ And beholde with thee * is Shimei the sonne of Gerá the sonne of 〈◊〉 of Bahurim which cursed me with an horrible curse in the day when I went to Mahanáim but he came downe to meete me at Iordén and I sware to him by the Lord saying * I wil not slaye thee with the sworde 9 But thou shalt not count him innocent for thou art a wiseman and knowest what thou oughtest to do vnto him therfore thou shalt cause his hoare head to go downe to the gra ue with blood 10 So * Dauid slept with his fathers and was buryed in the citie of Dauid 11 And the dayes which Dauid * reigned vpon Israél were fourtie yere seuē yeres reigned he in Hebron and thirty and thre yeres reigned he in Ierusalém 12 ¶ * Then sate Salomōn vpon the throne of Dauid his father and his kingdome was stablished mightely 13 And Adoniiáh the sonne of Haggith came to Bath-shébathe mother of Salomōn and she said Commest thou peaceably And he said Yea. 14 He said moreouer I haue a sure vnto thee And she said Say on 15 Then he said Thou knowest that the kingdome was mine and that all Israél set their faces on me that I shulde reigne how beit the kingdome is turned away and is my bro ther 's for it came to him by the Lord. 16 Now therefore I aske thee one request refuse me not And she said vnto him Say on 17 And he said Speake I pray thee vnto Salomōn the King for he wil not say thee naye that he giue me Abishāg the Shunammite to wife 18 And Bath-sheba said Wel I wil speake for thee vnto the King 19 ¶ Bath-shéba therefore went vnto King Salomōn to speake vnto him for Adoniiáh and the King rose to meete her ād bowed him selfe vnto her and sate downe on his throne and he caused a seat to be set for the Kings mother and she sate at his right hand 20 Then she said I desire a smale request of thee say me not naye Then the King said vnto her Aske on my mother for I wil not say thee naye 21 She said then Let Abishág the Shunámite be giuen to Adoniiáh thy brother to wife 22 But King Salomōn answered and said vnto his mother And why doest thou aske Abishág the Shunamite for Adoniiáh aske for him the kingdome also for he is mine elder brother and hathe for him bothe Abiathar the Priest and Ioáb the sonne of Zeruiāh 23 Then King Salomōn sware by the Lord saying God do so to me and more also if Adoniiáh hathe not spoken this worde against his owne life 24 Now therefore as the Lordliueth who hathe established me and set me on the throne of Dauid my father who also hathe made me an house as he * promised Adoniiáh shal surely dye this day 25 And King Salomón sent by the hand of Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá and he smote him that he dyed 26 ¶ Then the King said vnto Abiathār the Priest Go to Anathoth vnto thine owne fields for thou art worthy of death but I wil not this day kil thee because thou barest the Arke of the Lord God before Dauid my father and because thou hast suffred in all where in my father hathe bene afflicted 27 So Salomón cast out Abiathár from being Priest vnto the Lord that he might * fulfil the wordes of the Lord which he spake against the house of Eli in Shilōh 28 ¶ Then tidings came to Ioáb for Ioáb had turned after Adoniiáh but he turned not after Absalōm and Ioáb fled vnto the Tabernacle of the Lord and caught holde on the hornes of the altar 29 And it was tolde King Salomōn that Ioáb was fled vnto the Tabernacle of the Lord beholde he is by the altar Then Salomōn sent Benaiáh the sonne of Iehoiadá saying Go fall vpon him 30 And Benaiāh came to the Tabernacle of the Lord and said vnto him Thus saith the King Come out And he said Naye but I wil dye here Then Benaiáh broght the King worde againe saying Thus said Ioáb and thus he answered me 31 And the King said vnto him Do as he hathe said and smite him burye him that thou maiest take away the blood which Ioáb shed causeles from me and from the house of my father 32 And the Lord shal bring his blood vpon his owne head for he
venemous waters are healed 23 The children that mocke 〈◊〉 are rent in pieces with beares 1 ANd whē the Lord wolde take vp Eliiáh into heauē by a whirle wind Eliiáh wēt with Elishá from Gilgál 2 Then Eliiáh said to Elishá Tary here I pray thee for the Lord hath e sent me to Beth-él But Elishá said As the Lord liueth as thy soule liueth I wil not leaue thee So they came downe to Beth-él 3 And the children of the Prophetes that were at Beth-él came out to Elishá and said vnto him Knowest thou that the Lord wil take thy master frō thine head this day And he said Yea I knowe it hold ye your peace 4 Againe Eliiáh said vnto him Elishá tary here I pray thee for the Lord hathe sent me to Ierichō But he said As the Lord liueth and as thy soule liueth I wil not leaue thee So thei came to Ierichō 5 And the childrē of the Prophetes that were at Ierichō came to Elishá said vnto him Knowest thou that the Lord wil take thy master from thine head this day And he said Yea I knowe it holde ye your peace 6 Moreouer Eliiáh said vnto him Tary I pray thee here for the Lord hathe sent me to Iordén But he said As the Lord liueth as thy soule liueth I wil not leaue thee So they went bothe together 7 And fiftie men of the sonnes of the Prophetes went and stode on the other side afarre of and thei two stode by Iordén 8 Then Eliiáh toke his cloke and wrapt it together and smote the waters and they were deuided hether and thether and thei twaine went ouer on the drye land 9 Now when thei were passed ouer Eliiáh said vnto Elishá Aske what I shal do for thee before I be taken from thee And Elishá said I pray thee Let thy Spirit be double vpon me 10 And he said Thou hast askest an hard thing yet if thou se me when I am taken from thee thou shalt haue it so and if not it shal not be 11 And as thei went walking and talking beholde there appeared a charet of fyre and horses of fyre and did separate them twaine * So Eliiah went vp by a whyrle winde into heauen 12 And Elishá sawe it and he cryed My father my father the charet of Israél and the horsemen thereof and he sawe him no more and he toke his owne clothes and rent them in two pieces 13 ¶ He toke vp also the cloke of Eliiāh that fel from him and returned and stode by the banke of Iordén 14 After he toke the cloke of Eliiáh that fel from him and smote the waters and said Where is the Lord God of Eliiáh and he him selfe Againe also he smote the waters and thei were separated this waye and that waye and Elisha went ouer 15 And when the children of the Prophetes whiche were at Ierichó sawe him on the otherside they said The Spirit of Eliiáh doeth rest on Elishá and they came to mete him fel to the grounde before him 16 And said vnto him Beholde now there be with thy seruants fiftie strong men let them go we pray thee and seke thy master if so be the Spirit of the Lord hathe taken him vp and cast him vpon some mountaine or into some valley But he said Ye shal not send 17 Yet they were instant vpon him til he was ashamed wherefore he said Send So thei 〈◊〉 fiftie mē which soght thre daies but founde him not 18 Therefore thei returned to him for he taried at Ierichó and he said vnto them Did not I say vnto you Go not 19 ¶ And the men of the citie said vnto Elishá Beholde we pray thee the situacion of this citie is pleasant as thou my lord seest but the water is noght and the grounde baren 20 Then he said Bring me a newe cruse put salt therein And they broght it to him 21 And he went vnto the spring of the waters and cast there the salt and said Thus saith the Lord I haue healed this water death shal no more come thereof nether barennes to the grounde 22 So the waters were healed vntil this day according to the word of Elishá which he had spoken 23 ¶ And he went vp from thēce vnto Beth-él And as he was going vp the waye litle children came out of the citie and mocked him and said vnto him Come vp thou balde head come vp thou balde head 24 And he turned backe and loked on them and cursed them in the Name of the Lord. And two beares came out of the forest and tare in pieces two and fourtie children of them 25 So he went from thence to mount Carmél and from thence he returned to Samaria CHAP. III. 1 The reigne of Iehorám 6 He and Iehoshaphát go to warre against Moáb which rebelled 13 Elishá reproueth him 17 And giueth their hoste water 24 The Moabites are ouercome 27 Their King sacrificeth his sonne 1 NOw Iehorám the sonne of Aháb began to reigne ouer Israél in Samaria the eightēth yere of Iehoshap hát King of Iudah and reigned twelue yeres 2 And he wroght euil in the sight of the Lord but not like his father nor like his mother for he toke away the image of Báal that his father had made 3 Neuertheles he cleaued vnto the sinnes of Ieroboám the sonne of Nebát which made Israél to sinne and departed not there from 4 ¶ Then Meshá King of Moáb had store of shepe and rendred vnto the King of Israél an hundreth thousand lambes and an hundreth thousand rams with the woll 5 But whē Aháb was deade the King of Moáb rebelled against the King of Israél 6 Therefore King Iehorám went out of Samaria the same season and nombred all Israél 7 And went and sent to Iehoshaphát King of Iudáh saying The King of Moáb hathe rebelled against me wilt thou go with me to battel against Moáb And he answered I wil go vp for I am as thou art my people as thy people and mine horses as thine horses 8 Then said he What way shal we go vp And he answered The way of the wildernes of Edóm 9 ¶ So went the King of Israél and the King of Iudáh and the King of Edóm and when they had compassed the way seuē daies they had no water for the hoste nor for the cattel that followed them 10 Therefore the King of Israél said Alas that the Lord hathe called these thre Kings to giue them into the hand of Moáb 11 But Iehoshaphát said Is there not here a Pro phet of the Lord that we may inquire of the Lord by him And one of the Kings of Israels seruāts answered said Here is Elishá the sōne of Shaphát which powred water on the hands of Eliiáh 12 Then Iehoshaphát said The worde of the Lord is with him Therefore the King of Israél
stature and his fingers were by sixes euen foure twen ty and was also the sonne of Harapháh 7 And when he reuiled Israél Iehonathán the sonne of Shimeà Dauids brother did slea him 8 These were borne vnto Haraphah at Gath and fel by the hand of Dauid and by the hands of his seruants CHAP. XXI 1 Dauid causeth the people to be nombred 14 And there dye seuentie thousand men of the pestilence 1 ANd a Satan stode vp against Israél and prouoked Dauid to nomber israél 2 Therefore Dauid said to Ioáb and to the ru lers of the people Go and nomber Israél frō Beer-shéba euen to Dan and bring it to me that I may know the nomber of them 3 And 〈◊〉 answered The Lord increase his people an hundreth times so many as they be ô my lord the King are they not all my lords seruants wherefore doeth my lord require this things why shulde he be a cause of tres passe to 〈◊〉 4 Neuertheles the Kings worde preuailed against Ioáb And Ioáb departed and went through al Israél and returned to Ierusalém 5 And Ioáb gaue the nomber and summe of the people vnto Dauid and all Israél were eleuen hundreth thousand men that drewe sworde and Iudáh was foure hundreth and seuentie thousand men that drewe sworde 6 But the Lenites and Beniamin counted he not among them for the Kings worde was abominable to Ioáb 7 ¶ And God was displeased with this thing therefore he smote Israél 8 Then Dauid said vnto God I haue sinned greatly because I haue done this thing but now I beseche thee remoue the iniquitie of thy seruant for I 〈◊〉 done very foolishly 9 And the Lord spake vnto 〈◊〉 Dauids Seer saying 10 Go and tel Dauid saying Thus sayth the Lord I offre thee thre things chose thee one of them that I may do it vntothee 11 So Gad came to Dauid and said vnto him Thus sayth the Lord Take to thee 12 Ether thre yeres famine or thre moneths to be destroyed before thine aduersaries ād the sworde of thine enemies to take the or els the sworde of the Lord and pestilence in the land thre dayes that the Angel of the Lord may destroy throughout all the coastes of Israél now therefore aduise thee what worde I shal bring againe to him that sent me 13 And Dauid said vnto Gad I am in a wonder ful strait let me now fall into the hand of the Lord for his mercies are exceding great let me not fall into the hand of man 14 So the Lord sent a pestilence in Israél and there fell of Israél seuentie thousand men 15 ¶ And God sent the Angel into Ierusalém to destroye it And as he was destroying the Lord behelde and repented of the euil and said to the Angel that destroyed It is now ynough let thine hand cease Then the Angel of the Lord stode by the thresshing floore of Ornán the Iebusite 16 And Dauid lift vp his eyes and sawe the An gell of the Lord stand betwnene the earth and the heauen with his sworde drawen in his hand and stretched out towarde Ierusalém Then Dauid and the Elders of Israél which were clothed in sacke fell vpon their faces 17 And Dauid said vnto God Is it not I that commanded to nomber the people It is euē I that haue sinned and haue committed euil but these shepe what haue they done ô Lord my God I beseche thee let thine hand be on me and on my fathers house ād not on thy people for their destruction 18 ¶ Then the Angel of the Lord commanded Gad to say to Dauid that Dauid shulde govp and set vp an altar vnto the Lord in the thresshing flore of Ornán the Iebusite 19 So Dauid went vp according to the saying of Gad which he had spoken in the Name of the Lord. 20 And Ornán turned about and sawe the Angel and his foure sonnes that were with him hid them selues and Ornán thresshed wheat 21 And as Dauid came to Ornán Ornán loked and sawe Dauid and went out of the thresshing floore and bowed him selfe to Dauid with his face to the ground 22 And Dauid said to Ornán Giue me the place of thy thresshing floore that I may buylde an altar thereinvnto the Lord giue it me for sufficient money that the plague may be stayed from the people 23 Thē Ornán said vnto Dauid Take it to thee and let my lord the King do that which semeth him good lo I giue thee bullockes for burnt offrings and tresshing instruments for wood and wheat for meat offring I giue it all 24 And King Dauid said to Ornán Not so but I wil bye it for sufficiēt money for I wil not take that which is thine for the Lord nor offer burnt offrings without cost 25 So Dauid gaue to Ornán for that place six hundreth shekels of golde by weight 26 And Dauid buylt there an altar vnto the Lord and offred burnt offrings and peace offrings and called vpon the Lord and he answered him by fyre from heauen vpon the altar of burnt offring 27 And when the Lord had spoken to the Angel he putvp his sworde againe into his shethe 28 Arthat time whē Dauid sawe that the Lord had heard him in the thresshing floore of Or nán the Iebusite then he sacrificed there 29 But the Tab ernacle of the Lord which Mosés had made in the wildernes and the al tar of burnt offring were at that season in the hie place at Gibeōn 30 And Dauid colde not go before it to aske counsel at God for he was afraied of the sworde of the Angel of the Lord CHAP. XXII 2 Dauid prepareth things necessarie for the buylding of the Temple 6 He cōmādeth his sonne Salomón to buyl de the Temple of the Lord which thing he him selfe was forbidden to do 9 Vnder the figure of Salomón Christ is promised 1 ANd Dauid said This is the house of the Lord God and this is the altar for the burnt offring of Israél 2 And Dauid commanded to gather together the strangers that were in the land of Israél and he set masons to hewe and polish stones to buylde the house of God 3 Dauid also prepared muche yron for the nailes of the dores and of the gates and for the ioynings and abundance of brasse passing weight 4 And cedre trees without nōber for the Zidonians and they of Tyrus broght muche cedre wood to Dauid 5 And Dauid said Salomón my sonne is yong and tender and we must buylde an house for the LORD magnifical excellent and of great fame and dignitie throughout all coun treis I wil therefore now prepare for him So Dauid prepared very muche before his death 6 Then he called Salomōn his sonne and charged him to buylde an house for the LORD God of Israél 7 And Dauid said to Salomōn * My sonne I purposed with my selfe to buyld an
13 If I shut the heauen that there be no raine or if I commāde the grashoppers to de uore the land or if I send pestilence amōg my people 14 If my people among whome my Name is called vpon do humble them selues and praye and seke my presence and turne frō their wicked wayes thē wil I heare in heauen and be merciful to their sinne wil heale their land 15 Then mine eyes shal be opē and mine eares attēt vnto the prayer made in this place 16 For I haue now chosen and sanctified this house that my Name may be there for euer and mine eyes and mine heart shal be there perpetually 17 And if thou wilt walke before me as Dauid thy father walked to do according vnto all that I haue commanded thee and shalt obserue my statuts my iudgemēts 18 Then wil I stablish the throne of thy king dome according as I made the couenant with Dauid thy father saying * Thoushalt not want a man to be ruler in Israel 19 But if ye turne away and forsake my statutes and my commandements which I haue set before you shalgo serue other gods and worship them 20 Then wil I plucke them vp out of my land which I haue giuen them and this house which I haue sanctified for my Name wil I cast out of my sight and wil make it to be a prouerbe and a commune talke amōg all people 21 And this house which is moste hie shal be an astonishment to euerie one that passeth by it so that he shal say Why hathe the Lord done thus to this lād to this house 22 And they shalt answer Because they forsoke the Lord God of their fathers which broght them out of the land of Egypt haue taken holde on other gods and haue worshiped them and serued them therefo re hathe he broght allthis euil vpon them CHAP. VIII 2 The cities that Salomon buylt 7 People that were made tributarie vnto him 12 His sacrifices 17 He sendeth to Ophir 1 ANd * after twentie yere when Salomón had buylt the house of the Lord and his owne house 2 Thē Salomón buylt the cities that Hurám gaue to Salomón and caused the childrē of Israél to dwel there 3 And Salomón went to Hamáth Zobáh and ouercame it 4 And he buylt Tadmór in the wildernes repaired all the cities of store which he buylt in Hamath 5 And he buylt Beth-horón the vpper and Beth-horó the nether cities defēced with walles gates and barres 6 Also Baaláth and all the cities of store that Salomón had and all the charet cities and the cities of the horsemen and euerie pleasant place that Salomón had a minde to buylde in Ierusalém and in Lebanón and throughout all the land of his dominion 7 And all the people that were left of the Hittites and the Amorites Perizites the Hiuites and the Iebusites which were not of Israél 8 But of their childrē which were left after them in the land whome the children of Israél had not consumed euen then did Sa lomón make tributaries vntil this day 9 But of the children of Israél did Salomôn make no seruants for his worke for they were men of warre and his chief princes and the captaines of his charets of his horsemen 10 So these were the chief of the officers which Salomón had euen two hundreth and fiftie that bare rule ouer the people 11 ¶ Then Salomón broght vp the daughter of Pharaōh out of the citie of Dauid into the house that he had buylt for her for he said My wife shal not dwel in the house of Dauid King of Israél for it is holy because that the Arke of the Lord came vnto it 12 ¶ Thē Salomon offred burnt offrings vnto the Lord on the * altar of the Lord which he had buylt before the porche 13 To * offer according to the commandement of Mosés euerie day in the Sabbats in the newe moones and in the solemne feastes thre times in the yere that is in the feast of the Vnleauened bread and in the feast of the Wekes and in the feast of of the Tabernacles 14 And he set the courses of the Priests to their offices according to the ordre of Da uid his father and the Leuites in their wat ches for to praise and minister before the Priests euerie day the porters by * their courses at euerie gate forso was the cōmandement of Dauid the man of God 15 And they declined not from the commandement of the King cōcerning the Priests and the Leuites touching all things and touching the treasures 16 ¶ Now Salomón had made prouision for all the worke from the day of the fundacion of the house of the Lord vntil it was finished so the house of the LORD was perfite 17 Then went Salomón to Ezion-géber and to Eloth by the seasied in the lādof Edòm 18 And Hurám sent him by the hands of his seruāts shippes seruāts had that knowledge of the sea and they went with the seruants of Salomón to Ophir broght thence four hundreth and fiftie talens of golde and broght them to King Salomón CHAP. IX 1.9 The Quene of Shebá cometh to se Salomón and bringeth giftes 13. His yerely reuenues 30 The time of his rei gnc. 31 His death 1 ANd * when the Quene of Shebá heard of the fame of Salomôn she came to proue Salomón with harde questions at Ierusalém with a verie great traine and camels that bare swete odours and muche golde and precious stones and when she came to Salomón she cōmuned with him of all that was in her heart 2 And Salomón declared her all her questions and there was nothing hid from Salomon which he declared not vnto her 3 Then the Quene of Shebá sawe the wisdome of Salomôn and the house that he had buylt 4 And the meat of his table and the sitting of his seruants and the ordre of his waiters aud their apparel and his burnt offrings which he offred in the house of the Lord and she was greatly astonied 5 And she said to the King It was a true worde which I heard in mine oune land of thy sayings and of thy wisdome 6 Howbeit I beleued not their reporte vntil I came and mine eyes had sene it and beholde the one halfe of thy great wisdome was not tolde me for thou excedest the fame that I heard 7 Happie are thy men and happie are these thy seruants which stande before thee all way and heare thy wisdome 8 Blessed be the Lord thy God which loued thee to set thee on his throne as King in the stead of the Lord thy God because thy God loueth Israél to establish it for euer therefore hathe he made the King ouer them to execute iudgement iustice 9 Then she gaue the King six
that ye wil remaine in Ierusalém during the siege 11 Doeth not Hezekiáh en tice you to gyue ouer your selues vnto death by famine by thirst saying The Lord our GOD shall deliuer vs out of the hand of the Kyng of Asshúr 12 Hathe not the same Hezekiáh takē away his hie places and his altars and commāded Iudáh and Ierusalém saying Ye shall worship before one altar and burne incēse vpon it 13 Knowe ye not what I and my fathers haue done vnto all the people of other countreies Were the Gods of the nations of other lands able to deliuer their land out of mine hand 14 Who is he of all the Gods of those nacions that my fathers haue destroied that colde deliuer his people out of mine hand that your God shulde be able to delyuer you out of mine hand 15 Now therefore let not Hezekiáh deceiue you nor seduce you after this sorte nether beleue ye him for none of all the Gods of any nacion or kingdome was able to deliuer his people out of myne hand and out of the hande of my fathers how muche lesse shall your Goddes delyuer you out of mine hand 16 And his seruants spake yet more agaynst the Lord God and against his seruāt Hezekiáh 17 He wrote also letters blasphemyng the Lord God of Israél and speaking agaynste him saying As the gods of the nacions of other countreis colde not delyuer theyr people out of mine hande so shall not the God of Hezekiáh deliuer hys people out of mine hand 18 Then they cryed with a lowde voyce in the Iewes speache vnto the people of Ierusalém that were on the wall to feare them and to astonish them that thei might take the citie 19 Thus they spake against the GOD of Ierusalém as against the gods of the people of the earth euen the workes of mans hands 20 But Hezekiáh the King and the Prophet Isaiáh the sonne of Amoz praied agaynst this and cryed to heauen 21 And the Lord sent an Angell whiche de stroied all the valiantmen and the princes and captaines of the hoste of the Kynge of Asshúr so he returned with shame to his owne land And when he was come into the house of his God they that came forth of his owne bowels slewe him there with the sworde 22 So the Lord saued Hezekiáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém from the hande of Sanneherib King of Asshúr and frome the hand of all other and mainteined them on euerie side 23 And many broght offrings vnto the Lord to Ierusalém and presents to Hezekiáh King of Iudáh so that he was magnified in the sight of all nacions frome thence forthe 24 * In those dayes Hezekiáh was sicke vnto the death and praied vnto the Lord who spake vnto him and gaue him a signe 25 But Hezekiáh did not rendre accordyng to the rewarde bestowed vpō him for his heart was lift vp and wrath came vppon him and vpon Iudáh and Ierusalém 26 Notwithstanding Hezekiáh humbled him selfe after that his heart was lifted vp he and the inhabitants of Ierusalém and the wrath of the Lord came not vpon them in the daies of Hezekiáh 27 Hezekiáh also had exceding much riches and honour and he gate him treasures of siluer and of golde of precious stones and of swete odours and of shields and of all pleasant vessels 28 And of store houses for the increase of wheat and wine and oyle and stalles for all beastes and rowes for the stables 29 And he made him cities and had possession of shepe and oxen in abundance for God had giuen him substance excedynge muche 30 This same Hezekiáh also stopped the vpper water springs of Gihón and led then streight vnderneth toward citie of Dauid Westward so Hezekiáh prospered in all his workes 31 But because of the ambassadours of the princes of Babél whiche sent vnto hym to enquire of the wondre that was done in the land God left him to trye him to knowe all that was in his heart 32 Concerning the rest of the actes of Hezekiáh and his goodnes beholde they are writen in the visiō of Ishaiáh the Prophet the sonne of Amóz in the boke of the Kings of Iudáh and Israél 33 So Hezekiáh slept with his fathers and they buryed him in the highest sepulchre of the sonnes of Dauid and all Iudáh the inhabitants of Ierusalém did him honour at his death and Manasséh his sonne reygned in his stead CHAP. XXXIII 1 Manasséh an 〈◊〉 9 He causeth Iudah to erre 〈◊〉 He is led awaye prisoner into Babylón 12 He praieth to the LORD and is delyuered 14 He abolisheth idolatrie 16 And setteth vp true religion 20 He dyeth and Amón hys sonne succedeth 24 whome his owne seruants slay 1 MAnasséh was twelue yere olde* whē he began to reygne and he reygned fiue and fiftie yere in Ierusalém 2 And he did euill in the sight of the Lorde like the abominacions of the heathen * whome the Lord had cast out before the children of Israél 3 For he went backe and buylt the hie places * which Hezekiáh his father had broken downe * and he set vp altars for Baalim and made groues and worshiped all the hoste of the heauen and serued them 4 Also he buylt altars in the house of the Lord whereof the Lord had said * In Ierusalém shal my Name be for euer 5 And he buylt altars for all the hoste of the heauen in the two courtes of the house of the Lord. 6 And he caused his sonnes to passe through the fyre in the valley of 〈◊〉 he gaue him selfe to witch craft and to charming and to sorcerie and he vsed thē that had familiar Spirits and sothesayers he did verye muche euyll in the sight of the Lord to angre him 7 He put also the karued image whiche he had made in the house of God whereof God had said to Dauid and to Salomón his sonne * In this house and in Ierusalē which I haue chosē before all the tribes of Israél wil I put my Name for euer 8 Nether will * I make the foote of Israél to remoue any more out of the lande whiche I haue appointed for your fathers so that they take hede and do all that I haue commanded them accordynge to the Law and statutes and iudgements by the hand of Mosés 9 So Manasséh made Iudáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém to erre to do worse then the heathen whome the Lorde had destroyed before the children of Israél 10 ¶ And the Lord spake to Manasséh and to his people but they wolde not regarde 11 Wherefore the Lord broght vppon them the captaines of the hoste of the Kynge of Asshúr whiche toke Manasséh put him in fetters and bounde him in chaines and caryed him to Babél 12 And when he was in tribulacion he praied to the
laugh at the punishment of the inno cent 24 The earth is giuen into the hād of the wicked he couereth the faces of the iudges the reof if not where is he or who is he 25 My dayes haue bene more swift then a poste they haue fled haue sene no good thing 26 They are passed as with the moste swift shippes as the egle thar flieth to the praye 27 If I say I wil forget my complaint I wil cease from my wrath and comfort me 28 Then I am afrayed of all my sorowes knowing that thou wilt not iudge me innocent 29 If I be wicked why labour I thus in vaine 30 If I wash my self with snowe water purge mine hands moste cleane 31 Yet shalt thou plonge me in the pit mine owne clothes shal make me fifthy 32 For he is not a man as I am that I shulde answer him if we come together to iudgemēt 33 Nether is there any vmpire that might laie his hand vpon vs bothe 34 Let him take his rod away from me and let nor his feare astonish me 35 Then wil I speake feare him not but because I am not so I holde me stil. CHAP. X. 1 Iob is weary of his life and setteth out his fragilitie before God 20 He desireth him to stay his hand 22 A description of death 1 MY soule is cut of thogh I liue I wil leaue my complaint vpon my self and wil speake in the bitternes of my soule 2 I wil say vnto God Condēne me not she we me wherefore thou contendest with me 3 Thinkest thou it good to oppresse me to cast of the labour of thine hands and to fauour the counsel of the wicked 4 Hast thou carnal eyes or doest thou se as man seeth 5 Are thy dayes as mans dayes or thy yeres as the time of man 6 That thou inquirest of mine iniquitie and searchest out my sinne 7 Thou knowest that I can not do wickedly for none can deliuer me out of thine hand 8 Thine hands haue made me and facioned me wholy rounde about and wilt thou destroye me 9 Remember I pray thee that thou hast made me as the clay and wilt thou bring me into dust againe 10 Hast thou not powred me out as mylke and turned me to cruds like chese 11 Thou hast clothed me with skinne and flesh and ioyned me together with bones and sinewes 12 Thou hast giuen me life and grace thy visitacion hathe preserued my spirit 13 Thogh thou hast hid these things in thine heart yet I knowe that it is so with thee 14 If I haue sinned then thou wilt streightly loke vnto me and wilt not holde me giltles of mine iniquitie 15 If I haue done wickedly wo vnto me if I haue done righteously I wil not lift vp mine head being ful of cōfusiō because I se mine affliction 16 But let it increase hunt thou me as a lyon returne shewe thy self maruelous vpóme 17 Thou renuest thy plagues againste me and thou increasest thy wrath against me changes and armies of sorowes are against me 18 Wherefore thē hast thou broght me out of the wombe Oh that I had perished and that none eye had sene mel 19 And that I were as I had not bene but broght from the wombe to the graue 20 Are notmy dayes fewe let him cease and leaue of from me that I may take a litle comfort 21 Before I go and shal not returne euen to the land of dark enes and shad owe of death 22 Into a land I say dark as darkenes it self into the shadow of death where is none order but the light is there as dark enes CHAP. XI 1 Iob is vniustly reprehended of Zophár 7 God is incomprehensible 14 He is merciful to the repentant 18 Their assurance that liue godlie 1 THen answered Zophár the Naamathite and said 2 Shulde not the multitude of wordes be answered or shulde a great talker be iustified 3 Shulde men holde their peace at thy lyes when th ou mockest others shal none make thee ashamed 4 Forthou hast said My doctrine is pure and I am cleane in thine eyes 5 But oh that God wolde speake and open his lippes against thee 6 That he might shewe thee the secrets of wisdome how thou hast deserued double accordīg to right know therefore that God hathe forgoten thee for thee iniquitie 7 Canst thou by searching finde out God canst thou fin de out the Almightie to his perfection 8 The heauens are hie what canst thou do it is deper thē the hel how canst thou know it 9 The measure thereofis longer thē the earth and it is broder then the sea 10 If he cut of shut vp or gather together who can turne him backe 11 For he knoweth vaine men and seeth iniqui tie and him that vnderstandeth nothing 12 Yet vaine man wolde be 〈◊〉 thogh man newe borne is like a wilde asse 〈◊〉 13 If thou prepare thine heart and stretche 〈◊〉 thin 〈◊〉 hands towarde him 14 If iniquitie be in thine hand put it farre away let no wickednes dwel in thy tabernacle 15 Then truely shalt thou lift vp thy face with out spot and shalt be stable and shalt not feare 16 But thou shalt forget thy miserie and remē ber it as waters that are past 17 Thine age also shal appeare more cleare then the noone day thou shalt shine and be as the morning 18 And thou shalt be bolde because there is hope and thou shalt dig pittes shalt lye downe safely 19 For when thou tak est thy rest none shal make thee afraied yea manie shal make sure vnto thee 20 But the eyes of the wicked shal faile and their refuge shal perish and their hope shal be sorowe of minde CHAP. XII 1 Iob accuseth his friends of ignorance 7 He declareth the might and 〈◊〉 of God 17 And how he changeth the course of things 1 THen Iob answered and said 2 In dede because that ye are the people onely wisdome must dye with you 3 But I haue vnderstanding as wel as you and am not inferior vnto you yea who knoweth not suche things 4 * I am as one mocked of his neighbour who calleth vpon God and he heareth him the iuste the vpright is laughed to scorne 5 He that is ready to fal is as a lampe despised in the opinion of the riche 6 The tabernacles of robbers do prosper and they are in sauetie that prouoke God who me God hathe enriched with his hand 7 Aske now the beastes they shal teache thee and the foules of the heauen and they shal tel thee 8 Or speake to the earth it shal shewe thee or the sishes of the sea and they shal declare vnto thee
9 Who is ignorāt of all these but that the hand of the Lord hathe made these 10 In whose hand is the soule of euerie liuing thing and the breath of all mankinde 11 Doeth not the cares discerne the wordes and the mouth taste meat for it self 12 Among the ancient is wisdome and in the length of dayes is vnderstanding 13 With him is wisdome and strength he hathe counsel and vnderstanding 14 Beholde he wil breake downe and it can not be buylt he shutteth a man vp and he can not be losed 15 Beholde he withholdeth the waters thei drye vp but when he sendeth them out they destroye the earth 16 With him is strength and wisdome he that is 〈◊〉 and that deceiueth are his 17 He causeth the counselers to go as spoiled and maketh the iudges fooles 18 He loseth the colar of Kings and girdeth their loines with a girdle 19 He leadeth awaythe princes as a pray and ouerthroweth the mightie 20 He taketh away the speache from the faith ful counselers and taketh away the iudgement of the ancient 21 He powreth contempt vpon princes mak eth the strength of the mightie weake 22 He discouereth the depe places from their darkenes and bringeth forthe the shado we of death to light 23 He increaseth the people and destroyeth them he inlargeth the nacions and bringeth them in againe 24 He taketh away the hearts of them that are the chief ouer the people of the earth and maketh them to wander in the wildernes out of the way 25 They grope in the darke without light and he maketh them to stagger like a dronken man CHAP. XIII 1 Iob compareth his knowledge with the experience of his friends 16 The penitent shal be saued and the hypocrite condemned 20 He prayeth vnto God that he wolde not handle him rigorously 1 LO mine eye hathe sene all this mine eare hathe heard and vnderstand it 2 I knowe also asmuche as you knowe I am not inferior vnto you 3 But I wil speake to the Almightie and I desire to dispute with God 4 For in dede ye forge lyes and all you are phisicions of no value 5 Oh that you wolde holde your tongue that it might be imputed to you for wisdome 6 Now heare my disputation and giue eate to the arguments of my lippes 7 Wil ye speake wickedly for Gods defence and talke deceitfully for his cause 8 Wil ye accept persone or wil ye contend for God 9 Is it wel that he shulde seke of you wil you make alye for him as one lyeth for a man 10 He wilsurely reproue you if ye do secretly accept anie persone 11 Shal not his excellencie make you afrayd and his feare fall vpon you 12 Your memories may be compared vnto ashes and your bodies to bodies of claye 13 Holde your tongues in my presence that I may speake and let come vpon what wil. 14 Wherefore do I take my flesh in my tethe and put my soule in mine hand 15 Lo thogh he slay me yet wil I trust in him and I wil reproue my wayes in his sight 16 He shal be my saluation also for the hypocrite shal not come before him 17 Heare diligently my wordes and marke my talke 18 Beholde now if I prepare me to iudgemēt I knowe that I shal be iustified 19 Who is he that wil pleade with me for if I now holde my tongue I dye 20 But do not these two things vnto me then wil I not hide my self from thee 21 Withdrawe thine hand from me and let not thy feare make me afraied 22 Then call thou and I wil answer or let me speake and answer thou me 23 How manie are mine iniquities and sinnes shewe me my rebellion and my sinne 24 Wherefore hidest thou thy face and takest me for thine enemie 25 Wilt thou breake a leafe driuen to and fro and wilt thou pursue the drye stubble 26 For thou writest bitter things against me and makest me to possesse the iniquities of my youth 27 Thou puttest my fete also in the stockes and lokest narowly vnto all my paths and makest the printe thereof in the heeles of my fete 28 Suche one consumeth like a roten thing and as a garment that is moth eaten CHAP. XIIII 1 Iob describeth the shortenes and miserie of the life of man 14 Hope susteineth the godlie 22 The condition of mans life 1 MAn that is borne of woman is of short continuance and ful of trouble 2 He shooteth forthe as a floure and is cut downe he vanisheth also as * a shadow and continueth not 3 And yet thou openest thine eyes vpon such e one and causest me to entre into iudge ment with thee 4 * Who can bring a cleane thing out of 〈◊〉 there is not one 5 Are not his dayes determined the nomber of his moneths are with thee thou hast appointed his boūdes which he can not passe 6 Turne from him that he may cease vntil his desired day as an h yreling 7 For there is hope of atre if it be cut downe that it wil yet sproute the branches there of wil not cease 8 Thogh the rote of it waxe olde in the earth the stocke thereof be dead in the groūde 9 Yet by the sent of water it wil bud bring forthe bowes like a plant 10 But man is sicke and dyeth and man perisheth and where is he 11 As the waters passe from the sea and as the 〈◊〉 decayeth and dryeth vp 12 So man slepeth and riseth not for he shall not wake againe nor be raised frō his slepe til the heauen be nomore 13 Oh that thou woldest hide me in the graue and kepe me secret vntil thy wrath were past and woldest giue me terme and remember me 14 If a man dye shal he liue againe All the dayes of mine appointed time wil I waite til my changing shal come 15 Thou shalt call me and I shal answer thee thou louest the worke of thine owne hands 16 But now thou * nombrest my steps and doest not delay my sinnes 17 Mine iniquitie is sealed vp as in a bagge and thou addest vnto my wickednes 18 And surely as the mountaine that falleth cometh to noght and the rocke that is remoued from his place 19 As the water breaketh the stones when thou ouerflowest the things which growe in the dust of the earth so thou destroyest the hope of man 20 Thou preuailest alway against him so that he passeth away he changeth his face when thou castest him away 21 And he knoweth not if his sonnes shal be honorable nether shal he vnderstād concerning thē whether they shal be of lowe degre 22 But while his flesh is vpon him he shal be sorowful and while his soule is in him it shal mourne CHAP. XV. 1 Elipház reprehendeth
prosperitie of the time past 7. 21 His 〈◊〉 12 Iustice and equitie 1 SO Iob proceded and continued his 〈◊〉 saying 2 Oh that I were as in times past whē God preserued me 3 When his light shined vpon myne head and when by his light I walked through the darkenes 4 As I was in the dayes of my youth when Gods prouidence was vpō my tabernacle 5 VVhē the Almightie was yet with me my children rounde about me 6 VVhen I washed my paths with butter and when the rocke powred me out riuers of oyle 7 VVhen I went out to the gate euē to the iudgement seat and when I caused them to prepare my seat in the strete 8 The yong men sawe me and hid thē selues and the aged a rose and stode vp 9 The princes stayed talke and laied theyr hand on their mouth 10 The voice of princes was hid their tongue cleaued to the 〈◊〉 of their mouth 11 And when the eare heard me it blessed me and when the eye sawe me it gaue witnes to me 12 For I deliuered the poore that cryed and the fatherles him that had none to helpe him 13 The blessing of him that was readye to perish came vpon me and I caused the widowes heart to reioyce 14 I put on iustice and it couered me my iudgement was as a robe and a crowne 15 I was the eyes to the blinde and I was the fete to the lame 16 I was a father vnto the poore and when I knewe not the cause I soght it out diligently 17 I brake also the chawes of the vnrighteous mā and plucke the praye out of his tethe 18 Then I said I shall dye in my nest and I shal multiplie my dayes as the sande 19 For my roote is spred out by the water the dewe shal lye vpon my branche 20 My glorie shal renue towarde me and my bowe shal be restored in mine hand 21 Vnto me men gaue eare and waited and helde their tongue at my counsel 22 After my wordes thei replied not my talke dropped vpon them 23 And they waited for me as for the rayne and they opened their mouth as for the latter raine 24 If I laughed on thē they beleued it not nether did thei cause the light of my countenance to fall 25 I appointed out their way and did sit as chief and dwelt as a King in the armie like him that comforteth the mourners CHAP. XXX 1 Iob complaineth that he is contemned of the most contemptible 11. 21. Because of hys aduersitie and affliction 23 Death is the house of all flesh 1 BVt now they that are yonger then I mocke me yea thei whose fathers I haue refused to set wyth the dogges of my flockes 2 For where to shulde the strength of theyr hands haue serued me seing age perished in them 3 For pouertie and famine they were solitarie fleing into the wildernes which is darke desolate and waste 4 They cut vp nettels by the bushes the iuniper rootes was their meat 5 Thei were chased forthe from amonge men thei showted at them as at a 〈◊〉 6 Therefore they dwelt in the clefts of riuers in the holes of the earth and rockes 7 They roared among the bushes and vnder the thistels they gathered them selues 8 They were the children of fooles and the childrē of villaines which were more vile then the earth 9 And now am I their song and I am theyr talke 10 They abhorre me and flee farre from me and spare not to spit in my face 11 Because that God hathe losed my corde and humble me they haue losed the bridel before me 12 The youth rise vp at my right hand they haue pusht my 〈◊〉 and haue trode on me as on the paths of their destruction 13 They haue destroyed my paths they toke pleasure at my calamitie they had none helpe 14 They came as a great breache of waters and vnder this calamitie they come on heapes 15 Feare is turned vpon me and thei pursue my soule as the winde mine health passeth away as a cloude 16 Therefore my soule is now powred out vpon me and the dayes of affliction haue taken holde on me 17 It perceth my bones in the night and my sinewes take no rest 18 For the greate vchemencie is my garment changed which compasseth me about as the colar of my coate 19 He hathe cast me into the myre and I am become like ashes and dust 20 Whē I crye vnto thee thou doest not heare me nether regardest me whē I stand vp 21 Thou turnest thy self cruelly against me and art enemie vnto me with the strength of thine hand 22 Thou takest me vp and causest me to ride vpon the winde and makest my strēgth to faile 23 Surely I know that thou wilt bring me to death and to the house appointed for all the liuing 24 Doutles none can stretche his hād vnto the graue thogh they crye in hys destruction 25 Did not I wepe with him that was in trouble was not my soule in heauines for the poore 26 Yet when I loked for good euyll came vnto me and when I waited for light there came darkenes 27 My bowels did boyle without rest for the dayes of affliction are come vpon me 28 I went mourning without sunne I stode vp in the congregacion and cryed 29 I am a brother to the dragons and a cōpanion to the ostriches 30 My skinne is blacke vpō me and my bones are burnt with heat 31 Therefore mine harpe is turned to mourning and myne organs into the voyce of them that wepe CHAP. XXXI 1 Iob reciteth the innocencie of his liuing and nomber of his vertues which declareth what ought to be the life of the faithful 1 I Made a couenant with mine eyes why then shulde I thinke on a maid 2 For what porcion shulde I haue of God from aboue and what in heritance of the Almightie from on hie 3 Is not destruction to the wicked strāge punishment to the workes of iniquitie 4 Doeth not beholde my wayes and tel all my steppes 5 If I haue walked in vanitie or if my fote hath made haste to deceit 6 Let God weigh me in the iuste balance he shal knowe mine vprightnes 7 If my step hathe turned out of the way or mine heart hath walked after mine eye or if anie blot hathe cleaued to mine hands 8 Let me sowe and let another eat yea let my plants be rooted out 9 If mine hearte hathe bene deceiued by a woman or if I haue layed waite at the dore of my neighbour 10 Let my wife grinde vnto another man and let other men bowe downe vpon her 11 For this is a wickednes and iniquitie to be condemned
his sword he hathe bent his bowe and made it readie 13 He hathe also prepared hym deadly weapons he wil ordeine his arrowes for them that 〈◊〉 me 14 * Beholde he shal 〈◊〉 with wickednes for he hathe conceiued mischief but he shal bring forthe a lye 15 He 〈◊〉 made a pit and diggedit and is fallen into the pit that he made 16 His mischief shal returne vpon hys owne head and his crueltie shal fall vpon his owne pate 17 I will praise the Lorde accordyng to hys righteousnes and wil sing praise to the Name of the Lord moste high PSAL. VIII 1 The Prophete consideryng the exc 〈◊〉 liberalitie and fatherlie prouidence of GOD towards man whome he made as it were a god ouer all his workes doeth not one ly giue great thankes but is astonished with the admiration of the same as one nothyng able to compasse suche great mercies ¶ To him that excelleth on Gittith A Psalme of Dauid 1 O Lord our Lorde howe excellent is thy Name in all the worlde whiche hast set thy glorie aboue the heauens 2 Out of the mouthe of babes and suckelings hast thou ordeined strength because of thine enemies that thou my ghtest still the enemie and the auenger 3 When I beholde thine heauens euen the workes of thy fingers the moone and the starres which thou hast ordeined 4 What is man say I that thou art mindfull of him and the sonne of man that thou 〈◊〉 him 5 For thou hast made hym a litle lower then GOD and crowned him with glorie and worship 6 Thou hast made hym to haue dominion in the wordes of thine hands thou hast put all things vnder his fete 7 All shepe and oxen yea and the beastes of the field 8 The foules of the aire and the fishe of the sea and that whiche passeth through the paths of the seas 9 O Lord our Lord how excellent is thy Name in all the worlde PSAL. IX 1 After he had giuen thankes to God for the sundrie victo ries that he had sent him agaynst hys enemies and also proued by manifolde 〈◊〉 how readie God was at hand in all his troubles 14 He being now likewise in dan ger of 〈◊〉 enemies desireth God to helpe hym according to his wonte 17 And to destroye the malicious arrogancie of his aduersaries ¶ To him that excelleth vpon Muth Labbén A Psalme of Dauid 1 I Wil praise the LORDE with my whole hearte I will speake of all thy meruelous workes 2 I wil be glad and reioyce in thee I wil sing praise to thy Name ô moste high 3 For that myne enemies are turned backe they shal fall and perish at thy presence 4 For thou hast mainteined my right and my cause thou art set in the throne and iudgest right 5 Thou hast rebuked the heathen thou haste destroied the wicked thou hast put out their name for euer and euer 6 O enemie destructions are come to a perpetual end ād thou hast destroied the cities their memorial is perished with them 7 But the Lord shall sit for euer he hathe prepared his throne for iudgement 8 For he shal iudge the world in rightcousnes and shal iudge the people with equitie 9 The Lord also will be a refuge for the poore a refuge in due time euen in affliction 10 And they that knowethy Name wil trust in thee for thou Lorde hast not failed them that seke thee 11 Sing praises to the Lorde which dwelleth in Zion shewethe people his workes 12 For whē he maketh inquisition for blood he remembreth it and forgetteth not the complaint of the poore 13 Haue mercie vpon me ô Lorde consider my trouble whiche I 〈◊〉 of them that hate me thou that liftest me vp from the gates of death 14 That I maye shewe all thy prayses within the gates of the daughter of Zion and reioyce in thy saluacion 15 The heathen are sunkē downe in the pit that they made in the net that they hid is their 〈◊〉 taken 16 The Lorde is knowē by executing iudgement the wicked is snared in the worke of his owne hands Higgaión Sélah 17 The wicked shal turne into hel and all nations that forget God 18 For the poore shal not be alwaie forgotten the hope of the afflicted shal not perish for euer 19 Vp Lord let not man preuaile let the heathen be iudged in thy sight 20 Put them in feare ô Lord that the heathen maie know that they are but men Sélah PSAL. X. 1 He complaineth of the fraude rapine tyrannie and all kindes of wrong which worldelie men vse assigning the cause thereof that 〈◊〉 men beyng as it were drunken with worldelie prosperitie and therefore settyng a parte all feare and reuerence towardes God thinke they may do all thyngs without countrowling 15 Therefore he calleth vpon God to send some remedie agaynst these desperate euils 16 And at length comforteth him selfe with hope of deliuerance 1 WHy standest thou farre of ô LORD and hidest thee in due time euē in affliction 2 The wicked with pride doeth persecute the poore let them be taken in the craftes that they haue imagined 3 For the wicked hathe made boast of hys owne heartes desire and the couetous blesseth him selfe he contemneth the Lord. 4 The 〈◊〉 is so proude that he seketh not for God he thinketh alwaies There is no God 5 His wayes alwaye prosper thy Iudgements are 〈◊〉 aboue hys sight therefore defieth he all his enemies 6 He saieth in his heart I shall neuer be moued nor be in danger 7 Hys 〈◊〉 is full of cursing and disceite and fraude vnder his tongue is mischief and iniquitie 8 He lieth in waite in the villages in the secret places doeth he murther the innocent his eies are bent against the poore 9 He lieth in wait secretly euen as a lyon in hys denne he lieth in waite to spoyle the poore he doeth spoyle the poore when he draweth him into his net 10 He crowcheth and boweth therfore heapes of the poore do fall by his might 11 He hathe said in his heart GOD hathe forgotten he hideth awaye his face and will neuerse 12 Arise o Lord God lift vp thine hand forget not the poore 13 Wherefore doeth the wycked contemne God he saieth in hys hearte Thou wilt not regarde 14 Yet thou hast sene it for thou beholdest mischief and wrong that thou maiest take it into thine hands the poore committeth him selfe vnto thee for thou art the helper of the fatherles 15 Breake thou the arme of the wicked and malicious searche his wickednes and thou shalt finde none 16 The Lord is King for euer and euer the heathen are destroyed forthe of his land 17 Lord thou hast heard the desire of the poore thou preparest their heart thou bendest thine eare to them 18 To iuge the
and strangely be deiected and abased before his Father shulde raise and exalte him againe ¶ To him that excelleth vpon Auéleth Hassháhar A Psalme of Dauid 1 MY God my God why hast thou forsakē me art so farre from mine health and from the wordes of my roaring 2 O my God I crye by daie but thou hearest not and by night but haue no audience 3 But thou art holie and doest inhabite the praises of Israél 4 Our fathers trusted in thee they trusted and thou didest deliuer them 5 They called vpon thee and were deliuered they trusted in thee and were not cōfoūded 6 But I am a worme and not a man a shame me of men and the contempt of the people 7 All they that se me haue me in derision they make a mowe and nod the head saying 8 * He trusted in the Lord let him deliuer him let him saue him seing he loueth him 9 But thou did est drawe me out of the wombe thou gauest me hoope euen at my mothers breasts 10 I was cast vpon thee euen from the wom be thou art my God from my mothers belly 11 Be not farre frō me because trouble is nere for there is none to helpe me 12 Manie yong bulles haue cōpassed me migh tie bulles of Bashán haue closed me about 13 They gape vpō me with their mouthes as a ramping and roaring lion 14 I am like water powred out and all my bones are out of ioynt mine heart is like waxe it is molten in the middes of my bowels 15 My strēgth is dryed vp like a potsheard and my tongue cleueth to my iawes and thou hast broght me into 〈◊〉 dust of death 16 For dogges haue compassed me and the 〈◊〉 of the wicked haue inclosed me they perced mine hands and my fete 17 I maye tel all my bones yet they beholde and loke vpon me 18 They parte my garments among them and cast lottes vpon my vesture 19 But be not thou farre of ô Lord my strength hasten to helpe me 20 Deliuer my soule from the sworde my desolate soule from the power of the dog 21 Saue me from the lions mouth answer me in sauing me from the hornes of the vni cornes 22 * I wil declare thy Name vnto my brethren in the middes of the Congregacion wil I praise thee saying 23 Praise the Lord ye that feare him magnifie ye him all the sede of Iaakob and feare ye him all the sede of Israél 24 For he hath not despised nor abhorred the affliction of the poore net her hathe he hid his face from him but when he called vnto him he heard 25 My praise shal be of thee in the great Congregatiō my vowes will performe before them that feare him 26 The poore shal eat and be satisfied they that seke after the Lord shal praise him your heart shal liue for euer 27 All the ends of the worlde shal remembre them selues and turne to the Lord and all the 〈◊〉 of the nations shal worship before thee 28 For the kingdome is the Lords and he ruleth among the nations 29 All 〈◊〉 that be fat in the earth shal eat and worship all they that go downe into the dust shal bowe before him euen he that can not quicken his owne soule 30 Their sede shal serue him it shal be counted vnto the Lord for a generation 31 They shal come and shal declare his righteousnes vnto a people that shal be borne because he hathe done it PSAL. XXIII 1 Because the Prophet had proued the great mercies of God at diuerse times and in sundriemaners he gathereth a certeine assurance fully persuading himself that God wil continue the verie same goodnes towards him for euer ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 THe Lord is my * shepherd I shal not want 2 He maketh me to rest in grene pasture and leadeth me by the stil waters 3 He restoreth my soule and leadeth me in the paths of righteousnes for his Names 4 Yea thogh I shulde walke through the valley of the shadow of death I wil feare no euil for thou art with me thy rod and thy staffe they comfortme 5 Thou doest prepare a table before me in the sight of mine aduersaries thou doest anoint mine head with oyle and my cup rūneth ouer 6 Douteles kindenes and mercie shal follow me all the dayes of my life and I shal remaine a long season in the house of the Lord. PSAL. XXIIII 1 Albeit the Lord God 〈◊〉 made and gouerneth all the worlde yet towards his chosen people his 〈◊〉 goodnes 〈◊〉 moste abundantly appeare in that among thē he wil haue his dwelling place VVhich thogh it was appointed among the children of 〈◊〉 yet onely thei do entre aright into this Sanctuarie which are the true worshipers of God purged from the sinful filth of this 〈◊〉 7 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 Gods grace for the buylding of the Temple 〈◊〉 the end he might stirre vp all the faithful to the true seruice of God ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 THe earth * is the Lords and all that therein is the worlde and they that dwel therein 2 For he hathe founded it vpon the seas and established it vpon the floods 3 Who shal ascende into the mountaine of the Lord and who shal stand in his holie place 4 Euen he that hathe innocent hands a pu re heart which hathe not lift vp his minde vnto vanitie nor sworne deceitfully 5 He shal receiue a blessing from the Lord righteousnes frō the God of his saluacion 6 This is the generation of them that seke him of them that seke thy face this is Iaakób Sélah 7 Lift vp your heades ye gates and be ye lift vp ye euerlasting dores and the King of glorie shal come in 8 Who is this King of glorie the Lord strong mightie euē the Lord mightie in battel 9 Lift vp your heades ye gates lift vp yourselues ye euerlasting dores and the King of glorie shal come in 10 Who is this King of glorie the Lord of hostes he is the King of glorie 〈◊〉 PSAL. XXV 1 The Prophet touched with the consideration of his sinnes and also grieued with the cruel malice of his enemies 6 Prayeth to God moste feruently to haue his sinnes for giuen 7 Especially suche as he had committed in his youth He beginneth 〈◊〉 verse according to the Ebrew letters two or thre except ¶ A Psalme of Dauid 1 VNto thee ô Lord lift I vp my soule 2 My God I trust in thee let me not be consounded let not mine enemies reioyce ouer me 3 * So all that hope in thee shal not be ashamed but let them be confounded that trās gresse without cause 4 Shew me thy wayes ô Lord teache me thy paths
accept the sacrifices of righteousnes euen the burnt offring and oblation then shal they offer calues vpon thine altar PSAL. LII 1 Dauid describeth the arrogant tyrannic of his aduersaric Doeg who by false surmises caused Ahimeléch with the rest of the Priests to he stayne 5 Dauid prophecieth his destruction 6 And incourageth the faithful to put their confidence in God whose iudgements are moste sharpe against his aduersaries 9 And finally he rendreth thankes to God for his deliuerance In this Psalme is liuely set forthe the kingdome of Antichrist ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid to giue instruction When Doeg the Edomite came and shewed Saúl said to him Dauid is come to the house of Ahimeléch 1 WHy boastest thou thy self in thy wickednes ô man of power the lo uing kindnes of God indureth daily 2 Thy tongue imagineth mischief and is like a sharpe rasor that cutteth deceitfully 3 Thou doest loue euil more then good and lies more thē to spake the trueth Sélah 4 Thou louest all wordes that maye destroye ô deceitful tongue 5 So shal God destroye thee for euer he shal take thee and plucke thee out of thy tabernacle rote thee out of the land of the liuing Sélah 6 The righteous also shal se it and feare and shall aught at him saying 7 Beholde the man that toke not God for his strength but trusted vnto the multitude of his riches and put his strength in his malice 8 But I shal be like a grene oliue tre in the house of God for I trusted in the mercie of God for euer and euer 9 I wil alway praise thee for that thou hast done this and I wil hope in thy Name because it is good before thy Saints PSAL. LIII 1 He describeth the crooked nature 4 The crueltie 5 And punishment of the wicked when they loke not for it 6 And desireth the deliuerance of godlie that they maie reioyce together ¶ To him that excelleth on Mahaláth A Psalme of Dauid to giue instruction 1 THe soole hathe said in his heart There is no God they haue corrupted and done abominable wickednes there is none that doeth good 2 God loked downe from heauen vpon the children of men to se if there were anie that wolde vnderstand and c seke God 3 * Euerie one is gone backe they are alto gether corrupt there is none that doeth good no not one 4 Do not the d workers of iniquitie know that they eat vp my people as they eat bread they call not vpon God 5 There they were afraied for feare where no feare was for God hathe scatered the bones of him that besieged thee thou hast put them to confusion because God hathe cast them of 6 Oh giue saluacion vnto Israél out of Zion when God turneth the captiuitie of his peo ple then Ia aôkb shal reioyce and Israél shal be glad PSAL. LIIII 1 Dauid broght into great danger by the reason of the Zi phims 5 Called vpon the Name of God to destroye his enemies 6 Promising sacrificate and fre offrings for so great deliuerance ¶ To him that excelleth on Neginóth A Psalme of Dauid to giue instruction When the Ziphims came and said vnto Saúl Is not Da uid hid among vs 1 SAue me ô God by thy Name and by thy power iudge me 2 O God heare my prayer hearken vnto the wordes of my mouth 3 For strangers are risen vp against me tyrants seke my soule they haue not set God before them Sélah 4 Beholde God is mine helper the Lord is with them that vp holde my soule 5 He shal reward euil vnto mine enemies oh cut them of in thy trueth 6 Then I wil sacrifice frely vnto thee I wil praise thy Name ô lord because it is good 7 For he hathe deliuered me out of all trouble and mine eye hathe sene my desire vpon mine enemies PSAL. LV. 1 Dauid being ingreat heauines and distresse complaineth of the crueltie of Saúl 13 And of the falsehode of his familiar acquaintance 17 Vttering moste ardent affectiōs to moue the Lord to pitie him 22 After being assured of deliuerance he setteth forthe the grace of God as thogh he had already obteined his request ¶ To him that excelleth on Neginóth A Psalme of Dauid to giue instruction 1 HEare my prayer ô God and hide not thy self from my supplication 2 Hearken vnto me answer me I mourne in my prayer and make a noise 3 For the voyce of the enemie and for the vexation of the wicked because they haue broght iniquitie vpon me and furiously hate me 4 Mine heart trembleth within in me the terrors of death are fallen vpon me 5 Feare and trembling are come vpon me an horrible feare hathe couered me 6 And I said Oh that I had wings like a dooue then wold I flie away and rest 7 Beholde I wold take my flight farre of lodge in the wildernes Selah 8 He wolde make formy deliuerance from the stormie winde and tempest 9 Destroye o Lord and deuide their tongues for I haue sene crueltie and strife in the citie 10 Daye and night they go about it vpon the walles there of bothe iniquitie and mischief are in the middes of it 11 Wickednes is in the middes thereof deceit guile departe not from her stretes 12 Surely mine enemie did not diffame me for I colde haue borne it nether did mine aduersarie exalt him self against me for I wold haue 〈◊〉 me from him 13 But it was thou ô man euen my companion my guide and my familiar 14 Which delited in consulting together went into the House of God as cōpanions 15 Let death sease vpon them let them go downe quicke into the graue for wicked nes is in their dwelling euen in the mid des of them 16 But I wil call vnto God and the Lord wil saue me 17 Euening and morning and at noone wil I praye and make anoise and he wil hea re my voyce 18 He hathe deliuered my soule in peace frō the battel that was against me for ma nie were with me 19 God shal heare and afflict them euen he that reigneth of olde 〈◊〉 because they haue no chāges therefore they feare not God 20 He layed his hand vpon suche as be at peace with him and he brake his couenant 21 The worde of his mouth were softer thē butter yet warre was in his heart his wor des were more gentle then oyle yet they were swordes 22 Cast thy burden vpon the Lord and he will nourishe thee he will not suffer the righteous to fall for euer 23 And thou o God 〈◊〉 bring them downe into the pit of 〈◊〉 the blooddie deceitful mē shal not liue halfe their
wandered in the desert and wildernes out of the way and founde no citie to dwell in 5 Bothe hungrie and thirstie their soule fainted in them 6 Then they cryed vnto the Lord in their trouble and he de liuered them from their distres 7 And led thē forthe by the rightway that they might go to a citie ofhabitacion 8 Let them therefore confesse before the Lord his louing kindenes and his wonder ful workes before the sonnes of men 9 For he satisfied the thirstie soule and filled the hungrie soule with goodnes 10 They that dwel in darkenes and in the shadowe of death being bounde in miserie and yron 11 Because they rebelled against the wordes of the Lord and despised the coūsel of the moste High 12 When he humbled their heart with heauines then they fell downe and there was no helper 13 Then they cryed vnto the Lord in their trouble and he deliuered them from their distres 14 He broght them out of darkenes and out of the shadowe of death and brake their bands a sunder 15 Let them therefore cōfesse before the lord his louing kindenes and his wonderful workes before the sonnes of men 16 For he hathe broken the gates of brasse and brast the barres of yron a sundre 17 Fooles by reason of their transgression and because of their iniquities are afflicted 18 Their soule abhorreth all meat and they are broght to deaths dore 19 Then they crye vnto the LORD in their trouble and he deliuereth them frō their distres 20 He sendeth his worde and healeth them and deliuereth them from their graues 21 Let them therefore confesse before the Lord his louing kindenes and his wonderful workes before the sonnes of men 22 And let them offer sacrifices of praise declare his workes with reioycing 23 They that go downe to the sea in shippes and occupie by the great waters 24 They se the workes of the Lord and his wonders in the depe 25 For he commandeth and raiseth the stormie winde it lifteth vp the waues thereof 26 They mounte vp to the heauē descend to the depe so that their soule melteth for trouble 27 They are tossed to and fro and stagger like a drunken man and all their cunning is gone 28 Then they crye vnto the Lord in their trouble and he bringeth them out of their distres 29 He turneth the storme to calme so that the waues thereof are stil. 30 When they are quieted they are glad he bringeth them vnto the hauen where they wolde be 31 Let them therefore confesse before the Lord his louing kindenes and his wonderful workes before the sonnes of men 32 And let them exalt him in the Congregation of the people and praise him in the assemblie of the Elders 33 He turneth the floods into a wildernes and the springs of waters into drienes 34 And a fruteful land into barrennes for the wickednes of them that dwell therin 35 Againe he turneth the wildernes into pooles of water and the drye land into water springs 36 And there he placeth the hungrie and they buyld a citie to dwell in 37 And sowe the fields and plant vineyardes which bring forthe fruteful increase 38 For he blesseth them and they multiplie excedingly and he diminished not their cattel 39 Againe men are diminished and broght lowe by oppression euil and sorowe 40 He powreth contempt vpon princes and causeth them to erre in desert places out of the way 41 Yet he raiseth vp the poore out of miserie and maketh him families like a flocke of shepe 42 The righteous shal se it reioyce and all iniquitie shal stop her mouth 43 Who is wise that he maie obserue these things for they shal vnderstād the louing kindenes of the Lord. PSAL. CVIII This Psalme in composed of two other Psalmes before the seuen and fiftieth and sixtieth The matter here conteined is 1 That Dauid giueth him self with heart and voy ce to praise the Lord. 7 And assureth him self of the promes of God concerning his kingdome ouer Israél his power against other nacions 11 Who thogh he seme to forsake vs for a time yet he alone wil in the end cast dow ne our enemies ¶ A song or Psalme of Dauid 1 O God mine heart is prepared so is my tongue I wil sing and giue praise 2 Awake viole and harpe I wil awake early 3 I wil praise thee ô Lord among the people and I wil sing vnto thee among the nations 4 For thy mercie is great aboue the heaues and thy trueth vnto the cloudes 5 Exalt thy self ô God aboue the heauens and let thy glorie be vpon all the earth 6 That thy beloued maie be deliuered hel pe with thy right hand and heare me 7 God hathe spoken in his holines therefore I wil reioyce I shal diuide Shechém measure the valley of Succōth 8 Gileád shal be mine Manasséh shal be mine Ephráim also shal be the strength of mine head Iuda is my Lawegiuer 9 * Mōab shal be my washpot ouer Edōm wil I cast out my shoe vpon Palestina wil I triumph 10 Who wil leade me in to the strōg citie who wil bring me vnto Edom 11 Wilt not thou ô God which haddest forsaken vs and 〈◊〉 not go forthe ô God with our armies 12 Giue vs helpe against trouble for vaine is the helpe of man 13 Through God we shal do valiantly for he shal tread downe our enemies PSAL. CIX 1 Dauid being faisely accused by flatterers vnto 〈◊〉 praieth God to helpe him and to destroy his enemies 〈◊〉 And vn der them he speaketh of Iudas the traitour vnto Iesus Christ and of all the like enemies of the 〈◊〉 of God 27 And desireth so to be deliuered that his enemies 〈◊〉 knowe the worke to be of God 30 Thē doeth he promise to giue praises vnto God ¶ To him that excelleth A Psalme of Dauid 1 HOlde not thy tongue ô God of my praise 2 For the mouth of the wicked and the mouth 〈◊〉 of deceit are opened 〈◊〉 me thei haue spoken to me with a lying ton gue 3 Thei compassed me about also with wordes of hatred and foght against me without a cause 4 For my friendship thei were mine aduersaries but I gaue my self to praier 5 And they haue rewarded me euil for good and hatred for my friendship 6 Set thou the wicked ouer him let the aduersarie stand at his right hand 7 When he shal be iudged let him be condemned and let his praier be turned in to sinne 8 Let his daies be fewe and let another take his charge 9 Let his childrē be 〈◊〉 and his wife a widowe 10 Let his children be vagabunds and begge and seke bread cōming out of their places destroied 11 Let the extorcioner 〈◊〉 all that the hathe let the strāgers
his owne eyes but the Lord pondereth the hearts 3 * To do iustice and iudgement is more acceptable to the Lord then sacrifice 4 A hautie loke and a proude heart whiche is the light of the wicked is sinne 5 The thoghts of the diligēt do surely bring abundance but whosoeuer is hastie cometh surely to pouertie 6 * The gathering of treasures by a disceitfull tongue is vanitie tossed to and fro of them that seke death 7 The robberie of the wicked shall destroye them for they haue refused to execute iudgement 8 The way of some is peruerted and strange but of the pure man his worke is right 9 * It is better to dwell in a corner of the house toppe then with a contentious woman in a wide house 10 The soule of the wicked wisheth euil and his neighbour hathe no fauour in his eyes 11 When the scorner is punished the foolish is wise and when one instructeth the wise he wil receiue knowledge 12 The ryghteous teacheth the house of the wicked but God ouerthro weth the wicked for their euil 13 He that stoppeth hys eare at the crying of the poore he shal also crie and not be heard 14 A gift in secret pacifieth angre and a gift in the bosome great wrath 15 It is ioye to the iuste to do iudgement but destruction shal be to the workers of iniquitie 16 A man that wandereth out of the waye of wisdome shal remaine in the congregacion of the dead 17 He that loueth pastime shal be a poore man ād he that loueth wine and oyle shall not be riche 18 The wicked shal be a rāsome for the iust and the transgressour for the righteous 19 * It is better to dwel in the wildernes then with a cotentious and angrie woman 20 In the house of the wise is a pleasant treasure and oyle but a foolishe man deuoureth it 21 He that followeth after righteousnes and mercie shal finde life righteousnes glorie 22 A wise man goeth vp into the citie of the mightie and casteth downe the strength of the confidence thereof 23 He that kepeth his mouth and his tongue kepeth his soule from afflictions 24 Proude hautie and scorneful is his name that worketh in his arrogancie wrath 25 The desire of the slouthfull slaieth him for his hands refuse to worke 26 He 〈◊〉 gredely but the righteous giueth and spareth not 27 The * sacrifice of the wicked is an abominacion how muche more when he bringeth it with a wicked minde 28 * A false witnes shal perish but he that he areth speaketh continually 29 A wicked man hardeneth his face but the iuste he wil direct his way 30 There is no wisdome nether vnderstāding nor counsel against the Lord. 31 The horse is prepared againste the daye of battel but 〈◊〉 is of the Lord. CHAP. XXII 1 A * Good name is to be chosē aboue good riches and 〈◊〉 fauour is aboue siluer and aboue golde 2 * The riche and poore mete together the Lord is the maker of them all 3 * A prudent man seeth the plague and hideth him selfe but the foolish go on still and are punished 4 The rewarde of humilitie and the feare of God is riches and glorie and life 5 Thornes and snares are in the way of the fro warde but he that regardeth his soule will 〈◊〉 farre from them 6 Teache a childe in the trade of hys waye and when he is olde he shall not departe from it 7 The riche ruleth the poore and the borower is seruant to the man that lendeth 8 He that soweth iniquitie shall reape affliction and the rodde of his angre shal faile 9 * He that hathe a good eye he shal be blessed for he giueth of his bread vnto the pore 10 Cast out the scorner and strife shall go out so contention and reproche shal cease 11 He that loueth purenes of heart for the gra ce of lips the King shal be his friend 12 The eyes of the Lord preserue knowledge but he ouerthroweth the wordes of the transgressour 13 The slouthfull man saith Alyon is without I shal be slaine in the strete 14 The mouth of strange women is as a depe pit he with whom the Lord is angrie shal fall therein 15 Foolishnes is bounde in the heart of a child but the rodde of correction shal driue it away 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 16 He that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the poore to increase himself 〈◊〉 giueth vnto the riche shall surely come to pouertie 17 ¶ Incline thine eare and heare the wordes of the wise and applie thine heart vnto my knowledge 18 For it shal be pleasant if thou kepe them in thy bellie if they be directed together in thy lippes 19 That thy confidence may be in the Lord I haue shewed thee this day thou therefore take hede 20 Haue not I written vnto thee thre times in counsele and knowledge 21 That I might shewe thee the assurance of the wordes of trueth to answer the wordes of trueth to them that send to thee 22 Robbe not the poore because he is poore nether oppresse the afflicted in iudgement 23 For the Lord * wil defende their cause and spoile the soule of those that spoile them 24 Make no friendship with an angrieman nether go with the furious man 25 Lest thou learne his wayes and receiue destruction to thy soule 26 Be not thou of them that touche the hand nor among them that are suretie for debts 27 If thou hast nothīg to paie why causest thou that he shuld take thy bed from vnder thee 28 Thou shalt not * remoue the ancient boundes which thy fathers haue made 29 Thou seest that a diligēt man in his busines standeth before Kings and standeth not be fore the base sorte CHAP. XXIII 1 WHen thou sittest to eat with a ruler consider diligētly what is before thee 2 And put the knife to thy throte if thou be a man giuen to the appetite 3 Be not desirous of his deintie meats for it is a desceiuable meat 4 Trauail not to muche to be riche but cease from thy wisdome 5 Wilt thou cast thine eyes vpon it which is nothing for riches taketh her to her winges as an egle and flieth into the heauen 6 Eat thou not the bread of him that hathe an euil eye nether desire his deintie meats 7 For as thogh he thoght it in his heart so wil he say vnto thee Eat drinke but his heart is not with thee 8 Thou shalt vomit thy morsels that thou hast eaten and thou shalt lose thy swete wordes 9 Speake not in the eares of a foole for he wil despise the wisdome of thy wordes 10 * Remoue not the ancient boundes and en tre not into the fields of the fatherles 11
that were at Anathoth in the land of Beniamin 2 To whome the worde of the Lord came in the daies of Iosiah the sonne of Amōn King of Iudáh in the thirtenth yere of his reigne 3 And also in the daies of Iehoiakim the sonne of Iosiah King of Iudah vnto the end of the eleuenth yere of Zedekiáh the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh euen vnto the carying awaie of Ierusalém captiuitie in the fift moneth 4 Then the worde of the Lord come vntō me saying 5 Before I formed thee in the wombe I knewe thee and before thou camest out of the wombe I sāctified thee ordeined thee to be a Prophet vnto the nations 6 Then said I Oh Lord God beholde I can not speake for I am a childe 7 But the lord said vnto me Saie not I am a childe for thou shalt go to all that I shal sent thee and whatsoeuer I commāde thee shalt thou speake 8 Be not afraied of their faces for I am with thee to deliuer thee saith the Lord 9 Then the Lord stretched out his hand and touched my mouth and the Lord said vn to me Beholde I haue put my wordes in thy mouth 10 Beholde this daie haue I set thee ouer the nations ouer the kingdomes to plucke vp and to roote out and to destroy and throwe downe to buylde and to plant 11 After this the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying Ieremiáh what seest thou And I said I se a rod of an almonde tre 12 Thē said the Lord vnto me Thou hast sene aright for I wil hastē my word to performe it 13 Againe the worde of the Lord came vnto me the seconde time saying What seest thou And I said I se a seething pot loking out of the North. 14 Then said the Lord vnto me Out of the North shall a plague be spred vpō all the inhabitants of the land 15 For lo I will call all the families of the kingdomes of the North saith the Lord and they shall come and euerye one shall set hys throne in the entring of the gates of Ierusalém and on all the walles thereof round about in all the cities of Iudáh 16 And I will declare vnto them my iudgements touching all the wickednes of them that haue for saken me and haue burnt incense vnto other Gods and worshiped the workes of their owne hands 17 Thou therefore trusse vp thy loynes and arise and speake vnto them all that I comman de thee be not afrayed of their faces lest I destroye thee before them 18 For I beholde I this day haue made thee a defenced Citie and an yron piller and walles of brasse agaynste the whole land agaynste the Kings of Iudáh and against the princes thereof agaynste the Priestes therof and against the people of the land 19 For they shall fight against thee but they shal nor preuaile against thee for I am with thee to deliuer thee saith the Lord. CHAP. II. 2 God rehearseth his benefites done vnto the Iewes 8 Against the Priests and false prophetes 12 The Iewes are destroyed because they forsake God 1 MOreouer the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 2 Go cry in the eares of Ierusalē saying Thus saith the Lord I remēber thee with the kindenes of thy youth the loue of thy mariage whē thou wētest after me in the wildernes in a land that was not sowen 3 Israél was as a thynge halowed vnto the Lord and his first frutes all they that eat it shal offend euill shall come vpon them saith the Lord. 4 Heare ye the worde of the Lord ô house of Iaakōb and all the families of the house of Israél 5 Thus saith the Lord What iniquitie haue your fathers founde in me that they are gone farre from me and haue walked after vanitie and are become vaine 6 For they said not Where is the Lord that broght vs vp out of the lande of Egypte that led vs through the wildernes through a desert and waste land through a drye land and by the shadowe of death by a land that no man passed through where no man dwelt 7 And I broght you into a plentifull countrey to eat the frute thereof and the commodities of the same but when ye entred ye defiled my land and made mine heritage an abominacion 8 The Priests said not Where is the Lord they that shulde minister the Law knewe me not the pastours also offēded agaīst me the prophetes prophecied in Báal wēt after things that did not profite 9 Wherefore I wil yet plead with you saith the Lord and I wil plead with your childrens children 10 For go ye to the yles of Chittim and beholde and sent vnto Kedar and take diligent hede and se whether there be suche things 11 Hathe anie nation changed their Gods which yet are no gods but my people ha ue changed their glorie for that which doeth not profite 12 Oye heauēs be astonied at this be afraied and vtterly confounded saith the Lord. 13 For my people haue committed two euils they haue forsaken me the fountaine of liuing waters to digge them pittes euen broken pittes that can holde no water 14 Is Israél a seruant or is he borne in the house why then is he spoiled 15 The lions roared vpon him and yelled they haue made his land waste his cities are burnt without an inhabitant 16 Also the childrē of z Noph and Tahapanés haue broken thine head 17 Hast not thou procured this vnto thy self because thou hast forsaken the Lord thy God when he led thee by the way 18 And what hast thou now to do in the way of Egypt to drinke the water of Nilus or what makest thou in the way of Asshūr to drinke the water of the Riuer 19 Thine owne wickednes shal correct thee and thy turnings backe shal reproue thee knowe therefore and beholde that it is an euil thing and bitter that thou hast for saken the Lord thy God and that my feare is not in thee saith the lord God of hostes 20 For of olde time I haue broken thy yoke and burst thy bonds and thou saidest I wil nomore transgresse but like an harlot thou runnest about vpon all hie hilles and vnder all grene trees 21 Yet I had planted thee a noble vine whose plants were all natural how then art thou turned vnto me īto the plāts of a strāgevine 22 Thogh thou wash thee with nitre and take thee muche sope yet thine iniquitie is marked before me saithe the Lord God 23 How canst thou say I am not polluted nether haue I followed Baalim beholde thy wayes in the valley and knowe what thouhast done thou art like a swift dromedarie that runneth
my praise 15 Beholde they say vnto me Where is the worde of the Lord letit come now 16 But I haue not trust in my self for a pastor after thee nether haue I desired the daye of miserie thou knowest that which came out of my lippes was right before thee 17 Be not terrible vnto me thou art mine hope in the day of aduersitie 18 Let them be confounded that persecute me but let not me be confounded let them be afraid but let not me be afraid bring vpon thē the day of aduersitie destroy them with double destruction 19 Thus hathe the Lord said vnto me Go and stand in the gate of the children of the peo ple whereby the Kings of Iudáh come in by the whiche they go out in all the gates of Ierusalém 20 And say vnto them Heare the worde of the Lord ye Kings of Iudáh and all 〈◊〉 udáh and all the in habitants of Ierusalém that entre in by these gates 21 Thus 〈◊〉 the Lord Take hede to your soules and beare no burden in the Sabbath day nor bring it in by the gates of Ierusalém 22 Nether carye forthe burdens out of your houses in the Sabbath day nether do ye anie worke but sanctifie the Sabbath as I commanded your fathers 23 But they obeyed not nether inclined their eares but made their neckes stiffe and wolde notheare nor receiue correction 24 Neuertheles if ye wil heare me saith the Lord and be are no burden through the gates of the citie in the Sabbath day but 〈◊〉 fie the Sabbath day so that ye do no worke therein 25 Then shal the Kings and the princes entre in at the gates of this citie and shal sit vpon the throne of Dauid and shal ride vpon cha rets and vpon horses bothe they and their princes the men of Iudáh and the inhabitants of Ierusalém and this citie shal remaine for euer 26 And they shal come from the cities of Iudáh and from about Ierusalém and from the lād of Beniamin and from the plaine and from the mountaines and from the South 〈◊〉 shal bring burnt offrings and sacrifices and meat offrings and incense shal bring sacrifice of praise into the House of the Lord. 27 But if ye wil not heare me to sanctifie the Sabbath daye and not to beare a burdē nor to go through the gates of Ierusalém in the Sabbath daye then wil I kindle a fyre in the gates thereof and it shal deuoure the palaces of Ierusalém and it shal not be quenched CHAP. XVIII 2 God sheweth by the example of a potter that it is in his power to destroye the dispicers of his worde 18 The con spiracie of 〈◊〉 Iewes against 〈◊〉 19 His prayer against his aduersaries 1 THe worde whiche came to Ieremiáh frō the Lord saying 2 Arise go downe into the potters house there shal I shewe thee my wordes 3 Then I went downe to the potters house beholde he wroght a worke on the wheles 4 And the vessel that he made of claye was broken in the hand of the potter so he retur ned made it another vessel as semed good to the potter to make it 5 Then the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 6 O house of Israél can not I do with you as this potter saith the LORD beholde as the claie is in the potters hād so are you in mine hand o house of Israél 7 I wil speake suddenly against a nation or a againste a kingdome to plucke it vp and to roote it out and to destroye it 8 But if this nation against whome I haue pro nounced turne from their wickednes I wil repent of the plague that I thoght to bring vpon them 9 And I wil speake suddenly concerning a nacion and concerning a kingdome to buylde it and to plant it 10 But if it do euil in my sight and heare not my voyce I wil repent of the good that I thoght to do for them 11 Speake thou now therefore vnto the men of Iudáh and to the inhabitāts of Ierusalém saying Thus saith the Lord Beholde I prepa re a plague for you purpose a thing against you returne you therefore euerie one from his euil waye and make your wayes your workes good 12 But they said desperatly Surely we wil walke after our owne imaginacions and do euerie man after the stubbernes of his wicked heart 13 Therefore thus saith the Lord Aske now among the heathen who hathe heard suche things the virgine of Israél hathe done verie filthily 14 Wil a man forsake the snowe of Lebanōn which cometh from the rocke of the field or shal the 〈◊〉 slowing waters that come from another place be forsaken 15 Because my people hathe forgotten me haue burnt incense to vanitie and their Prophetes haue cause them to stumble in their wayes from the ancient wayes to walke in the paths and waye that is not troden 16 To make their land desolate a perpetual derisiō so that euerie one that passeth ther by shal be astonished and wagge his head 17 I wil scattre them with an East winde before the enemie I wil she we them the backe and not the face in the day of their destruction 18 Then said they Come and let vs imagine some deuise againste Ieremiáh for the Law shal not perish from the Priest nor counsel from the wise nor the worde from the Prophet come and let vs smite him with the tō gue and let vs not giue hede to any of his wordes 19 Hearken vnto me ô Lord and heare the voy ce of them that contend with me 20 Shal euil be recompēced for good for they haue digged a pit for my soule remembre that I stode before thee to speake good for them and to turne away thy wrath from them 21 Therefore deliuer vp their children to famine and let them drop away by the force of the sworde and let their wiues be robbed of their children and be widdowes and let their housbands be put to death and let their yongmen be slayne by the sworde in the battel 22 Let the crye be heard from their houses when thou shalt bring an hoste suddēly vpon them for they haue digged a pit to take me and hid snares for my fete 23 Yet Lord thou knowest all their counsel against me tēdeth to death forgiue not their iniquitie nether put out their sinne from thy sight but let them be ouerthrowen before thee deale thus with them in the time of thine angre CHAP. XIX He prophecieth the destruction of Ierusalém for the contempt and despisyng of the worde of God 1 THus said the Lord Go and bye an earthē bottel of a potter take of the anciēts of the people and of the ancients of the Priests 2 And go forthe vnto the vallei of Ben-hinnom which is by the entrie of the East gate thou shalt preache
Babél maketh warre against vs if so be that the LORD wil deale with vs according to all his won derous workes that he may returne vp from vs. 3 Then said Ieremiáh Thus shal you say to Zedekiáh 4 Thus saith the Lord God of Israél Beholde I wil turne backe the weapons of warre that are in your hands where with ye fight against the King of Babél and against the Caldeans which besiege you without the walles and I wil assemble them into the middes of this citie 5 And I my self wil fight against you with an outstretched hand and with a mightie arme euen in angre and in wrath and in great indignacion 6 And I wil smite the inhabitants of this citie bothe man and beast thei shal dye of a great pestilence 7 And after this saith the Lord I wil deliuer Zedekiáh the King of Iudáh and his seruāts and the people and suche as are left in this citie from the pestilence from the sworde and from the famine into the hand of Nebu chad-nezzár King of Babél and into the hād of those that seke their liues and he shal smite them with the edge of the sworde he shal not spare them nether haue pitie nor compassion 8 ¶ And vnto this people thou shalt say Thus saith the Lord Beholde I set before you the way of life and the way of death 9 * He that abideth in this citie shal dye by the sworde and by the famine and by the pestilence but he that goeth out and falleth to the Caldeans that besiege you he shal liue and his life shal be vnto him for a pray 10 For I haue set my face against this citie for euil and not for good saith the Lord it shal be giuen into the hand of the King of Babél and he shal burne it with fyre 11 ¶ And say vnto the house of the King of Iudah Heare ye the worde of the Lord. 12 O house of Dauid thus saith the Lord * Execute iudgement in the morning and deliuer the oppressed out of the hand of the oppressor lest my wrath go out like fyre and burne that none can quenche it because of the wickednes of your workes 13 Beholde I come against thee ô inhabitant of the valley and rocke of the plaine saith the Lord which say Who shal come downe against vs or who shal enter into our habitacions 14 But I wil visite you according to the frute of your workes saith the Lord and I wil kindle a fyre in the forest thereof and it shal deuoure rounde about it CHAP. XXII 2 He exhorteth the King to iudgement and righteousnes 9 why Ierusalem is broght into captiuitie 11 The death of Shallúm the sonne of Iosiah is prophecied THus said the Lord Godowne to the house of the King of Iudáh and speake there this thing 2 And say Heare the word of the Lord ô King of Iudáh that sittest vpon the throne of Dauid thou and thy seruants and thy people that enter in by these gates 3 Thus saith the Lord * Execute ye iudgemēt and righteousnes deliuer the oppressed from the hād of the oppressor and vexe not the stranger the fatherles not the widdowe do no violence nor shede innocent blood in this place 4 For if ye do this thing then shal the Kings sitting vpon the throne of Dauid enter in by the 〈◊〉 of this house * and ride vpon charets and vpon horses bothe he and his ser uants and his people 5 But if ye wil not heare these wordes I swea re by my self saith the Lord that this house shal be waste 6 For thus hathe the Lord spoken vpon the Kings house of Iudáh Thou art Gilád vnto me and the head of Lebanōn yet surely I wil make thee a wildernes and as cities not inhabited 7 And I wil prepare destroyers against thee euery one with his weapons and they shal cut downe thy chief cedre trees and cast them in the fyre 8 And many nacions shal passe by this citie and thei shal say euery man to his neighbour wherefore hathe the Lord done thus vnto this great citie 9 Then shal they answer Because they haue for saken the couenāt of the Lord their God and worshiped other gods and serued them 10 ¶ Wepe not for the dead and be not moued for thē but wepe for him that goeth out for he shal returne no more norse his natiue countrey 11 For thus saith the Lord As touching Shallúm the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh whiche reigned for Iosiáh his father which wēt out of this place he shal not returne thether 12 But he shal dye in the place whether they haue led him captiue and shalse this land no more 13 ¶ Wo vnto him that buyldeth his house by vnrighteousnes and his chambers without equitie he vseth his neighbour without wages and giueth him not for his worke 14 He saith I wil buylde me a wide house and large chambers so he wil make him self large windowes and fiding with cedre and pain te them with vermelon 15 Shalt thou reigne because thou closest thy self in cedre did not thy father eat and drin ke and prosper when he executed iudgemēt and iustice 16 When he iudged the cause of the afflicted and the pōore he prospered was not this be cause he knewe me saith the Lord. 17 But thine eyes and thine heart are but onely for thy couetousnes and for to shed innocent blood and for oppression for destru ction euen to do this 18 Therefore thus saith the Lord against Ieho hoiakim the sonne of Iosiáh King of Iudáh Thei shal not lament him saying Ah my brother or ah sister nether shal they mourne for him saying Ah lord or ah his glorie 19 He shal be buryed as an asse is buryed euen drawen and cast for the without the gates of Ierusalém 20 ¶ Go vp to Lebanón and crye shoute in Bashán and crye by the passages for all thy louers are destroyed 21 I spake vnto thee when thou wast in prospe ritie but thou saidst I wil not heare this hathe bene thy maner frō thy youth that thou woldest not obey my voice 22 The wīde shal fede all thy pastors and thy louers shal go into captiuitie and then shalt thou be ashamed and confounded of all thy 〈◊〉 23 Thou that dwellest in Lebanōn and makest thy nest in the cedres how beautiful shalt thou be when sorowes come vpon thee as the sorow of a woman in trauail 24 As I liue saith the Lord thogh Coniáh the sonne of 〈◊〉 King of Iudáh were the signet of my right hand yet wolde I plucke thee thence 25 And I wil giue thee into the hand of thē that seke thy 〈◊〉 and into the hand of thē whose face thou fearest euen into the hand of Nebuchad nezzár King of Babél and into the hand of the Caldeans
bring vpon them and vpon the inhabitans of Ierusalem and vpon the men of Iudah all the euil that I haue pronounced against them but they wolde not heare 32 Then toke Ieremiah another roole and ga ue it Baruch the scribe the sonne of Neriah which wrote therein at the mouth of Ieremiah all the wordes of the boke which Iehoiakim King of Iudah had burnt in the fyre and there were added besides them many like wordes CHAP. XXXVII Zedekiáh succeded Ieconiáh 3 He sendeth vnto Ieremiah to praye for him 12 Ieremiah going into the land of Bēn iamin is taken 15 He is beaten and put in prison 1 ANd * King Zedekiah the sonne of Iosiah reigned for Coniah the sonne of Iehoiakim whome Nabuchad-nezzar King of Babél made King in the land of Iudáh 2 But nether he nor his seruants nor the people of the land wolde obey the wordes of the Lord which spake by the ministerie of the Prophet Ieremiáh 3 And Zedekiáh the King sent Iehucál the the sonne of Shelemiáh and Zephaniáh the sonne of Maasciáh the Priest to the Pro phet Ieremiáh saying Pray now vnto the Lord our God for vs. 4 Now Ieremiáh went in and out among the people for they had not put him into the prison 5 Then Phara ohs hoste was come out of Egypt and when the Caldeans that besieged Ierusalém heard tidings of them thei departed from Ierusalém 6 Then came the worde of the lord vnto the Prophet Ieremiáh saying 7 Thus saith the Lord God of Israél Thus shal ye say to the King of Iudáh that sēt you vnto me to inquire of me Beholde Pharaohs hoste which is come forthe to helpe you shal returne to Egypt into their owne land 8 And the Caldeans shal come againe and fight against this citie and take it and bur ne it with fyre 9 Thus saith the Lord Deceiue not your selues saying The Caldeans shal surely de parte from vs for thei shal not departe 10 For thogh ye had smiten the whole hoste of the Caldeans that fight against you there remained but wonded men among them yet shulde euery man rise vp in his tent and burne this citie with fyre 11 ¶ When the hoste of the Caldeans was bro ken vp from Ierusalém because of Pharaohs armie 12 Then Ieremiáh went out of Ierusalém to go into the land of Beniamin separating him self thence from among the people 13 And when he was in the gate of Beniamin there was a chief officer whose name was Iriiáh the sonne of Shelemiàh the sonne of Hananiáh and he toke Ieremiáh the Prophet saying Thou fleest to the Caldeans 14 Then said Ieremiáh That is false I flee not to the Caldeans but he wolde not heare him so Iriiáh toke Ieremiáh and broght him to the princes 15 Wherefore the princes were angry with 〈◊〉 and smote him and laid him in prison in the house of Iehonathán the scribe for they had made that the prison 16 When Ieremiah was entred into the dongeon and into the prisons and had remained there a long time 17 Then Zedekiáh the King send and toke him out and the King asked him secretly in his house and said Is there any worde from the Lord And Ieremiáh said Yea for said he thou shalt be deliuered into the hand of the King of Babél 18 Moreouer Ieremiáh said vnto King Zedekiáh What haue I offended against thee or against thy seruants or against this 〈◊〉 ple that ye haue put me in prison 19 * Where are now your Prophetes which prophecied vnto you saying The King of Babél shal not come agaīst you nor against this land 20 Therefore heare now I pray thee ô my lord the King let my prayer be accepted before thee that thou cause me not to returne to the house of Iehonathán the scribe lest I dye there 21 Then Zedekiáh the King commanded that they shulde put Ieremiáh in the court of the prison and that they shulde giue him daiely a piece of bread out of the bakers strete vntil all the bread in the citie were eaten vp Thus Ieremiáh remained in the court of the prison CHAP. XXXVIII 1 By the mencion of the rulers Ieremiah is put into a 〈◊〉 14 At the request of Ebed-meléch the King cōmā deth Ieremiah to be broght forthe of the dongcon 17. Ieremiah sheweth the King how he might escape death 1 THen Shephatiah the sonne of Mattán and Gedaliah the sonne of Pashúr and Iucal the sonne of Shelemiáh and Pashhúr the sonne of Malchiáh 〈◊〉 the wor des that Ieremiáh had spoken vnto all the people saying 2 Thus saith the Lord He that remaineth in this citie shal dye by the sworde by the famine by the pestilence but he that goeth for the to the Caldeans shal liue for he shal haue his life for a pray and shal liue 3 Thus saith the Lord This citie shal surely be giuen into the hand of the King of 〈◊〉 armie which shal take it 4 Therefore the princes said vnto the King We beseche you let this man be put to death for thus he weakeneth the hands of the men of warre that remaine in this citie and the hands of all the people in speaking suche wordes vnto them for this man seketh not the wealth of this people but the hurt 5 Then Zedekiah the King said Beholde he is in your hands for the King can denie you nothing 6 Then toke they Ieremiáh and cast him in to the dongeon of Malchiáh the sonne of Hammélech that was in the court of the prison and they let downe Ieremiah with coards and in the dongeon there was no water but myre so Ieremiah stacke fast in the myre 7 Now when Ebed-mélech the blacke Mo re one of the Eunuches which was in the Kings house heard that they had put Iere miah in the dongeon then the King sate in the gate of Beniamin 8 And 〈◊〉 went out of the Kings house and spake to the King saying 9 My lord the King these men haue done euil in all that they haue done to Ieremiáh the Prophet whome they haue castīto the dangeon and he dyeth for hunger in the place where he is for there is no more bread in the citie 10 Then the King commanded Ebed-melech the blacke More saying Take from hence thirtie men with thee and take Ieremiáh the Prophet out of the dongeon before he dye 11 So Ebed-mélech toke the men with him ād 〈◊〉 to the house of the King vnder the trea surie and toke there olde rotten ragges 〈◊〉 olde worne cloutes and let them downe by coardes into the dongeon to Ieremiáh 12 And Ebed-mélech the blacke More said vn to Ieremiáh Put now these olde rotten ragges and worne vnder thine arme holes betwene the coardes 13 So they drewe vp Ieremiáh with coardes and toke him vp out of the dongeon ād Iere miáh remained in
they feared them because Ishmaél the sonne of Nerthaniáh had slaine Gedaliáh the sonne of Ahikám whome the King of Babél made gouernour in the land CHAP. XLII 1 The captaines aske counsel of Ieremiáh what they ought to do 7 He admonisheth the remnant of the people not to go into Egypt 1 THen all the captaines of the hoste and Io hanán the sonne of Karéah and Iezaniáh the sonne of 〈◊〉 and all the people from the least vnto the moste came 2 And said vnto Ieremiáh the Prophet Heare our prayer we beseche thee and pray for vs vnto the Lord thy GOD euen for all this remnant for we are left but a fewe of manie as thine eyes do beholde 3 That the Lord thy GOD may shewe vs the way wherein we may walke and the thing that we may do 4 Then Ieremiáh the Prophet said vnto them I haue heard you beholde I wil pray vnto the Lord your God according to your wordes and whatsoeuer thing the Lord shal ansswer you I wil declare it vnto you I wil kepe nothing backe from you 5 Then they said to Ieremiáh The Lord be a witnes of trueth and faith betwene vs if we do not euen according to all things for the whiche the Lord thy God shal send thee to vs 6 Whether it be good or euil we wil obey the voyce of the Lord God to whome we send thee that it may be wel with vs when we obey the voyce of the Lord our God 7 ¶ And so after ten dayes came the worde of the Lord vnto Ieremiáh 8 Thē called he Iohanán the sonne of Karéah all the captaines of the hoste which were with him and all the people from the least to the moste 9 And said vnto thē Thus saith the Lord God of Israél vnto whome ye sent me to present your prayers before him 10 If ye wild well in this land then I wil buylde you and not destroye you and I wil plant you and not roote you out for I repent me of the euil that I haue done vnto you 11 Feare not for the King of Babél of whome ye are afraid be not afraid of him saith the Lord for I am with you to saue you and to deliner you from his hand 12 And I wil grant you mercie that he may haue compassion vpon you and he shal cause you to dwell in your owne land 13 But if ye say We wil not dwell in this land nether heare the voyce of the LORD your God 14 Saying Nay but we wil go into the land of Egypt where we shal se no warre nor heare the sounde of the trumpet nor haue hungre of bread and there wil we dwell 15 And now therefore heare the worde of the LORD ye remnant of Indáh thus 〈◊〉 the Lord of hostes the GOD of Israél If ye set your faces to entre into Egypt go to dwell there 16 Then the sworde that ye feared shal take you there in the land of Egypt and the famine for the which ye care shal there 〈◊〉 pō you in Egypt and there shal ye dye 17 And all the men that set their faces to entre into Egypt to dwell there shal dye by the sworde by the famine by the 〈◊〉 none of them shal remaine nor escape from the plague that I wil bring vpon them 18 For thus saith the Lord of hostes the GOD of Israél As mine angre and my wrath hathe bene powred forthe vpon the inhabitants of Ierusalém so shal my wrath be powred for the vpon you when ye shal entre into Egypt and ye shal be a detestation and an astonishment and a cursse and are proche and ye shal se this place no more 19 O ye remnant of 〈◊〉 the Lord hathe said concerning you Go not into Egypt knowe certeinly that I haue admonished you this day 20 Surely ye dissembled in your hearts when ye sent me vnto the Lord your God saying Pray for vs vnto the LORD our GOD and declare vnto vs euen according vnto all that the LORD our GOD shal say and we wil do it 21 Therefore I haue this day declared it you but you haue not obeyed the voyce of the Lord your God nor anie thing for the which he hathe sent me vnto you 22 Now therefore knowe certeinely that ye shal dye by the sworde by the famine and by the pestilence in the place whether ye desi re to go and dwell CHAP. XLIII Iohanán caryeth the remnant of the people into Egypt 〈◊〉 trarie to the minde of 〈◊〉 S Iaremiah prophecieth the destruction of Egypt 1 NOw when Ieremiáh had made an end of speaking vnto the whole people all the wordes of the Lord their God for the which the Lord their GOD had sent him to them euen all these wordes 2 Thē spake Azariáh the sonne of Hoshaiáh and Iohanán the sonne of Karéah and all the proude men saying vnto Ieremiáh Thou speakest falsly the Lord our God hathe not sent thee to say Go not into Egypt to dwell there 3 But Barúch the sonne of Neriáh prouoketh thee againstvs for to deliuer vs into the hand of the Caldeans that they might slaye vs and carie vs a way captiues into 〈◊〉 4 So Iohanán the sonne of Karéah and all the captaines of the hoste and all the people obeyed not the voyce of the Lord to dwell in the land of Iudáh 5 But Iohanán the sonne of Kareah and all the captaines of the hoste 〈◊〉 all the remnant of Iudáh that were returned frō all nacions whether they had bene driuen to dwell in the land of Iudáh 6 Euen men and women and children and the Kings daughters euerie persone that Nebuzar-adāthe chief steward had left with Gedaliáh the sonne of 〈◊〉 the sonne of Shaphán and Ieremiáh the Prophet Baruch the sonne of Neriáh 7 So they came into the land of Egypt for they obeyed not the voyce of the Lord thus came they to Tahpanhes 8 ¶ Then came the worde of the Lord vnto Ie remiah in Tahpanhes saying 9 Take great stones in thine hand and hide them in the clay in the bricke kil whiche is at the entrie of Pharaohs house in Tahpanhes in the sight of the men of Iudáh 10 And say vnto them Thus saith the Lord of hostes the God of Israél Beholde I wil send and bring Nebuchad-nezzár the King of Babél my seruant and wil set his throne vpon these stones that I haue hid and he shal sprea de his pauillion ouer them 11 And when he shal come he shal smite the land of Egypt suche as are appointed for death to death and such as are for captiuitie to captiuirie and suche as are for the sworde to the sworde 12 And I kindle a fyre in the houses of the gods of Egypt and he shal burne them and carye them awaye 〈◊〉 he shal araye him self with the land of
broydred worke and in coffers for the riche apparel which were bound with cordes 〈◊〉 also were among thy marchandise 25 The shippes of Tarshish were thy chief in thy marchandise thou wast replenished made very glorious in the middes of the sea 26 Thy robbers haue broght thee into great waters the East winde hath broken thee in the middes of the sea 27 Thy riches and thy faires thy marchandise thy mariners and pilotes thy calkers the occupiers of thy marchandise and all thy men of warre that are in thee and all thy multitude whiche is in the middes of thee shal fall in the middes of the sea in the daie of thy ruine 28 The suburbes shall shake at the sounde of the crye of the pilotes 29 And all that handle the ore the mariners and all the pilotes of the sea shall come downe from their shippes and shall stand vpon the land 30 And shall cause theyr voyce to be heard against thee and shal crye bitterly and shal cast dust vpon their heads and wallowe thē selues in the asshes 31 Thei shal plucke of their heere for thee gyrde them with a sacke cloth and they shal wepe for thee with sorowe of heart bitter mourning 32 And in their mourning thei shal take vp alamentacion for thee saying What citie is like Tyrus so destroied in the middes of the seal 33 When thy wares went for the of the seas thou filledst many people thou didst enriche the Kings of the earth with the multitude of thy riches of thy marchandise 34 Whē thou shalt be broken by the seas in the depths of the waters thy marchandise all thy multitude which was in the middes of thee shal fall 35 All the inhabitants of they les shal be astonished at thee all their Kings shal be sore afraied troubled in their countenance 36 The marchants among the people shall hisse at thee thou shalt be a terrour and neuer shalt be anie more CHAP. XXVIII 2 The worde of God agaynste the King of 〈◊〉 for hys 〈◊〉 21 The worde of the Lord against Zidón 25 The Lord promiseth that he wil gather together the children of Israél 1 THe worde of the Lord came againe vnto me saying 2 Sonne of mā say vnto the prince of Tyrus Thus saith the Lord GOD Because thine heart is exalted and thou hast said I am a God I sit in the seat of God in the middes of the sea yet thou art but a mā not God thogh thou didst thinke in thine heart that thou wast equal with God 3 Beholde thou art wiser thē Daniél there is no secret that thei can hide from thee 4 With thy wisdome and thyne vnderstanding thou hast gotten thee riches and hast gotten gold and siluer into thy treasures 5 By thy great wisdome and by thine occupying hast thou increased thy riches and thine heart is lifted vp because of thy riches 6 Therfore thus saith the Lord God Because thou didest thinke in thine heart that thou wast equal with God 7 Beholde therefore I will bring strangers vpon thee euen the terrible nacions and thei shal drawe their swordes against the beautie of thy wisdome and thei shal defile thy brightnes 8 Thei shal cast thee downe to the pit and thou shalt dye the death of them that are slaine in the middes of the sea 9 Wilt thou say then before him that slaieth thee I am a God but thou shalt be a man and no God in the hāds of him that slaieth thee 10 Thou shalt dye the death of the vn circumcised by the hands of strangers for I haue spoken it saith the Lord God 11 ¶ More ouer the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 12 Sonne of man take vp a samentacion vpō the King of Tyrus and say vnto him Thus saith the Lord God Thou sealest vp the sūme and art ful of wisdome and perfite in beautie 13 Thou hast bene in Edén the gardē of God euerie precious stone was in thy garment the rubie the 〈◊〉 and the diamond the chrysolite the onix and the iasper the saphir emeraud and the carbuncle and golde the worke manship of thy timbrels and of thy pipes was prepared in thee in the day that thou wast created 14 Thou art the anointed Cherub that couereth I haue set thee in honour thou wast vpō the holy mountaine of God thou hast walked in the middes of the stones of fyre 15 Thou wast perfite in thy waies from the day that thou wast created til iniquitie was founde in thee 16 By the multitude of thy marchandise they haue filled the middes of thee with crueltie and thou hast sinned therefore I wil cast thee as prophane out of the mountaine of God and I wil destroy thee ô couering Cherub from the middes of the stones of fyre 17 Thine heart was lifted vp because of thy beautie and thou hast corrupted thy wisdome by reason of thy brightnes I wil cast thee to the grounde I wil lay thee before Kings that thei may be holde thee 18 Thou hast defiled thy sanctification by the multitude of thine iniquities and by the iniquitie of thy marchandise therefore wil I bring for the a fyre from the middes of thee which shal deuoure thee and I wil bring thee to asshes vpon the earth in the sight of all them that be holde thee 19 All thei that knowe thee among the people shal be astonished at thee thou shalt be a terrour and neuer shalt to be any more 20 ¶ Againe the worde of the Lord came vnto me saying 21 Sonne of men set thy face against Zidón prophecie against it 22 And say Thus saith the Lord God Beholde I come against thee ô Zidón and I wil be I glorified in the middes of thee thei shal knowe that I am the Lord when I shal haue executed iudgements in her and shal be sanctified in her 23 For I wil send into her pestilēce and blood into her stretes and the slaine shal fall in the middes of her the enemie shal come against her with the sworde on euerie side and thei shal knowe that I am the Lord. 24 And thei shal be no more a pricking throne vnto the house of Israél nor any grieuous thorne of all that are rounde about them and despised them and thei shal knowe that I am the Lord. 25 Thus saith the Lord God When I shal haue gathered the house of Israél from the people where thei are scattred and shal be sanctified in them in the sight of the heathē then shal thei dwell in the land that I haue giuen to my seruant Iaakōb 26 And thei shal dwell safely therein and shal buyld houses plant vineyardes yea thei shal dwell safely when I haue executed iud gements vpon all rounde about them that despise thē and thei shal knowe that I am the Lord their God CHAP. XXIX
shame to our Kings to our princes and to our fathers because we haue sinned agaynst thee 9 Yet compassion and forgiuenes is in the Lorde our God albeit we haue rebelled against him 10 For we haue not obeyed the voice of the Lord our God to walke in his lawes whiche he had laid before vs by the ministerie of his seruants the Prophetes 11 Yea all Israél haue transgressed thy Lawe and are turned backe and haue not heard thy voice therefore the cursse is powred vpon vs and the othe that is writen in the lawe of Mosés the seruant of God because we haue sinned against him 12 And he hath confirmed his wordes which he spake against vs and against our iudges that iudged vs by bringing vpon vs a great plague for vnder the whole heauen hathe not bene the like as hathe bene broght vppon Ierusalém 13 All thys plague is come vpon vs as it is writen in the Lawe of Mosés yet made we not our praier before the Lord our god that we might turne from our iniquities and vnderstand thy trueth 14 Therefore hath the Lord made readie the plague and broght it vpon vs for the Lord our God is righteous in all his workes whiche he doeth for we wolde not heare his voyce 15 * And now ô Lord our God that hast broght thy people out of the land of Egypt with a mightie hand and hast gotten thee renoume as appeareth this day we haue sinned we haue done wickedly 16 O Lord according to all thy righteousnes I beseche thee let thine angre thy wrath be turned away from thy citie Ierusalém thine holy Mountaine for because of our sinnes for the iniquities of our fathers Ierusalém and thy people are a reproche to all that are about vs. 17 Now therefore ô our GOD heare the prayer of thy seruant and his supplications and cause thy face to shine vpon thy Sanctuarie that lyeth waste for the Lords sake 18 O my GOD encline thine eare and heare open thine eyes and beholde our desolatiōs and the citie wherupon thy Name is called for we do not present our supplicacions before thee for our owne righteousnes but for thy great tendre mercies 19 O Lord heare ô Lord forgiue ô Lord con sider and do it differre not for thine owne sake ô my God for thy Name is called vpon thy citie and vpon thy people 20 ¶ And whiles I was speaking and praying and confessing my sinne and the sinne of my people Israél and did present my supplicacion before the Lord my God for the holy Mountaine of my God 21 Yea while I was speaking in prayer euen the man * Gabriél whome I had sene before in the vision came flying touched me about the time of the euening oblacion 22 And he informed me and talked with me and said O Daniél I am now come forthe to giue thee knowledge and vnderstanding 23 At the beginning of thy supplicacions the commandement came forthe and I am come to shewe thee forthou art greatly beloued therefore vnderstand the matter and cōsider the vision 24 Seuentie wekes are determined vpon thy people and vpon thine holie citie to finish the wickednes and to seale vp the sinnes and to reconcile the iniquitie to bring in euerlasting righteousnes and to seale vp the vision and prophecie and to anoint the moste Holie 25 Knowe therefore and vnderstand that from the going forthe of the commandement to bring againe the people and to builde Ieru salém vnto Messiah the prince shal be seuē wekes and thre score and two wekes and the strete shal be built againe the wall euen in a troublous time 26 And after thre score and two wekes shal Messiah be slayne and shal haue nothing the people of the prince that shal come shal destroye the citie and the Sanctuarie the end thereof shal be with a flood and vn to the end of the battel it shal be destroyed by desolacions 27 And he shal confirme the couenāt with ma nie for one weke and in the middes of the weke he shal cause the sacrifice and the obla cion to cease and for the ouerspreading of the abominacions he shal make it desolate euen vntil the consummacion determined shal be powred vpon the desolate CHAP. X. There 〈◊〉 vnto Daniel a man clothed in linen 11 Which sheweth him wherefore he is sent 1 IN the third yere of Cyrus King of Persia a thing was reueiled vnto Daniél whose name was called Belteshazzár and the word was true but the time appointed was lōg and he vnderstode the thing and had vnderstanding of the vision 2 At the same time I Daniél was in heauines for thre weekes of dayes 3 I ate no pleasant bread nether came flesh nor wine in my mouth nether did I anoint my self at all til thre weekes of dayes were fulfilled 4 And in the foure and twentieth day of the first moneth as I was by the side of that great riuer euen Hiddékel 5 And I lift vp mine eyes and loked and beholde there was a man clothed in linen whose loynes were girded with fine golde of * Vphaz 6 His bodie also was like the Chrysolite and his face to loke vpon like the lightening his eyes as lampes of yre and his armes and his fete were like in colour to polished bras se and the voyce of his wordes was like the voyce of a multitude 7 And I Daniél alone sawe the vision for the men that were with me sawe not the vision but a great feare fell vpon them so that they fled a way and hid them selues 8 Therefore I was left alone and sawe this great vision there remained no strength in me for my strength was turned in me into corruption and I reteined no power 9 Yet heard I the voyce of his wordes and when I heard the voyce of his wordes I slept on my face and my face was towarde the grounde 10 And beholde an hand touched me which set me vp vpon my knees and vpon the 〈◊〉 of mine hands 11 And he said vnto me O Daniél a man greatly beloued vnderstand the wordes that I speake vnto thee and 〈◊〉 in thy place 〈◊〉 for vnto thee am I now sent And when he had said this worde vnto me I stode trembling 12 Then said he vnto me Feare not Daniél for from the first daye that thou didest set thine heart to vnderstand and to humble thy selfe before thy God thy wordes were heard and I am come for thy wordes 13 But the prince of the kingdome of Persia with stode me one and twentie dayes but lo Michaél one of the chief princes came to helpe me and I remained there by the Kings of Perfia 14 Now I am come to shewe thee what shal come to thy people in the latter dayes for yet the
the time which is long may be shortened the kingdome is already prepared for you watche 14 Take heauen and earth to witnes for I haue abolished the euil and created the good for I liue saith the Lord. 15 Mother embrace thy children and bring them vp with gladnes make their fete as fast as a piller for I haue chosen thee saith the Lord. 16 And those that be dead wil I raise vp from their places and bring them out of the graues for I haue knowen my Name in Israél 17 Feare not thou mother of the children for I haue chosen thee saith the Lord. 18 I wil send thee my seruants Esaie and Ieremie to helpe thee by whose counsel I haue sanctified ād prepared for thee twelue trees laden with diuers frutes 19 And as many fountaines flowing with milke and hony and seuen mightie mountaines whereupō there growe roses lilies where by I wilfilthy children with ioye 20 Execute iustice for the widdo we iudge the cause of the fatherles giue to the poore defende the fatherles clothe the naked 21 Heale the wounded and sicke laugh not a lame man to scorne defend the crepel and let the blinde come into the light of my clerenes 22 Kepe the olde and the yong that are within thy walles 23 * Where soeuerth ou findest the dead take them and burye them and I wil giue thee the first place in my resurrection 24 Abide stil ô my people and rest for thy quietnes shal come 25 Nourish thy children ô thou good nurse stablish their fete 26 None of the seruants that I haue giuen thee shal perish for I wil seke them from among thy nomber 27 Be not weary for when the day of trouble and 〈◊〉 commeth other shal wepe and be soroweful but thou shalt be mery and ha ue abundance 28 The heathen shal enuie thee and shal do nothing against thee saith the Lord. 29 Mine hands shal couerthee so that thy chil dren shal not se hell 30 Be ioyful ò thou mother with thy children for I wil deliuer thee saith the Lorde 31 Remember thy children that slepe for I wil bring thē out of the sides of the earth wil shewe mercie vnto them for I am merciful saith the Lord almightie 32 Embrace thy children vntil I come and she we mercie vnto thē for my fountaines runne ouer and my grace shal not faile 33 I Esdras receiued a charge of the Lord vpō the mount Horeb that I shulde go vnto them of Israel but when I came to them thei cast me of and despised the commandemēt of the Lord. 34 And therefore I say vnto yon ô ye heathen that heare and vnderstand Wait for your shepherd who shal giue you enerlasting rest for he is nere at hand that shal come in the end of the worlde 35 Be ready to the rewarde of the kingdome for the euerlasting light shal shine vpon you for euermore 36 Fle the shado we of this worlde receiue the ioye of your glorie I testifie my Sauiour openly 37 Receiue the gift that is giuen you and be glad 〈◊〉 thankes vnto him that hathe cal led you to the heauenlie kingdome 38 Arise and stand vp and beholde the nomber of those that are sealed for the feast of the Lord 39 Which are departed from the shadowe of the worlde and haue receiued glorious garments of the Lord. 40 Take thy nomber ô Sion and shut vp thē that are clothed in white which haue fulfilled the Law of the Lord. 41 The nomber of thy children whome thou longest for is fulfilled beseche the power of the Lord that thy people which haue bene called from the beginning may be sanctified 42 * I Esdras sawe vpon mount Siō a great peo ple whome I colde not nomber and they all praised the Lord with songs 43 And in the middes of them there was a yōg man hier in stature then them all and vpon euerie one of their heads he set crownes and was hier then the others which I much marueiled at 44 So I asked the Angel and said Who are the se my lord 45 Who answered and said vnto me These be they that haue put of the mortal clothing haue put on the immortal and haue confessed the Name of GOD now are they crowned and receiue the palmes 46 Then said I vnto the Angel What yong mā is it that setteth crownes on them giueth them the palmes in their hands 47 And he answered and said vnto me It is the sonne of God whome they haue confessed in the worlde Then began I greatly to commende thē that had stand so strongly for the Name of the Lord. 48 Then the Angel said vnto me Go thy way and tel my people what and how great won ders of the Lord God thou hast sene CHAP. III. 4 The wonderous workes which God did for the people are recited 31 Esdras marueileth that God suffreth the Ba bylonians to haue rule ouer his people which yet are syn ners also 1 IN the thirtieth yere after the fall of the citie as I was at Babylon I lay troubled vpō my bed and my thoghts came vpto mine heart 2 Because I sawe the desolacion of Sion and the wealth of them that dwelt at Babylon 3 So my spirit was sore moued so that I begā ne to speake fearful wordes to the moste High and said 4 O Lord Lord thou spakest at the beginning when thou alone plantedst the earth and ga uest commandement vnto the people 5 * And a bodie vnto Adā without soule who was also the workemanship of thine hands and hast breathed in him the breth of life so that he liued before thee 6 And leddest him into Paradise whiche thy right hand had planted or euer the earth broght forthe 7 Euen then thou gauest him commandemēt to loue thy way but he trāsgressed it and im mediatly thou appointedst death to him and his generacion of whome came nacions tribes people and kinreds out of nomber 8 * And euerie people walked after their own wil and did wonderful things before thee despised thy commandements 9 * But at the time appointed thou broghtest the flood vpon those that dwelt in the world and destroiedst them 10 So that by the flood that came to euerie one of them which came by death vnto Adam 11 Yet thou leftest one euen * Noe with his houshold of whome came all righteous mē 12 And when they that dwelt vpon the earth began to multiplie and the nomber of the children people and many nacions were increased they began to be more vngodlie thē the first 13 Now when they liued wickedly before thee * thou didest chose thee a man from among them whose name was * Abraham 14 Whome thou louedst and vnto whome one ly thou shewedst thy wil 15 And madest an euerlasting couenāt with him promising him that thou woldest neuer forsake his sede 16 * And vnto him thou gauest Isahac * vnto Isa
Adam 59 The true life 62 The mercies and goodnes of God 1 ANd whē I had made an end of these wor des there was sent vnto me an Angel which had bene sent down to me the nights afore 2 And he said vnto me Vp Esdras and heare the wordes that I am come to tell thee 3 And I said Speake on my God Then said he vnto me The sea is set in a wyde place that it might be deepe and great 4 But presuppose that the entrance thereof were narow and like the riuers 5 Who colde go into the sea to loke vpon it and to rule it If he went not thorowe the narowe how colde he come into the broade 6 There is also another thing a citie is buylded and set vpon a broade field and is ful of all good things 7 The entrance thereof is narrowe and in a dangerous place to fall that there is fyre at the right hād a deepe water at the lefte 8 And there is but one path betwixt them euen betwene the fyre ād the water so that there colde but one man go there 9 If this citie were giuen vnto a man for an in heritance if he neuer went thorowe the peril before it how colde here ceaue his inheritance 10 And I said It is so Lord. Then said he So is the portion of Israel 11 Surely for their sakes haue I made the worl de and when Adam transgressed my statutes then came this thing to passe 12 Then were the entrances of the worlde made norowe full of sorowe trauail they are but fewe and euil and full of perils and very peineful 13 For the entrances of the fore worlde were wyde and sure and broght immortal frute 14 If then they that are 〈◊〉 labour not to enter by these strait and brittel things they can not atteine to those things that are hid 15 Why then disquietest thou thy self seing thou art corruptible and why art thou moued seing thou art mortal 16 And why hast thou not considered in thy minde the things to come rather then them that are present 17 Then said I O Lord Lord * seing thou hast ordeined in thy Law that the righteous shulde in herite these things and that the vngodlie shulde perish 18 Shulde the righteous suffer straitnes in hoping for large things yet thei that haue liued vngodly and suffered straitnes shal not se the large things 19 Then he said vnto me There is no iudge more iuste then God and there is none more wise then the moste High 20 For manie perish in this life because they despise the Law of God that is apointed 21 For God hathe diligently admonished suche as came so oft as they came what they shulde do to haue life and what they shulde obserue to auoid punishment 22 Neuertheles they were not obedient vnto him but spake against him and imagined 〈◊〉 things 23 And deceiued them selues by their wicked dedes and denied the power of the moste High and regarded not his waies 24 But they despised his Law and resused his promises they haue vnfaithfully broken his ordinances and haue not performed his workes 25 And therefore Esdras vnto the emptie are emptie things and to the ful ful things 26 Beholde the time shal come that these 〈◊〉 which I haue tolde thee shal come to passe and the bride shal appeare and she shal come forthe and besene that now is vnder the earth 27 And whosoeuer shal escape these euils he shal se my wonders 28 For my sonne Iesus shal appeare with those that be with him ād they that remaine shal reioyce with in foure hundreth yeres 29 After these same yeres shal my sonne Christ dye and all men that haue life 30 And the worlde shal be turned into the olde silence for seuen dayes as in the fore iudgements so that no man shal remaine 31 But after seuen dayes the worlde that is yet a slepe shal be raised vp ād that shal dye that is corrupt 32 Then the earth shal restore those that haue slept in her and so shal the dust those that dwell therein in silence and the secret places shal deliuer the soules that were committed vnto them 33 And the most High shal appeare vpon the seate of iudgement and miseries shalv anish a way and long suffring shal haue an end 34 Iustice onely shal continue the trueth shal remaine and faith shal be strong 35 The worke shal followe and the rewarde shal be shewed the good dedes shal be of for ce and vnrighteousnes shal beare no more rule 36 Then said I * Abraham prayed first for the So domites and Moyses for the fathers that sinned in the wildernes 37 And they that came after him for Israel in the time of Achaz and Samuel 38 And * Dauid for the destruction * and Salomon for them that came into the Sanctuarie 39 * And Elias forthose that receiued raine and for the dead that he might liue 40 And Ezechias for the people in the time of Sennacherib and diuerse others for manie 41 Euen so now seing vice is increased and wickednes abundeth the righteous haue prayed for the vngodlie wherefore shal not the same effect followe also now 42 Then he answered me and said This present life is not the end oft times honour is reteined in it therefore haue they prayed for the weake 43 But the day of iudgement shal be the end of this worlde and the beginning of the im mortalitie to come wherein all corruption shal cease 44 Intemperancie shal passe away in sidelitie shal be cut of righteousnes shal growe vp the varitie shal spring vp 45 Thē shal no man be able to saue him that is destroyed nor oppresse him that hathe gotten the victorie 46 I answered then and said This is my first last saying that it had bene better not to hane giuen the earth vnto Adam or when it was giuen him to haue kept him that he shul de not haue sinned 47 For what profit is it for men in this present life to be in heauines ād after death to feare punishment 48 O Adam what hast thou done * for in that that thou hast sinned thou art not fallen alone but the fall also redundeth vnto vs that come of thee 49 For what profit is it vnto vs if there be pro mised an immortal life when we do the workes that bring death 50 And that an euerlasting hope shulde be pro mised vs seing that we bitide our selues to deadlie vanitit 51 And that there shulde be appointed vs dwel lings of health and safetie if we haue liued wickedly 52 And that the glorie of the moste High shuld be kept to defende them which haue led a pacient life if we haue walked in the wicked wayes 53 And that an eternal Paradise shulde be shewed whose frute remaineth incorruptible whereinis safetie and healt if we wil not enter into it 54 For we haue bene
shoke at the noyce of the woman 27 And I loked and beholde the woman appeared vnto me nomore but there was a citie buylded and a place was shewed from the grounde and fundacion Then was I afrayed and cryed with a loude voyce and said 28 Where is Vrielthe Angel * which came to me at the first for he hathe caused me to co me into manie and depe consideracions and mine end is turned into corruption and my pray to rebuke 29 And as I was speaking these wordes beholde he came vnto me and loked vpon me 30 And lo I laye as one dead and mine vnderstanding was altered and he toke me by the right hand and comforted me and set me vpon my feete and said vnto me 31 What aileth thee and why is thine vnderstanding vexed and the vnderstanding of of thine heart and wherefore art thousorie 32 And I said Because thou hast forsaken me and I haue done * according vnto thy wordes I went into the field and there haue I sene things and se that I am not able to expresse 33 Then said he vnto me Stand vp manly and I wil giue thee exhortacion 34 Then said I Speake vnto me my lord and forsake me not lest I dye through rashnes 35 For I haue sene that I knewe not and heare that I do not knowe 36 Or is minevnderstāding disceiued or doeth my minde being hautie erre 37 Now therefore I beseche thee that thou wilt shewe thy seruant of this wondre 38 Then he answered me and said Heare me and I wil informe thee and tel thee wherefore thou art afrayed for the moste High ha the reueiled manie secret things vnto thee 39 He hath sene thy good purpose that thou art sorie continually for thy people and ma kest great lamentacion for Sion 40 This therefore is the vnderstanding of the vision which appeared vnto thee a litle while ago 41 Thou sawest a woman mourning and thou begannest to comfort her 42 But now seest thou the lickenes of the woman no more but there appeared vnto thee a citie buylded 43 And where as she tolde thee of the death of her sonne this is the solution 44 This womā which thou sawest she is Sion where as she tolde thee euē she which thou seest now as a citie buylded 45 And as touching that she said vnto thee that she was baren thirtie yeres this was cōcerning that there was euen thirtie yeres wherein there was no offring offred in her 46 But after thirtie yeres Salomon buylt the citie and offred offrings thē bare the baren a sonne 47 And where as she tolde thee that she nourished him with labour that was the inhabiting of Ierusalém 48 But where as she tolde thee that her sonne as his chance was dyed when she came into her chamber that is the fall that is come to Ierusalém 49 And when thousawest her like one that mourned for her sonne thou begannest to cōfort her of these things which haue chan ced these are to be opened vnto thee 50 For now the moste High seeth that thou art sorie in thy mind and because thou suffrest with all thine heart for her he shewed thee the clerenes of her glorie and the faire nes of her beautie 51 And therefore I bad thee remaine in the field where no house was buylt 52 For I knewe that the moste High wolde shewe these things vnto thee 53 Therefore I commanded thee to go into the field where no fundacion nor buylding is 54 For the worke of mans buylding can not stand in that place where the citie of the mo ste High shulde be shewed 55 And therefore feare not nether let thine heart be afrayed but go in and se the beautie and greatnes of the buylding as muche as thou art able to se with thine eyes 56 Aud after this shalt thou heare as muche as thine eares may comprehende 57 For thou art blessed aboue manie and art called with the moste High among the few 58 But to morow at night thou shalt remaine here 59 And the moste High shal shewe thee visiōs of high things which the moste High will do vnto them that dwell vpō earth in the last dayes So I slept the same night and another as he had commanded me CHAP. XI 1 The visiō of an egle coming forthe of the sea and of her feathers 37 Of alyon coming out of the forest 1 THen saw I a dreame and beholde there came vp from the sea an egle whiche had twelue feathered wings thre heads 2 And I sawe beholde she spred her wings ouer all the earth and all the windes of the ayre blewe on her and gathered them selues 3 And I behelde out of her feathers grew out other contrarie feathers and they became litle feathers and smale 4 But her heads remayne still and the head in the middes was greater then the other heads yet rested it with them 5 Moreouer I sawe that the egle flewe with his feathers and reigned vpō earth ouer them that dwelt therein 6 And I sawe that all thinges vnder heauen were subiect vnto her and noman spake against her no not one creature vpō earth 7 I sawe also that the egle stode vp vpō her clawes and spake to her feathers saying 8 Watche not all together slepe euerie one in his owne place and watch by course 9 But let the heads be preserued for the last 10 Neuertheles I sawe that the voyce went not out of her heads but from the myddes of her bodie 11 Then I nombred her contrarie feathers and beholde there were eight of them 12 And I loked and behòlde vpon the ryght side there arose one feather and reygne ouer all the earth 13 And when it had reigned the end of it came the place therof appeared no more So the next stode vp and reigned it continued a long time 14 And when it had reigned the end of it came also and as the firste so it appeared no more 15 Then there came a voyce vnto it and said 16 Heare thou that hast kept the earthe so long this I say vnto thee before thou beginnest to appeare no more 17 There shal none after thee atteyne vnto thy time nether to the halfe thereof 18 Then arose the thirde and reygned as the other afore and it appeared no more also 19 So came it to all the others one after ano ther so that euerie one reigned and then appeared no more 20 Then I loked and beholde in processe of time the feathers that followed stode vp on the right side that they might rule also and some of them ruled but within a while they appeared no more 21 For some of thē were set vp but ruled not 22 After this I loked and beholde the twelue feathers appeared no more northe two wings 23 And there was no more vppon the egles bodie but two heades that rested and six wings 24 Then sawe I also that thou winges deuided them selues from the
they feared 17 But he said vnto thē Feare not for it shall go wel with you praise God therefore 18 For I came not of mine owne pleasure but by the good wil of your God wherefore praise him in all ages 19 * All these dayes I did appeare vnto you but I did nether eat nor drinke but you sawe it in vision 20 Now therefore giue God thankes for I go vp to him that sent me but write all things which are done in a boke 21 And when they rose they sawe him no more 22 Then they confessed the greate and wonderful workes of God and how the Angell of the Lord had appeared to them CHAP. XIII A thankes giuing of Tobit who exhorteth all to praise the Lord. 1 THen Tobit wrote a prayer of reioycing and said Blessed be God that liueth for euer and blessed be his kingdome 2 * For he doeth scourge and hathe pitie he leadeth to hel and bringeth vp nether is there anie that can auoide his hand 3 Confesse him before the Gentiles ye children of Israél for he hathe scattred you among them 4 There declare his greatnes and extoll him before all the liuing for he is our Lord and our God and our father for euer 5 He hathe scourged vs for our iniquities and wil haue mercie againe will gather vs out of all nacions among whome we are scattred 6 If you turne to hym with your whole heart and with your whole minde deale vprightly before him then wil he turne vn to you and wil not hide his face from you but ye shal se what he wil do with you therfore confesse him with your whole mouth and praise the Lord of righteousnes extoll the euerlasting King I wil confesse him in the land of my captiuitie and wil decla re his power and greatnes to a sinful nacion O ye sinners turne and do iustice before him who can tel if he wil receiue you to mercie and haue pitie on you 7 I wil extoll my God and my soule shal praise the King of heauen and shal reioyce in his greatnes 8 Let all men speake and let all praise him for his righteousnes 9 O Ierusalém the holie citie he wil scourge thee for thy children workes but he wil haue pitie againe on the sonnes of righteous men 10 Giue praise to the Lord duely praise the euerlasting King that his tabernacle may be buylded in thee againe with ioye and let him make ioyful there in thee those that are captiues and loue in thee for euer those that be miserable 11 Manie nacions shal come from farre to the Name of the Lord God with giftes in their hands euen giftes to the King of heauen all generacions shal praise thee and giue signes of ioye 12 Cursed are all they which hathe thee but blessed are they for euer which loue thee 13 Reioyce and be glad for the children of the iuste for thei shal be gathered shal blesse the Lord of the iuste 14 Blessed are they which loue thee for they shal reioyce in thy peace Blessed are they which haue bene sorowful for all thy scour ges for they shal reioyce for thee when they shal se all thy glorie and shal reioyce for euer 15 Let my soule blesse God the great King 16 For Ierusalem shal be buylt vp with sapphi res and emerodes and thy walles with pre tious stones and thy towres and thy bulwarkes with pure golde 17 And the streetes of Ierusalém shal be paued with beral and carbuncle and stones of Ophir 18 And all her streetes shal say Halleluiah they shal praise him saying Blessed be God which hathe extolled it for euer CHAP. XIIII 4 Lessons of Tobit to his sonne 5 He prophecieth the destruction of Nineue 7 And the restoring of Ierusalém and the Temple 13 The death of Tobit and his wife 16. Tobias age and death 1 SO Tobit made an end of praising God 2 And he was eight and fiftie yere olde whē he lost his sight which was restored to him after eight yere and he gaue almes and he continued to feare the Lord God and to praise him 3 And when he was verie aged he called his sonne and six of his sonnes sonnes and said to him My sonne take thy children for beholde I am aged am ready to departe out of this life 4 Go into Media my sonne for I beleue that those things whiche Ionas the Prophete spake of Nineue that it shal be destroied and for a time peace shal rather be in Media and that our brethren shal be scattred in the earth from that good land and Ierusalē shal be desolate and the House of God in it shall be burned and shall be desolate for a time 5 Yet againe God * will haue pitie on them and bring them againe into the land where they shal buylde a Temple but not like to the first vntil the times of that age be fulfilled which being finished thei shal returne from euerie place out of captiuitie and buylde vp Ierusalém gloriously and the house of GOD shall be buylt in it for euer with a glorious buylding as the Prophetes haue spoken thereof 6 And all nations shall turne and feare the Lord God truely shal burye their idoles 7 So shal all nations praise the Lord and his people shal cōfesse God and the Lord shall exalte his people and all those which loue the Lord in trueth iustice shall reioyce and those also whiche shewe mercie to our brethren 8 And now my sonne departe out of Nineue because that those thynges which the Prophet Ionas spake shall surelye come to passe 9 But kepe thou the Law and the commandements and shewe thy selfe mercifull and iust that it may go wel with thee 10 And burye me honestlye and thy mother with me but tarie no longer at Nineue Remember my sonne how a man handled Achiacharus that broght him vp how out of light he broght him into darkenes and how he rewarded him agayne yet Achiacharus was saued but the other had his rewarde for he wēt downe into darkenes Manasses gaue almes escaped the snare of death whiche they had set for him but Aman fell into the snare and perished 11 Wherefore now my sonne consider what almes doeth and how righteousnes doeth deliuer When he had said these things he gaue vp the gost in the bed being an hundreth and eight and fiftie yere olde and he buryed him honorably 12 And when Anna was dead he buryed her with his father but Tobias went with hys wife and children to Ecbatane to Raguel his father in lawe 13 Where he became olde with honour and he buryed hys father and mother in Lawe honorably and he inherited their substāce and Tobits his father 14 And he dyed at Ecbatane in Media being an hundreth and seuen twētie yere olde 15 But before he dyed he heard of the destruction of Nineue whiche was taken by
onely not be inhabited of men but be abhorred also of the wilde beastes and foules for euer THE WISDOME of Salomon CHAP. I 1 How we ought to searche and enquire after God 2 Who be those that finde him 5 The holy Gost. 8. 11 We ought to flee from backbyting and murmuring 12. Whereof death cometh 15 Righteousnes and vnrighteousnes 1 LOwe * righteousnes ye that be Iudges of the earth thinke re uerētly of the Lord and seke him in simplicitie of heart 2 * Forhe wil be founde ofthem that tem pte him not and appeareth vnto suche as be not vnfaithful vn to him For wicked thoghts separate from God and his power when it is tryed repro ueth the vnwise 4 Because wisdome can not enter into a wic ked heart nor dwell in the body that is sub iect vnto sinne 5 For the holy * Spirit of discipline fleeth from disceit and withdraweth him self from the thoghts that are without vnderstanding and is rebuketh when wickednes cometh 6 For the Spirit of wisdome * is louing and wil not absolue him the blaspemeth with his lippes for God is a witnes of his reines and a true beholder of his heart and an hearer of the tongue 7 For the Spirit of the Lord filleth all the worlde and the same that mainteineth all things hathe knowledge of the voyee 8 Therefore he that speaketh vnrighteous things can not be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shal the iudgement of reproche let him escape 9 For inquisition shal be made for the thogh tes of the vngodlie and the sounde of his wordes shal come vnto God for the correction of his 〈◊〉 10 For the eare of Ielousie heareth all things and the noyce of the grudgings shal not be hid 11 Therefore beware of murmuring which profiteth nothing and refraine your tongue from sclander for there is no worde so secret that shal go for noght the mouth that speaketh lies slaieth the soule 12 Seke not death in the errour of your life * destroye not your selues thorow the workes of your owne hands 13 * For God hathe not made death nether hathe he pleasure in the destruction of the liuing 14 For he created all things that thei might haue their being and the generacions of the worlde are preserued and there is no poyson of destruction in them and the king dome of hell is not vpon earth 15 For righteousnes is immortal but vnrighteousnes bringeth death 16 And the vngodlie call it vnto them bothe with hands and wordes and while they thinke to haue a friend of it they come to naught for they are confederate with it therfore are they worthie to be partakers thereof CHAP. II. The imaginacions and desires of the wicked and their coun sel against the faithful 1 FOr the vn godlie say as they safely ima gine with thē selues Our life is shorte and tedious and in the death of a man the re is no recouerie nether was any knowē that hathe returned from the graue 2 For we are borne at all aduenture and we shal be here after as thogh we had neuer bene for the breth is a smoke in our nostrels and the wordes as a sparke raised out of our heart 3 Which being extinguished the body is tur ned into ashes and the spirit vanisheth as the soft aire 4 Out life shal passe away as the trace of a cloude come to 〈◊〉 as the mist that is driuē away with the beaumes of the sun ne and cast 〈◊〉 with the heat thereof Our name also shal be for 〈◊〉 in time no man shal haue our workes in remembrance 5 * For our time is as a shadowe that passeth away and after our end there is no returning for it is fast sealed so that no man cometh againe 6 * Come therefore and let vs enioye the pleasures that are present and let vs chere fully vse the creatures as in youth 7 Let vs fill our selues with costlie wine and ointements and let not the floure of life passe by vs. 8 Let vs crowne our selues with rose buddes a fore they be withered 9 Let vs all be partakers of our wantonnes let vs leaue some token of our pleasure in euerie place for that is our porcion and this is our lotte 10 Let vs oppresse the poore that is righteous let vs not spare the widdowe nor re uerence the white heere 's of the aged that haue liued many yeres 11 Let our strēgth be the lawe of vnrighteous nes for the things that is feble is reproued as vn profitable 12 Therfore let vs defraude the righteous for he is not for our profite and he is contrarie to our doings he checketh vs for offending against the Lawe and blameth vs as transgressours of discipline 13 He maketh his boaste to haue the knowled ge of God and he calleth him self the sonne of the Lord 14 He is made * to reproue our thoghts 15 It grieueth vs also to loke * vpon him for his life is not like other mens his waies are of another facion 16 He counteth vs as bastardes and he withdra weth him self from our waies as from fil thines he commendeth greatly the latter end of the iust and boasteth that God is his father 17 Let vs se then if his worde be true let vs proue what end he shal haue 18 For if the righteous man be the * sonne of God he wil helpe him and deliuer him frō the hands of his enemies 19 Let vs * examine him with rebukes and tor ments that we may knowe his mekenes proue his pacience 20 Let vs condemne him vnto a shameful death for he shal be preserued as he him self saith 21 Suche things do they image go astraye for their owne wickednes hathe blinded them 22 And they do not vnderstand the misteries of God nether hope for the rewarde of righteousnes nor can discerne the honour of the soules that are fauteles 23 For God created man without corruptiō made him after the * image of his owne likenes 24 * Neuertheles thorow enuy of the deuii came death into the worlde and they that holde of his side proue it CHAP. III. 1 The conuersacion and assurance of the righteous 7 The rewarde of the faithful 11 who are miserable 1 BVt the * soules of the righteous are in the hand of God and no torment shal touche them 2 * In the sight of the vn wise thei appeared to dye and their end was thoght grieuous 3 And their departing from vs destruction but they are in peace 4 And thogh they suffer paine before men yet is * their hope ful of immortalitie 5 They are punished but in fewe things yet in many things shal they be wel rewarded * for God proueth them and findeth them mete for him self 6 He tryeth them as the golde in the fornace and 〈◊〉 them as a perfect frute offring
For it is a feareful thing whē malice is con demned by her owne testimonie and a conscience that is touched doeth euer forecast cruel things 11 For feare is nothing els but a betraying of the succours which reason offreth 12 And the lesse that the hope is within the more doeth he esteme the ignorance of the thing that tormenteth him great 13 But they that did endure the night that was intollerable and that came out of the dungeon of hell which is insupportable slept the same slepe 14 And sometimes were troubled with monstruous visions and some time they sowned as thogh their owne soule shulde betray thē for a sudden feare not loked for came vpon them 15 And thus whosoeuer fel downe he was kept and shut in prison but without chaines 16 For whether he was an housband man or a shepherd or one that was set to worke alone if he were taken he must suffer this necessitie that he colde not auoide 17 For with one chaine of darkenes were they all bounde whether it were an hyssing win de or a swete song of the birds among the thicke branches of the trees or the vehemencie of hastie running water 18 Or a great noyce of the falling downe of stones or the running of skipping beastes that colde not be sene or the noyce of cruel beastes that roared or the sounde that answereth againe in the holow mountaines the se feareful things made them to swone 19 For all the worlde shined with clere light and no man was hindred in his labour 20 Onely vpon them there fel an heauie night an image of that darkenes that was to come vpon them yea they were vnto them selues more grieuous then darkenes CHAP. XVIII 3 The fyrie piller that the Israelites had in Egypt 8 The deliuerāce of the faithful 10 The Lord smote the Egyptiās 20 The sinne of the people in the wildernes 21 Aaron stode betwene the liuing and the dead with his censure 1 BVt thy Saints had a very great * light whose voyce because they heard and sawe not the figure of them they thoght them blessed because thei also had not suffred the like 2 And because they did not hurt them which did hurt them a fore they thanked them asked pardon for their enimitie 3 * Therefore thou gauest them a burning pil ler of fyre to lead them in the vnknowen way and madest the sunne that it hurted not them in their honorable iourney 4 But they were worthie to be depriued of the light and to be kept in darkenes which had kept thy children shut vp by whome the vncorrupt light of the Law shulde be giuen to the worlde 5 * Where as they thoght to slay the babes of the Saintes by one childe that was cast out and preserued to reproue them thou hast ta ken awaye the multitude of their children and destroyed them all together in the mightie water 6 Of that night were our fathers certified afo re that they knowing vnto what othes they had giuen credit might be of good chere 7 Thus thy* people receiued the health of the righteous but the enemies were destroyed 8 For as thou hast punished the enemies so hast thou glorified vs whome thou hast called 9 For the righteous children of the good men offred secretly and made a law of righ teousnes by one consent that the Saints shulde receiue good euil 〈◊〉 like maner that the fathers shulde first sing praises 10 But a disagreing price was heard of the ene mies and there was a lamentable noise for the children that were be wailed 11 For the * master and the seruant were punished with like punishment and the commu ne people suffred a like with the King 12 So they altogether had in numerable that dyed with one kinde of death nether were the liuing sufficientto burye them for in the twinckling of an eye the noblest of spring of them was destroied 13 So they that colde beleue nothing because of the inchantments confessed this people to be the children of God in the destructiō of the first borne 14 For while all things were in quiet silence and the night was in the middes of her swift course 15 Thine almightie worde leapt downe from heauen out of thy royal throne as a fierce man of warre in the middes of the land that was destroyed 16 And broght thine vnfained commandemēt as a sharpe sworde and stode vp and filled al things with death and being come downe to the earth it reached vnto the heauens 17 Then the sight of the feareful dreames vexed them suddenly and fearefulnes came vpon them vnawares 18 Then laye there one here another there hal fedead and shewed the cause of his death 19 For the visions that vexed them shewed thē these things afore so that they were not ignorant wherefore they perished 20 Now 〈◊〉 of death touched the righteous also and * among the multitude in the wildernes there was a plague but the wrath indured not long 21 For the blameles man made haste and defended them and toke the weapons of his ministracion euen prayer and the recōciliation by the perfume and set him self against the wrath so broght the miserie to an end declaring that he was thy seruant 22 For he ouercame not the multitude with bodelie power nor with force of weapons but with the worde he subdued him that punished alledging the othes couenant made vnto the fathers 23 For when the dead were fallen downe by heapes one vpō another he stode in the middes and cut of the wrath and parted it from comming to the liuing 24 * For in the long garment was all the ornamēt and in the foure rowes of the stones was the glorie of the fathers grauen with thy maiestie in the diademe of his head 25 Vnto these the destroyer gaue place and was afraid of them for it was sufficient that they hadtasted the wrath CHAP. XIX 3 The death of the Egyptians the great ioye of the Hebrewe s. 11 The meat that was giuen at the desire of the people 17 All the elements serue to the wil of God 1 AS for the vngodlie the wrath came vpō them without mercie vnto the end for he knewe what shulde come vnto them 2 That they when they had consented to let them go and had sent them out with diligen ce wolde repent and pursue them 3 For while yet sorow was before them and they lamēted by the graues of the dead they deuised another foolishnes so that they persecuted thē in their fleing whome they had cast out afore with prayer 4 For the destinie where of they were worthie broght them to this end and caused thē to forget the things that had come to passe that they might accomplish the punishment which remaineth by torments 5 Bothe that thy people might trye a marueilous passage that these might finde a strāge death 6 For euerie creature in his kinde
way the sede of him that loued him but he left a remnāt vnto Iacob and a roote of him vnto Dauid 23 Thus rested Salomon with his fathers and of his sede he left behinde him Roboam euen the foolishnes of the people one that had no vnderstanding * who turned away the people thorow his counsel Ie roboam the sonne of Nabat * which caused Israél to sinne shewed Ephraim the way of sinne 24 So that their sinnes were so muche increa sed that they were driuen out of the land 25 For they soght out all wickednes til the vengeance came vpon them CHAP. XLVIII The praise of Elias Eliscus Ezekias and 〈◊〉 1 THen stode vp * Elias the Prophete as a fyre and his worde burnt like a lampe 2 He broght a famine vpon thē and by his zeale he diminished thē for they might not away with the commandements of the Lord. 3 By the worde of the Lord he shut the heauen * and thre times broght he the fyre from heauen 4 O Elias how honorable art thou by thy wonderous dedes who may make his boast to be like thee 5 * Which hast raised vp the dead frō death and by the worde of the moste High out of the graue 6 Which hast broght Kings vnto destructiō and the honorable from their seate 7 Which heardest the rebuke of the Lord in Sina * and in Horeb the iudgement of the vengeance 8 * Which didest anoint Kings that they might recompense and Prophetes to be thy successours 9 * Which wast taken vp in a whirle winde offyre and in a charet of fyrie horses 10 Which wast appointed * to reproue in due season to pacific the wrath of the Lords iudgemēt before it kindled to turne the hearts of the fathers vnto the childrē and to set vp the tribes of Iacob 11 Blessed were they that sawe thee slept in loue for we shalliue 12 * When Elias was couered with the storme Eliseus was filled with his spirit while he li ued he was not moued for any prince nether colde any bring him into subiection 13 Nothing colde ouercome him * and after his death his bodie prophecied 14 He did wonders in his life and in death were his workes marueilous 15 For all this the people repented not nether departed they from their sinnes * til they were caryed away prisoners out of their land and were scatered through all the earth so that there remained but a very few people with the prince vnto the hou se of Dauid 16 Howbeit some of them did right and some heaped vp sinnes 17 * Ezekias made his citie strong and con ueied water into the middes thereof he dig ged thorow the rocke with yron and made fountaines for waters 18 * In his time came Sennacherib vp and sent Rabsaces and list vp his hand against Sion and boasted proudely 19 Then trembled their hearts and hands so that they sorowed like a woman in trauel 20 But they called vpon the Lord which is merciful and lift vp their hands vnto him and immediatly the holy one heard them out of heauen 21 He thoght no more vpon their sinnes nor gaue them ouer to their enemies but deliuered them by the hand of Esai 22 * He smote the hoste of the Assyrians and his Angel destroyed them 23 For Ezekias had done the thing that plea sed the Lord and remained stedfastly in the wayes of Dauid his father as Esai the great Prophet and faithful in his visiō had commanded him 24 * In his time the sonne went backwarde and he lengthened the Kings life 25 He sawe by an excellent Spirit what shulde come to passe at the last and he comfor ted them that were sorowful in Sion 26 He shewed what shulde come to passe for euer and secret things or euer thei came to passe CHAP. XLIX Of Iosias Hezekiah Dauid Ieremi Ezechiel 〈◊〉 Iesus 〈◊〉 Enoch Ioseph Sem Seth. 1 THe remembrāce of * Iosias is like the composition of the perfume that is ma de by the arte of the apothe carie it is swete as honie in all mouthes and as musicke at a banket of wine 2 He behaued him self vprightly in the refor macion of the people and toke a way all abominacions of iniquitie 3 He * directed his heart vnto the Lord and in the time of the vngodlie he established religion 4 All except Dauid and Ezekias and Iosias committed wickednes for euen the Kings of Iuda forsoke the Law of the moste High and failed 5 Therefore he gaue their horne vnto other and their honor to a strange nacion 6 He burnt the elect citie of the Sanctuarie * and destroied the stretes thereof according to the prophecie of Ieremias 7 For thei * intreated him euil which neuer theles was a Prophete * sanctified from his mothers wombe that he might roote out and a fflict and destroye and that he might also buyld vp and plant 8 * Ezechiel sawe the glorious visiō which was shewed him vpon the charet of the Cherubims 9 * For he made mēcion of the enemines vn der the figure of the raine directed thē that went right 10 * ¶ And let the bones of the twelue Prophetes florish out of their place and let their memorie be blessed for they comforted Iacob and deliuered them by assured hope 11 ¶ * How shal we praise Zorobabel which was as a ring on the right hand 12 So was * Iesus also the sonne of Iosedec these men in their time buylded the house and set vp the Sanctuarie of the Lord agai ne which was prepared for an euerlasting worship 13 ¶ * And among the elect was Neemias whose renoume is great which set vp for vs the walles that were fallen and set vp the gates and the barres and laied the fundacions of our houses 14 ¶ But vp on the earth was no man created like * Enoch for he was taken vp from the earth 15 Nether was there a like man vnto * Ioseph the gouernour of his brethren the vp holder of his people whose bones were kept 16 * Sem and Seth were in great honour among men and so was Adam aboue eue rie liuing thing in the creation CHAP. L. Of Simon the sonne of Onias 22 An exhortacion to praise the Lord. 27 The autor of this boke 1 SImon * the sonne of Onias the hie Priest which in his life set vp the house againe and in his dayes established the Temple 2 Vnder him was the fundacion of the double height laied the hie walles that compasseth the Temple 3 In his dayes the places to receiue water that were decaied were restored and the
Daniel and when he came to the denne he loked in and beholde Daniel sate in the middes of the lions 41 Then cryed the King with a loude voyce saying Great art thou ò Lord God of Daniel and there is none other besides thee 42 And he drewe him out of the denne cast them that were the cause of his destruction into the denne and they were deuoured in a momente before his face THE FIRST BOKE OF THE Maccabees CHAP. I. 1 The death of Alxāder the King of Macedonia 11 Antiochus taketh the kingdome 12 Many of the children of Is rael make couenant with the Gentiles 21 Antiochus sub dueth Egypt and Ierusalem vnto his dominion 50 Antiochus setteth vp idoles 1 AFfter that Alexander the Macedoniā the sōne of Philippe wēt forthe of the land of Chettiim slew Darius King of the Persiās and Medes rei gned for him as he had before in Grecia 2 He toke great warres in hand and wan strōg holdes and slewe the Kings of the earth 3 So went he thorow to the ends of the world and toke spoiles of many naciōs in so much that the worlde stode in awe of him therefo re his heart was puffed vp and was hawtie 4 Now when he had gathered a mightie strōg hoste 5 And had reigned ouer regiōs naciōs king domes they became tributaries vnto him 6 After these things he fel sicke and knewe that he shulde dye 7 Then he called for the chief of his seruātes which had bene broght vp with him of chil dren and parted his kingdome among thē while he was yet aliue 8 So Alexander had reigned twelue yeres whē he dyed 9 And his seruants reigned euerie one in his roume 10 And they all caused thē selues to be crowned after his death and so did their childrē after thē many yeres muche wickednes increased in the worlde 11 For out of these came the wicked roote euen Antiochus Epiphanes the sonne of King Antiochus which had bene an hostage at Rome and he reigned in the hundreth and seuē and thirtieth yere of the kingdome of the Grekes 12 In those dayes went there out of Israel wic ked men which entyced many saying Let vs go make a couenant with the heathē that are rounde about vs sor since we depar ted frō them we haue had muche sorowe 13 So this deuice pleased them wel 14 And certeine of the people were readie went to the King which gaue thē licence to do after the ordinances of the heathen 15 Thē set they vp a place of exercise at Ierusalē according to the facions of the heathen 16 And made thē selues vncircumsed forsoke the holy couenant ioyned thē selues to the heathen were solde to do mischief 17 So whē Antiochus kingdome was set in order he wēt about to reigne ouer Egypt that he might haue the dominiō of two realmes 18 Therefore he entred into Egypt with a migh tie companie with charets and elephantes and with horsement and with a great nauie 19 And moued warre against Ptolemeus King of Egypt but Ptolemeus was afraid of him fled and manie were wounded to death 20 Thus Antiochus wanne many strong cities in the land of Egypt and toke away the spoi les of the land of Egypt 21 And after that Antiochus had smittē Egypt he turned againe in the hundreth fortie thre yere 22 And wentvp towarde Israel and Ierusalém with a mightie people 23 And entred proudly into the Sanctuarie and toke away the golden altar and the candlesticke for the light and all the instruments thereof and the table of the shewbread and the powring vessels and the bowles and the golden basins and the vaile and the crownes and the golden apparel which was before the Temple and brake all in pieces 24 He toke also the siluer and golde and the precious iewels and he toke the secret treasures that he founde and whē he had taken away all he departed into his owne land 25 After he had murthered many men and spo ken verie proudely 26 Therefore there was a great lamentacion in euerie place of Israél 27 For the princes and the Elders mourned the yong women and the yong men were made feble and the beautie of the women was changed 28 Euerie bridegrome toke him to mourning and she that sate in the mariage chāber was in heauines 29 The land also was moued for the inhabitāts thereof for all the house of Iacob was couered with confusion 30 After two yeres the King sent his chief taxe master into the cities of Iuda which came to Ierusalém with a great multitude 31 Who spake peaceable wordes vnto them in disceite and they gaue credit vnto him 32 Then he fell suddenly vpon the citie and smote it with a great plague and destroied muche people of Israél 33 And when he had spoiled the citie he set fyre on it casting downe the houses thereof walles thereof on euerie side 34 The women and their children toke they captiuitie and led away the cattel 35 Then fortified they the citie of Dauid with a great and thicke wall and with mightie towres and made it a strong holde for them 36 Moreouer they set wicked people there and vngodlie persones and fortified them selues therein 37 And they stored it with weapons vitailes and gathered the spoile of Ierusalém laied it vp there 38 Thus became they a sore snare and were in ambushment for the Sanctuarie and were wicked enemies euermore vnto Israél 39 For thei shed innocent blood on euerie side of the Sanctuarie and defiled the Sāctuarie 40 In so muche that the citizens of Ierusalém fled away because of them and it became an habitacion of strangers being desolate of them whome she had borne for her owne children did leaue her 41 Her Sāctuarie was left waste as a wildernes her holie daies were turned into mourning her Sabbaths into reproche and her honour broght to naught 42 As her glorie had bene great so was her dishonour and her excellencie was turned into sorowe 43 Also the King wrote vnto all his kingdome that all the people shulde be as one and that euerie man shulde leaue his lawes 44 And all the heathen agreed to the comman dement of the King 45 Yea many of the 〈◊〉 consented to his religion offring vnto idoles and defiling the Sabbath 46 So the King sent letters by the messengers vnto Ierusalém and to the cities of Iuda that they shulde followe the strange lawes of the countrey 47 And that they shulde forbid the burnt offrings and sacrifices and the offrings in the Sanctuarie 48 And that they shulde defile the Sabbaths and the feasts 49 And pollute the Sanctuarie and the holie men 50 And 〈◊〉 set vp altars and groues and chappels of idoles and offer vp swines flesh and vncleane beasts 51 And that they shulde leaue their children vncircumcised and defile their soules with vnclennes and pollute themselues that they might
of the Priests against Nicanor 41 Iudas killeth Nicanor after he had made his praier 1 IN the hundreth and one fiftieth yere de parted Demetrius the sonne of Seleucus from Rome and came vp with a fewe men vnto a citie of the sea coast and reigned there 2 And when he came into the possession of his fathers kingdome his soldiers toke Antiochus and Lysias and broght them vn to him 3 But when it was tolde him he said Shewe me not their faces 4 So thei put them to death Now when Demetrius was set vpon the throne of his kingdome 5 There came vnto him all the wicked and vngodlie men of Israél whose captaine was Alcimus that wolde haue bene the hie Priest 6 These men accused the people vnto the King saying Iudas and his brethren haue slayne all thy friends and driuen vs out of our owne land 7 Wherefore send now some man whome thou trustest that he maye go and se all the destruction which he hathe done vnto vs and to the Kings land and let him punish them with all their partakers 8 Then the King chose Bacchides a friend of his which was a great man in the real me and ruled beyonde the flood and was faith ful vnto the King and sent him 6 And that wicked Alcimus whome he made hie Priest and commanded him to be ad uenged of the children of Israél 10 So they departed and came with a great hoste into the land of Iuda and sent messen gers to Iudas and his brethren deceitfully with peaceable wordes 11 But they deleued not their saying for thei sawe that they were come with a great hoste 12 Then a companie of the gouernours assem bled vnto Alcimus Bacchides to intreat of reasonable points 13 And the Asideans were the first that required peace among the children of Israel 14 For said they He that is a Priest of the sede of Aaron is come with this armie there fore he wil not hurt vs. 15 Then he spake vnto them peaceably and swore vnto them and said We wil do you no harme nether your friends 16 And they beleued him but he toke of thē thre score men and slewe them in one day according to the wordes that were writen 17 * Thei haue cast the bodies of thy Saintes and their blood rounde about Ierusalem and there was no man that wolde burye them 18 So there came a feare and trembling among all the people for they said There is net her trueth nor righteousnes in them for they haue broken the appointment othe that they made 19 Thē Bacchides remoued from Ierusalém and pitched his tente at Beth-zecha whe re he sent sorthe and toke manie of the mē that forsaken him and certeine of the peo ple whome he slewe and cast into the great pit 20 Then cōmitted he the countrey vnto Alci mus left men of warre with him to helpe him so Bacchides went vnto the King 21 Thus Alcimus stroue for the priest hode 22 And all suche as troubled the people resorted vnto him in somuche that they obteined the land of Iuda did muche hurt in Israél 23 Now when Iudas sawe all the mischief that Alcimus and his companie had done amōg the Israelites more then the heathē 24 He went forthe rounde about all the bor ders of Iudea and punished those that were fallen away so that they came no more abroade in the countrey 25 But when Alcimus sawe that Iudas his people had goten the vpper hand and kne we that he was not able to abide them he went againe to the King and accused thē of wicked things 26 Then the King sent Nicanor one of his chief princes which hated Israel deadly commanded him that he shulde destroye the people 27 ¶ So Nicanor came to Ierusalem with a great hoste and sent vnto Iudas and his brethren deceirfully with friendlie wordes saying 28 Let there be no warre betwene me and you I wil come with fewe men to se how ye do friendly 29 So he came vnto Iudas and they saluted one another peaceably but the enemies were prepared to take away Iudas 30 Neuertheles it was tolde Iudas that he came vnto him vnder disceit therefore he feared him and wolde not se his face no more 31 When Nicanor perceiued that his counsel was bewrayed he went out to fight against Iudas beside Carphasalama 32 Where there were slaine of Nicanors hoste about fiue thousand men so they 〈◊〉 vnto the citie of Dauid 33 Afterthis came Nicanor vp vnto mount Sion and some of the Priests with the Elders of the people went forthe of the San ctuarie to salute him peaceably to shew him the burnt offring that was offered for the King 34 But he laughed at them and mocked thē and counted them prophane and spake proudly 35 And swore in his wrath saying If Iudas his hoste be not deliuered now into mine hands if euer I come againe in safetie I wil burnt vp this house With that went he out in great anger 36 Then the Priests came in and stode before the altar in the Temple weping and saying 37 For so muche as thou o Lord hast chosen this House that thy Name might be cal led vpon therein and that it shulde be an house of prayer and peticion for thy people 38 Be aduenged of this man and his hoste let them beslaine by the sworde remember their blasphemies and suffre them not to continue 39 ¶ When Nicanor was gone from Ierusalém he pitched his tent at Beth-horon and there an hoste met him out of Syria 40 And Iudas pitched in Adasa with thre thousand men where Iudas prayed saying 41 O Lord * because the messēgers of King Sēn acherib blasphemed thee thine Angel went for the and slewe an hundreth foure score and fiue thousand of them 42 So destroye thou this hoste before vs to day that all other may knowe that he hathe spokē wickedly against thy Sanctuarie punish him according to his malice 43 So the armies ioyned together in battel the thirtenth day of the moneth Adar but Nicanors hoste was discōfited and he him self was first slaine in the battel 44 Now when his armie sawe that Nicanor was slaine they cast away their weapons and 〈◊〉 45 But they pursued after then a dayes iourney from Adasa vnto Gasera blowing an alarme with the trumpets after them 46 So they came for the of all the townes of Iudea rounde about and rushed vpon thē and threwe them from one to another so that they all fel by the sworde there was not one of them lefte 47 Then they toke the spoyles and the pray and smote of Nicanors head and his right hand which he helde vp so proudly and broght it with them and hanged them vp afore Ierusalem 48 So the people reioyced greatly and kept that day as a day of great gladnes 49 And they ordeined to kepe yerely that
into the plaine field because he had so manie hor semen and put his trust in them 78 So Ionathan followed vpon him to Azotus and the armie skirmished with his arriere bande 79 For Apollonius had left a thousand horsemen behinde them in ambush 80 And Ionathan knewe that there was an am bushment behinde him and thogh they had compassed in his hoste and shot dartes at the people from the morning to the euening 81 Yet the people stode stil as Ionathan had cō manded them til their horses were wearie 82 Then broght Simon forthe his hoste and set thē against the bāde but the horses were wearie aud he 〈◊〉 them and they fled so the horsemen were scattered in the field 83 And they fled to Azotus and came into the temple of Dagon their Idole that thei might there saue them 〈◊〉 84 But Ionathan set fyre vpon Azotus and all the cities rounde about it toke their spoiles and burnt with fyre the temple of Dagon with all them that were fled into it 85 Thus were slayne burnt about eight thou sand men 86 So Ionathan remoued the hoste from thence and camped by Ascalon where the men of the citie came forthe and met him with great honour 87 After this went Ionath an and his hoste agai ne to Ierusalem with great spoiles 88 And whē King Alexāder heard these things he began to do Ionathan more honour 89 And sent him a colar of golde as the vse is to be giuen vnto suche as are of the Kings blood he gaue him also Accaron with the borders thereof in possession CHAP. XI 3 The dissension betwene Ptolemeus and Alexander his sō ne in law 17 〈◊〉 death of Alexander 19 Demetrius reigneth alter the death of Ptolemeus 22 Sion is 〈◊〉 ed of Ionathan 42 Demetrius seing that no man resisted him sendeth his armie againe 54 〈◊〉 moueth Antiochus against Demetrius 1 ANd the King of Egypt gathered a great hoste like the 〈◊〉 that lyeth vpon the sea shote and manie ships and went about through deceit to obteine the kingdome of Alexander and to ioyne it vnto his owne realme 2 Vpon this he went into Syria with friendlie wordes and was let into the cities and men came forthe to mete him for King Alexander had commanded them to mete him be cause he was his father in Law 3 Now when he entred into the citie of Ptolemais he lefte bands and garisons in euerie citie 4 And when he came nere to Azotus they shewed him the temple of Dagon that was burnt and Azotus and the suburbes there of that were destroyed and the bodies cast abroad them that he had burnt in the bat tel for they had made heapes of them by the way where he shulde passe 5 And thei tolde the King what Ionathan had done to the intent they might get him euil wil but the King helde his peace 6 And Ionathan met the King with great honour at Ioppe where they saluted one another and laye there 7 So when Ionathan had gone with the King vnto the water that was called Eleutherus he turned againe to Ierusalem 8 So King Ptolemeus gate the dominion of the cities by the sea vnto Seleucia vpon the sea coast imagining wicked counsels against Alexander 9 ¶ And sent ambassadours vnto King Demetrius saying Come let vs make a league betwene vs and I wil giue thee my daughter which Alexander hathe and thou shalt reigne in thy fathers kingdome 10 For I repēt that I gaue Alexander my daugh ter for he goeth about to slaye me 11 Thus he sclandered Alexander as one that shulde desire his realme 12 And he toke his daughter from him gaue her vnto Demetrius and forsoke Alexander so that their hatred was openly knowen 13 Then Ptolemeus came to Autiochia where he set two crownes vpon his owne head of Asia and of Egypt 14 In the meane season was King Alexander in Cilicia for they that dwelt in those places had rebelled against him 15 But when Alexāder heard it he came to war re against him and Ptolemeus broght for the his hoste and met him with a mightie power and put him to flight 16 Then fled Alexander into Arabia there to be defended so Ptolemeus was exalted 17 And Zabdiel the Arabian smote of Alexanders head sent it vnto Ptolemeus 18 But the third dáy after King Ptolemeus dyed and thei that were in the holdes were slayne one of another 19 And Demetrius reigned in the hūdreth thre score and seuenth yere 20 ¶ At the same time gathered Ionathan them that were in Iudea to laye siege vnto the castle which was at Ierusalem and they made manie instruments of warre against it 21 Thē went there certeine vn godlie persones which hated their owne people vnto King Demetrius and tolde him that Ionathan besieged the castle 22 So when he heard it he was angrie and immediatly came vnto Ptolemais and wrote vn to Ionathan that he shulde laye nomore siege vnto it but that he shulde mete him speake with him at Ptolemais in all haste 23 Neuertheles when Ionathan heard this he commanded to besiege it he chose also certeine of the Elders of Israel and the Priest put him self in danger 24 And toke with him siluer and golde and ap parel and diuerse presents and went to Ptole mais vnto the King and founde fauour in his sight 25 And thogh certeine vngodlie men of his owne nacion had made complaintes vpon him 26 Yet the King intreated him as his predecessers had done and promoted him in the sight of all his friends 27 And confirmed him in the hie priesthode with all the honorable things that he had afore and made him his chief friend 28 Ionathā also desired the King that he wold make Iudea fre with the thre gouernements and the countrey of Samaria and Ionathan promised him thre hundreth talents 29 Where unto the King consented gaue Ionathan writing of the same conteining these wordes 30 KING DEMETRIVS vnto his brother Ionathan and to the naciō of the Iewes sendeth greting 31 We sēd you here a copie of the letter which we did write vnto our cousin Lasthenes concerning you that ye shulde se it 32 King Demetrius vnto Lasthenes his father sendeth greting 33 For the faithfulnes that our friends the nacion of the Iewes kepe vnto vs and for their good wil towardes vs we are ditermined to do them good 34 Wherefore we assigne to thē the coasts of Iudea with the thre gouernements Apherema and Lydda and Ramathe which are added vnto Iudea from the countrey of Samaria and all that apperteineth to all them that sacrifice in Ierusalem bothe concerning the paiments which the King toke yerely afore time bothe for the frutes of the earth for the frutes of the trees 35 As for the other things apperteining vnto vs of the tenths tributes which were due vnto vs and the customes of salte crowne taxes which were payed vnto vs we
from death and that for the olde friendship that was among them be wolde receiue this fauour 23 But he began to consider discretely and as became his age and the excellencie of his ancient yeres and the honour of his gray heere 's whereunto he was come his moste honest conuersation from his childeho de but chiefly the holie Law made and giuen by God therefore he answered consequently and willed them straight waies to send him to the graue 24 For it becometh not our age said he to dissemble whereby manie yong persones might thinke that Eleazar being foure score yere olde and ten were now gone to another religion 25 And so through mine hypocrisie for a litle time of a transitorie life they might be deceiued by me and I shulde procure male diction and reproche to mine olde age 26 For thogh I were now deliuered from the torments of men yet cold I not escape the hand of the Almightie nether aliue nor dead 27 Wherefore I wil now change this life mā fully and wil shewe my self suche as mine age requireth 28 And so wil leaue a notable example for suche as be yong to dye willingly and coura geously for the honorable holie Lawes And whē he had said these wordes immediatly he went to torment 29 Now they that led him changed the loue which they bare him before into hatred because of the wordes that he hast spoken for they thoght it had bene a rage 30 And as he was readie to giue the gost because of the strokes be sighed and said The Lord that hathe the holy knowledge knoweth manifestly that whereas I might haue bene deliuered from death I am scourged and suffer these sore paines of my bodie but in my minde I suffer thē gladly for his religion 31 Euē now after this maner ended he his life leauing his death for an exāple of a noble courage and a memorial of vertue not one ly vnto yong men but vnto all his nacion CHAP. VII The punishment of the seuen brethren of their mother 1 IT came to passe also that seuen brethren with their mother were taken to be cōpelled by the King against the Law to taste swines flesh and were tormented with scourges and whippes 2 But one of thē which spake first said thus What sekest thou 〈◊〉 what woldest thou knowe of vs we are readie to dye rather thē to trāsgresse the Lawes of our fathers 3 Then was the King angrie and commanded to heat pannes and cauldrons which were in continently made hote 4 And he cōmanded the tongue of him that spake first to be cut out and to flay him to cut of the vtmost partes of his bodie in the sight of his other brethrē his mother 5 Now when he was thus mangled in all his membres he commāded him to be broght aliue to the fyre to frye him in the panne while the smoke for a long time smoked out of the pāne the other brethren with their mother exhorted one another to dye courageously saying in this maner 6 The Lord God doeth regarde vs in dede taketh pleasure in vs as Moyses* decla red in the song wherein he restified openly saying That God wil take pleasure in his seruāts 7 ¶ So when the first was dead after this ma ner they broght the seconde to make him a mocking stocke and when they had pulled the skinne with the heere ouer his head they asked him if he wolde eat or he were punished in all the members of the bodie 8 But he answered in his owne langage and said No. Wherefore he was tormented forthe with like the first 9 And when he was at the last breth he said Thou murtherer takest this present life frō vs but the King of the worlde wil raise vs vp which dye for his Lawes in the resurrection of euerlasting life 10 ¶ After him was the thirde had in derisiō and when they demanded his tongue he put it out incontinently and stretched forthe his hands boldely 11 And spake manfully These haue I had frō the heauen but now for the Law of God I despise them and trust that I shal receiue them of him againe 12 In so muche that the King they which were with him marueiled at the yong mās courage as at one that nothing regarded the paines 13 ¶ Now when he was dead also they vexed and tormented the fourth in like maner 14 And when he was now readie to dye he said thus It is better that we shulde chāge this which we might hope for of men and wait for our hope from God that we may be raised vp againe by him as for thee thou shalt haue no resurrection to life 15 ¶ Afterwarde they broght the fift also and tormented him 16 Who loked vpon the King said Thou hast power among men and thogh thou be a mortalman thou doest what thou wilt but thinke not that God hathe forsaken our nacion 17 But abide a while and thou shalt se his greatpower how he wiltorment thee and thy sede 18 After him also they broght the sixt who being at the point of death said Deceiue not thy self foolishly for we suffer these things whiche are worthie to be wondred at for our owne sakes because we haue offended our God 19 But thinke not thou which vndertakest to fight against God that thou shalt be vnpunished 20 But the mother was marueilous about all other and worthie of honorable memorie for when she sawe her seuen sonnes slaine within the space of one day she suffred it with a good wil because of the hope that she had in the Lord. 21 Yea she exhorted euerie one of them in her owne langage and being ful of courage and wisdome stirred vp her womanlie affections with a málie stomacke and said vnto them 22 I can not tel how ye came into my wombe for I nether gaue you breth nor life it is not I that set in order the members of your bodie 23 But douteles the Creator of the worlde which formed the 〈◊〉 of man founde out the beginning of all things wil also of his owne mercie giue you breth and life againe as ye now regarde not your owne sel ues for his Lawes sake 24 Now Antiochus thinking him self despised 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 iniurious wordes while the yongest was yet aliue he did exhorte him not onely with wordes but swore also vnto him by an othe that he wolde make him riche and welthie if he wolde forsake the Lawes of his fathers and that he wolde take him as a friend giue him offices 25 But when the yong man wolde in no case hearken vnto him the King called his mother and exhorted that she wolde counsel the yong man to saue his life 26 And when he had exhorted her with manie wordes she promised him that she wolde counsel her sonne 27 So she turned her vnto him laughing the cruel tyrāt to scorne spake in her owne langage O
my sonne haue pitie vpon me that bare thee nine moneths in my wombe gaue thee sucke thre yeres nourished thee and toke care for thee vnto this age and broght thee vp 28 I beseche thee my sonne loke vpon the heauen the earth and all that is therein cōsider that God made thē of things that were not so was mākinde made like wise 29 Feare not this hangman but shewe thy self worthie suche brethren by suffering death that I may receiue thee in mercie with thy brethren 30 While she was yet speaking these wordes the yongman said Whome waitye for I wil not obey the Kings commandement but I wil obey the commandement of the Lawe that was giuen vnto our fathers by Moyses 31 And thou that imaginest all mischief against the Hebrewes shalt not escape the hand of God 32 For we suffer these things because of our sinnes 33 But thogh the liuing Lord be angrie with vs a litle while for our chastening and corre ction yet wil he be recōciled with his owne seruants 34 But thou ô man without religion and most wicked of all men lift not thy self vp in vaine which art puffed vp with vncerteine hope and liftest thine hands against the seruāts of God 35 For thou hast not yet escaped the iudgemēt of almightie God which seeth all things 36 My brethren that haue suffered a litle paine are now vnder the diuine couenant of euerlasting life but thou through the iudge ment of God shalt suffer iust punishments for thy pride 37 Therefore I as my brethren haue done offer my bodie and life for the Lawes of our fathers beseching God that he wil sone be merciful vnto our nacion and that thou by torment and punishement mayest confesse that he is the onelie God 38 And that in me and my brethren the wrath of the Almightie which is righteously fal len vpon all our nacion may cease 39 Then the King being kindled with anger raged more cruelly against him then the others and toke it grieuously that he was mocked 40 So he also dyed holely and put his whole trust in the Lord 41 Last of all after the sonnes was the mother put to death 42 Let this now be ynough spoken concerning the bankets and extreme cruelties CHAP. VIII 1 Iudas gathereth together his hoste 9 Nicanor is sent against Iudas 16 Iudas 〈◊〉 his souldiers to constan cie 20 Nicanor is ouercome 27 The lewes giue thankes after they haue put their enemies to flight diuiding parte of the spoiles vnto the fatherles vnto the widdowes 30 Timotheus and Bacchides are discomsited 35 Nican 〈◊〉 fleeth vnto Antiochus 1 THen Iudas Maccabeus and they that were with him went priuely into the townes and called their kinsfolkes and friends together and toke vnto them all suche as continued in the Iewes religion and assembled six thousand men 2 So they called vpon the Lord that he wolde haue an eye vnto his people which was vexed of euerie man and haue pitie vpon the Temple that was defiled by wicked mē 3 And that he wolde haue compassion vpon citie that was destroyed almost broght to the grounde that he wolde heare the voyce of the blood that crye vnto him 4 And that he wolde remember the wicked slaughter of the innocent children and the blasphemies committed against his Name that he wolde shewe this hatred against the wicked 5 Now when Maccabeus had gathered this multitude he colde not be withstanding by the heathen for the wrath of the Lord was turned into mercie 6 Therefore he came at vn warres and burnt vp the townes and cities yet he toke the moste commodious places and slewemany of the enemies 7 But specially he vsed the nightes to make suche assalts in so muche that the brute of his manlines was spred euerie where 8 ¶ So when Philippe sawe that this man increased by litle and litle and that things prospered with him for the mosteparte he wrote vnto Ptolemeus the gouernour of Coelosyria and Phenice to helpe him in the King busines 9 Then sent he spedely Nicanor the sonne of Patroclus a special friend of his and ga ue him of all nacions of the heathen no lesse then twentie thousand mē to rote out the whole generacion of the Iewes ioyned with him Gorgias a captaine which in matters of warre had great experience 10 Nicanor ordeined also a tribute for the King of two thousand talents which the Romaines shulde haue to be taken of the Iewes that were taken prisoners 11 Therefore immediatly he sent to the cities on the sea coast prouoking them to bye Iewes to be their seruants promising to sel foure score and ten for one talent but he considered not thevengeāce of almightie God that shulde come vpon him 12 When Iudas then knewe of Nicanors coming he tolde them that were with him of the coming of the armie 13 Now were there some of them feareful which trusted not vnto the righteousnes of god but fled away abode notī that place 14 But the other solde all that they had lest and besoght the Lord together to deliuer them frō that wicked Nicanor which had solde them or euer he came nere them 15 And thogh he wolde not do it for their sakes yet for the 〈◊〉 made with their fathers and because they called vpon his holie and glorious Name 16 And so Maccabeus called his mē together about six thousand exhorting thē not to be afraied of their enemies nether to feare the great multitude of the Gentiles which came against them vnrighteously but to fight manly 17 Setting before their eyes the iniurie that they had vniustly done to the holy place the crueltie done to the citie by derision and the destruction of the orders established by their fathers 18 For they said he trust in their weapons and boldenes but our confidence is in the almightie God which at a becke cābothe de stroy them that come against vs all the worlde 19 Moreouer he admonished thē of the helpe that God shewed vnto their fathers aswhē there perished an hundreth and foure score and fiue thousand vnder* Sennacherib 20 And of the battel that they had in Babylon against the Galacians how they came in all to the battel eight thousand with foure thousand Macedonians and when the Macedoniās were astonished the eight thousand slewe an hundreth and twentie thousand through the helpe that was giuē them from heauē whereby they had receiued many benefites 21 Thus when he had made them bolde with these wordes and readie to dye for the Lawes and the countrey he deuided his armie into foure partes 22 And made his owne brethren captaines ouer the armie to wit Simon and Ioseph and Ionathan giuing eche one fiftene hun dreth men 23 And when Eleazarus had red the holie boke and giuen them a token of the helpe of God Iudas which led the forewarde ioyned with Nicanor 24 And because the Almightie helped them they
same place 39 And vpon the daye following as 〈◊〉 required Iudas and his companie came to take vp the bodies of them that were 〈◊〉 and to burye them with their kynsemen in their fathers graues 40 Nowe vnder the coates of euerie one that was slaine they founde 〈◊〉 wels that had bene consecrate to the idoles of the * Iamnites whiche thing is forbidden the Iewes by the Law Then euerie man sawe that this was the cause wherefore they were slayne 41 And so euerie man gaue thankes vnto the Lord the righteous Iudge whiche had opened the things that were hid 42 And they gaue them selues to prayer and besoght hym that they shulde not vtterly be destroyed for the faute committed Besides that noble Iudas exhorted the people to kepe them selues from sinne for so muche as they sawe before their eyes the thinges which came to passe by the sinne of these that were slayne 43 And hauing made a gathering through the companie sent to Ierusalē about two thousand drachmes of 〈◊〉 to offer a sinne offring doyng very wel and honestly that he thoght of the resurrection 44 For if he had not hoped that they whiche were 〈◊〉 shulde rise againe it had bene superfluous ād vaine to pray for the dead 45 And therefore he perceyued that there was great fauour 〈◊〉 vp for those that dyed godly It was an holie and a good thoght So he made a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the dead that they might be 〈◊〉 from sinne CHAP. XIII 1 The comming of 〈◊〉 into 〈◊〉 4 The death of 〈◊〉 10 Maccabeus going to fight against Eupator 〈◊〉 his souldiers vnto prayer 15 He kylleth 〈◊〉 thousand men in the tentes of Antiochus 21 〈◊〉 the betrayer of the 〈◊〉 is taken 1 IN the hundreth fortie ād nine yere it was tolde Iudas that Antiochus Eupator was comming with a great power into Iudea 2 And Lysias the stewarde and ruler of hys affaires with hym hauing bothe in their armie an hundreth and ten thousand men of 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 and fiue thousand horsemē and two and twentie elephants and thre 〈◊〉 dreth charets set with hookes 3 Menelaus also ioyned hym selfe with them and with great disceit incouraged Antiochus not 〈◊〉 the safegard of the countrey but because he thoght to haue bene made the gouernour 4 But the Kyng of Kings moued Antiochus minde against this wicked man and Lysias informed the Kyng that thys man was the cause of all mischief so that the King commanded to bryng hym to 〈◊〉 to put hym vnto death as the maner was in that place 5 Nowe there was in that place a tower of fiftie cubites high ful of ashes and it had an instrument that turned rounde and on euerie side itrouled downe into the ashes 6 And there whosoeuer was condemned of sa crilege or ofanie other grieuous crime was cast of all men to the death 7 And so it came to passe that this wicked man shulde dye suche a death and it was a moste iuste thing that Menelaus shulde want buryal 8 For because he had committed manie sinnes by the altar whose fyre and ashes were holie he him self also dyed in the ashes 9 ¶ Now the King raged in his minde came to shewe himself more cruel vnto the Iewes then his father 10 Which things when Iudas perceiued he cō manded the people to call vpon the LORD night and day that if euer he had holpen thē he wolde now helpe them when they shulde be put from their Law from their countrey and from the holie Temple 11 And that he wolde not suffer the people which a litle afore began to recouer to be subdued vnto the blasphemous nacions 12 So when they had done this all together besoght the Lord for mercie with weping and fasting and falling downe thre dayes together Iudas exhorted them to make them selues readie 13 And he being aparte with the Elders toke counsel to go forthe afore the King broght his hoste into Iudea and shulde take the citie commit the matter to the helpe of the Lord. 14 So committing the charge to the Lord of the world he exhorted his souldiers to fight man fully euen vnto death for the Lawes the Temple the citie their countrey and the commune wealth and camped by Modin 15 And so giuing his souldiers for a watche worde The victorie of God he piked out the manliest yong men and went by night into the Kings campe slewe of the hoste fourtene thousand men and the greatest elephāt with all that sate vpon him 16 Thus when they had broght a great feare and trouble in the campe all things went prosperously with them they departed 17 This was done in the breake of the day be cause the protection of the Lord did helpe them 18 ¶ Now when the King had tasted the manlines of the Iewes he wēt about to take the holdes by policie 19 And marched towarde Beth-sura which was a strong holde of the Iewes but he was chased away hurt and lost of his men 20 For Iudas had sent vnto them that were in it suche things as were necessarie 21 But Rhodocus which was in the Iewes hoste disclosed the secretes to the enemies the refore he was soght out and when they had gotten him they put him in prison 22 After this did the King commune with thē that were in Beth-sura and toke truce with them departed and ioyned battel with Iudas who ouercame him 23 But when he vnderstode that Philippe whome he had left to be 〈◊〉 of his bu sines at Antiochia did rebell against him he was astonished so that he yelded him self to the Iewes and made them an othe to do all things that were right and was appeased towarde them and offred sacrifice adorned the Temple and shewed great gentlenes to the place 24 And embraced Maccabeus and made him captaine and gouernour from 〈◊〉 vnto the Gerreneans 25 Neuertheles when he came to Ptolemais the people of the citie were not content wit this agrement and because they were grieued thei wolde that he shulde breake the co uenants 26 Then went Lysias vp into the iudgemēt seat and excused the fact as wel as he colde and persuaded them and pacified them made them wel affectioned and came againe vnto Antio chia This is the matter cōcerning the Kings iournay and his returne CHAP. XIIII 1 Demetrius moued by Alcimus sendeth Nicanor to kil the Iewes 18 Nicanor maketh a compacte with the Iewes 29 Which he yet breaketh through the mocion of the King 37 Nicanor commandeth Razis to be taken who slayeth him self 1 AFter thre yeres was Iudas enformed that Demetrius the sonne of Seleucus was come vp with a great power name by the heauen of Tripolis 2 When he had wonne the countrey and slaine Antiochus and his lieutenant Lysias 3 Now 〈◊〉 whiche had bene the high Priest wilfully defiled himself in the time that all things were confounded seing that by no meanes he colde saue himself norhaue anie
out of thee shal come the gouernour that shal fede my people Israel 7 Then Herode priuely called the Wisemen and diligently inquired of them the time of the starre that appeared 8 And sent them to Beth-lehem saying Go searche diligently for the babe and when ye haue founde him bring me worde againe that I may come also and worship him 9 ¶ So when they had heard the King they de parted lo the starre which they had sene in the East went before thē til it came and stode ouer the place where the babe was 10 And when they sawe the starre they reioyced with an exceading great ioye 11 And went into the house and founde the babe with Marie his mother and fel downe and worshipped him and opened their treasures and presented vnto him giftes euen golde and in cense and myrrhe 12 And after they were warned of God in a dreame that they shulde not go againe to Herode they returned into their countrey another way 13 ¶ After their departure beholde the Angel of the Lord appeareth to Ioseph in adreame saying Arise and take the babe and his mother and flee into Egypt and be there til I bring thee worde for Herode wil seke the babe to destroye him 14 So he arose and toke the babe and his mother by night and departed into Egypt 15 And was there vnto the death of Herode that it might be fulfilled which was spoken of the Lord by the * Prophet saying Out of Egypt haue I called my Sonne 16 ¶ Thē Herode seing that he was mocked of the Wisemen was exceading wroth and sent forthe and slewe all the male children that were in Beth-lehē and in all the coastes thereof from two yere olde and vnder according to the time which he had diligently searched out of the Wisemen 17 Then was that fulfilled which was spoken by the Prophet Ieremias saying 18 * In Rama was a voyce heard mourning and weping and great lamentation Rachel weping for her children and wolde not be comforted because they were not 19 And when Herode was dead beholde an Angel of the Lord appeareth in a dreame to Ioseph in Egypt 20 Saying Arise and take the babe and his mother and go into the land of Israel for they are dead which soght the babes life 21 Then he arose vp and toke the babe and his mother and came into the land of Israel 22 But when he heard that Archelaus did reigne in Iudea in steade of his father Herode he was afrayed to gothether yet after he was warned of God in a dreame he turned aside into the parties of Galile 23 And went and dwelt in a citie called Nazaret that it might be fulfilled which was spoken by the Prophetes which was That he shulde be called a Nazarite CHAP. III. 1 The office doctrine and life Iohn 7 The Pharises are reproued 8 The frutes of repentance 13 Christ is baptized in Iordan 17 And autorised by God his Father 1 A * Nd in those dayes Iohn the Baptiste came and preached in the wildernes of Iudea 2 And said Repēt for the kingdome of heauen is at hand 3 For this is he of whome it is spoken by the Prophet Esaias saying * The voyce of him that cryeth in the wildernes is Prepare ye the way of the Lord make his paths straight 4 * And this Iohn had his garment of camels heere and a gridle of a skin about his loynes his meat was also locustes wilde honie 5 * Then went out to him Ierusalem all Iudea and all the region rounde about Iordan 6 And they were baptized of him in Iordan confessing their sinnes 7 Now when he sawe many of the Pharises and of the Sadduces come to his baptisme he said vnto them * O generacions of vipers who hathe fore warned you to flee from the angre to come 8 Bring for the therefore frutes worthie amēdement of life 9 And thinke not to say with your selues * We haue Abraham to our father for I say vnto you that God is able of these stones to raise vp children vnto Abraham 10 And now also is the axe put to the roote of the trees * therefore euerie tre whiche bringeth not forthe good frute is he wen downe and cast into the fyre 11 * In dede I baptize you with water to amendement of life but he that cometh after me is mightier then I whose shoes I am not worthie to beare he wil baptize you with the holie Gost and with fyre 12 Which hathe his fanne in his hand and wil make cleane his floore and gather his wheat into his garner but wil burne vp the chaffe with vnquencheable fyre 13 ¶ * Thē came Iesus frō Galile to Iordan vnto Iohn to be baptized of him 14 But Iohn put him backe saying I haue nede to be baptized of thee and commest thou to me 15 Then Iesus answering said to him Let be now for thus it becometh vs to fulfil all righteousnes So he suffred him 16 And Iesus when he was baptized came straight out of the water And lo the heauēs were opened vnto him and Iohn sawe the Spirit of God descending like a doue and lighting vpon him 17 And lo a voyce came from heauen saying * This is my * beloued Sonne in whome I am wel pleased CHAP. IIII. 1 Christ fasteth and is tempted 11 The Angels minister vnto him 17 He beginneth to preache 18 He calleth Pe ter Andrew Iames and Iohn and healeth all the sicke 1 THen * was Iesus led aside of the Spirit into the wildernes to be tempted of the deuil 2 And when he had fasted fortie dayes and for tie nights he was after warde hungrie 3 Then came to him the tempter and said If thou be the Sonne of God 〈◊〉 that these stones be made bread 4 But he answering said It is written * Man shal not liue by bread onely but by euerie worde that proceadeth out of the mouth of God 5 Then the deuil toke him vp into the holie Citie and set him on a pinacle of the temple 6 And said vnto him If thou be the Sonne of God cast thy self downe for it is written * that he wil giue his Angels charge ouer thee and with their hands they shal lifte thee vp left at anie time thou shuldest dash thy fote against a stone 7 Iesus said vnto him It is written againe * Thou shalt not tempt the Lord thy God 8 Againe the deuil toke him vp vnto an exceading hie mountaine and shewed him all the kingdomes of the worlde and the glorie of them 9 And said to him All these wil I giue thee if thou wilt fall downe
sate downe among them 56 And a certeine maide behelde him as he sate by the fyre and hauyng well loked on hym said This man was also with him 57 But he denyed hym saying Woman I knowe him not 58 And after a lytle while another man sawe hym and said Thou art also of them But Peter said Man I am not 59 And about the space of an houre after a cer teine other affirmed saying Verely euē this man was with him for he is also a Galilean 60 And Peter sayd Man I knowe not what thou sayest And immediatly while he yet spake the cocke crewe 61 Then the Lorde turned backe and loked vpon Peter and Peter remembred the word of the Lorde howe he had sayd vnto hym * Before the cocke crowe thou shalt denye me thrise 62 And Peter went out and wept bitterly 63 ¶ And the men that helde Iesus mocked him and stroke him 64 And whē they had blinde folded him they smote him on the face and asked hym saying Prophecie who it is that smote thee 65 And manie other thynges blasphemously spake they against him 66 * And assone as it was daye the Elders of the people and the hie Priests and the Scribes came together and led hym into theyr Council 67 Saying Art thou the Christe tell vs. And he said vnto them If I tell you ye wil not beleue it 68 And if also I aske you ye will not aunswer me nor let me go 69 Hereafter shal the Sonne of man sit at the right hand of the power of God 70 Then sayd they all Art thou then the Sonne of God And he said to them Ye saye that I am 71 Then said they What nede we anie further witnes for we our selues haue heard it of his owne mouth CHAP. XXIII 1 Iesus is broght before Pilate and Herode 18 Of Barabbas 26 Of Simon the Cyrenian 27 The women make lamentacion 33 Christ crucified 34 He prayeth for hys enemies 40 He conuerteth the these and many others at his death 53 And is buryed 1 THen * the whole multitude of them arose and led him vnto 〈◊〉 2 And they began to accuse hym saying We haue founde this mā peruerting the people and forbyddynge to paye tribute to Cesar saying That he is Christ a King 3 * And Pilate asked him saying Art thou the King of the Iewes And he answered him ād said Thou faist it 4 Then said Pilate to the hie Priests and to the people I finde no faute in this man 5 But they were the more fierce saying He moueth the people teaching through out all Iudea beginning at Galile euen to this place 6 Now when Pilate heard of Galile he asked whether the man were a Galilean 7 And when he knewe that he was of Herodes iurisdiction he sent him to Herode which was also at Ierusalem in those daies 8 And when Herode sawe Iesus he was exceadingly glad for he was desirous to se him of a long season because he had heard manie things of him and trusted to haue sene some signe done by him 9 Then questioned he with him of manie things but he answered him nothing 10 The hie Priests also and Scribes stode for the and accused him vehemently 11 And Herode with his men of warre despised him and mocked him and arrayed him in white and sent him againe to Pilate 12 * And the same daye Pilate and Herode were made friends together for before they were enemies one to another 13 ¶ Thē Pilate called together the hie Priests and the rulers and the people 14 And said vnto thē Ye haue broght this man vnto me as one that peruerted the people and beholde I haue examined him before you and haue founde no faute in this man of those things where of ye accuse him 15 No nor yet Herode for I sent you to him and lo nothing worthie of death is done to him 16 I wil therefore chastise him and let him lowse 17 For of necessitie he must haue let one lowse vnto them at the feast 18 Then all the multitude cryed at once saying Away with him and deliuer to vs Barrabbas 19 Which for a certeine insurrection made in the citie and murther was cast in prison 20 Then Pilate spake againe to them willing to let Iesus lowse 21 But they cryed saying Crucifie crucifie him 22 And he said vnto them the third time But what euil hathe he done I finde no cause of death in him I wil therefore chastise him and let him lowse 23 But they were instant with loude voyces and required that he might be crucified and the voyces of them and of the hie Priests preuailed 24 So Pilate gaue sentence that it shulde be as they required 25 And he let lowse vnto them him that for insurrection and murther was cast into prison whome thei desired and deliuered Iesus to do with him what they wolde 26 ¶ * And as they led him awaye they caught one Simon of Cyrene comming out of the field ād on him they laid the crosse to beare it after Iesus 27 And there followed him a great multitude of people and of women which women bewailed and lamented him 28 But Iesus turned backe vnto thē and said Daughters of Ierusalē wepe not for me but wepe for your selues and for your children 29 For beholde the daies wil come when men shal say Blessed are the barren and the wom bes that neuer bare and the pappes which neuer gaue sucke 30 Then shal they beginne to say to the mountaines * Fall on vs and to the hilles Couer vs. 31 * For if they do these things to a grenetre what shal be done to the drye 32 * And there were two others which were euil doers led with him to be slayne 33 And when they were come to the place which is called caluerie there thei crucified him and the euil doers one at the right hand and the other at the left 34 Then said Iesus Father forgiue them for they knowe not what thei do And thei parted his rayment and cast lots 35 And the people stode and behelde and the rulers mocked him with them saying He saued others let him saue him self if he be the Christ the Chosen of God 36 The souldiers also mocked him and came and offred him vineger 37 And said If thou be the King of the Iewes saue thy self 38 And a superscription was also written ouer him in Greke lettres and in Latin and in Hebrewe THIS IS THE KING OF THE IEWES 39 ¶ And one of the euil doers which were hanged railed on him saying If thou be the Christ saue thy self and vs. 40 But the other answered and rebuked him saying Fearest thou not God seing thou art in the same condemnacion
these things 12 Thus by the hands of the Apostles were many signes and wonders shewed amōg the people and they were all with one accorde in Solomons porche 13 And of the other durst no man ioyne him self to them neuertheles the people magnified them 14 Also the nombre of them that beleued in the Lord bothe of men and women grewe more and more 15 In so muche that thei broght the sicke into the stretes and laid them on beddes and cou ches that at the least way the shadowe of Pe ter when he came by might shadowe some of them 16 There came also a multitude out of the cities rounde about vnto Ierusalem bringing sicke folkes thē which were vexed with vncleane spirits who were all healed 17 ¶ Then the chief Priest rose vp and all they that were with him whiche was the secte of the Sadduces and were ful of indignation 18 And laid hands on the Apostles and put thē in the commune prison 19 But the Angel of the Lord by night opened the prison dores and broght them forthe said 20 Go your way and stand in the Temple and speake to the people all the wordes of this life 21 So when they heard it they entred into the Temple early in the morning ād taught And the chief Priest came and they that were with him and called the Council together and all the Elders of the children of Israel and sent to the prison to cause them to be broght 22 But when the officers came and sounde them not in the prison they returned and tolde it 23 Saying Certeinly we founde the prison shut as sure as was possible and the kepers standing without before the dores but when we had opened we founde no man within 24 Then whē the chief Priest and the captaine of the Temple and the hie Priests heard these things they douted of thē whereunto this wolde growe 25 Then came one and shewed thē saying Beholde the men that ye put in prison are stan ding in the Temple and teache the people 26 Then went the captaine with the officers broght them without violence for they feared the people lest they shulde haue bene stoned 27 And when they had broght them they set them before the Council the chief Priest asked them 28 Saying Did not we straitely commande you that ye shulde not teache in this Name and beholde ye haue filled Ierusalem with your doctrine ye wolde bring this mās blood vpon vs. 29 Then Peter and the Apostles answered and said We ought rather to obey God then men 30 The * God of our Fathers hathe raised vp Iesus whome ye 〈◊〉 and hanged on a tre 31 Him hathe God lift vp 〈◊〉 his right hand to be a Prince and a Sauiour to giue repen tance to Israel and forgiuenes of sinnes 32 And we are his witnesses concerning these things which we say yea and the 〈◊〉 Gost whome God hathe giuen to them that obey him 33 Now when they heard it they brast for anger and consulted to slay them 34 Then stode there vp in the Coūcil a certeine Pharise named Gamaliel a doctour of the Law honored of all the people and commāded to put the Apostles forthe a litle space 35 And said vnto them Men of Israel take hede to your selues what ye entēd to do touching these men 36 For before these times rose vp Theudas boasting him self to whome resorted a nom ber of mē about a foure hundreth who was slayne and thei all which obeied him were scattered and broght to noght 37 After this man arose vp Iudas of Galile in the dayes of the tribute drew away much people after him he also perished all that obeied him were scattered abroad 38 And now I say vnto you refraine your selues from these men and let them alone for if this counsel or this worke be of men it wil come to noght 39 But if it be of God ye cā not destroie it lest ye be founde euen fighters against God 40 And to him they agreed and called the Apo stles and when thei had beaten them they commanded that they shulde not speake in the Name of Iesus and let them go 41 So they departed from the Council reioycing that they were counted worthie to suffer rebuke for his Name 42 And daiely in the Temple and from house to house they ceased not to teache and prea che Iesus Christ. CHAP. VI. 3 Seuen deacons are ordeined in the Church 8. The graces and miracles of Steuen whome they accused falsely 1 ANd in those daies as the nomber of the disciples grewe there arose a murmuring of the Grecians towardes the Hebrewes because their widdowes were neglected in the daielie ministring 2 Then the twelue called the multitude of the disciples together and said It is not mete that we shulde leaue the worde of God to serue the tables 3 Wherefore brethren loke ye out among you seuen men of honest reporte and ful of the holie Gost ād of wisdome which we may appoint to this busines 4 And we wil giue our selues continually to prayer ād to the ministracion of the worde 5 And the saying pleased the whole multitude and they chose Steuen a man ful of faith and of the holie Gost and * Philippe and Prochorus and Nicanor and Timon and Parmenas and Nicolas a proselyte of Antio chia 6 Which they set before the Apostles and they praied and laid their hands on them 7 And the worde of God increased and the nomber of the disciples was multiplied in Ierusalem greatly and a great companie of the Priests were obedient to the faith 8 ¶ Now Steuen ful of faith and power did great wonders and miracles among the people 9 Then there arose certeine of the 〈◊〉 which are called Libertines Cyreniās and of Alexandria and of them of Cilicia ād of 〈◊〉 and disputed with Steuen 10 But they were not able to resist the wisdome and the Spirit by the which he spake 11 Then they suborned men which said We haue heard him speake blasphemous wordes against Moses and God 12 Thus they moued the people ād the Elders and the Scribes running vpon him caught him and broght him to the Council 13 And set forthe false witnesses which said This man ceaseth not to speake blasphemous wordes against this holie place and the Law 14 For we haue heard him say that this Iesus of Nazaret shal destroye this place and shal change the ordinances which Moses gaue vs. 15 And as all that sate in the Council loked stedfastly on him they sawe his face as it had bene the face of Angel CHAP. VII Steuen maketh answer by the Scriptures to his accusers 51. He rebuketh the hardnecked Iewes 57 And is stoned to death 58 Saul kepeth the tourmentours clothes 1 THen said the chief
I wyll giue you the holye thynges of Dauid whiche are faithfull 35 Wherefore he saith also in another place * Thou wilt not suffre thine Holie one to se corruption 36 Howbeit Dauid after he had serued his time by the counsel of God he*slept and was laid with his fathers and sawe corruption 37 But he whome God raised vp sawe no corruption 38 Be it knowenvnto you therefore men and brethren that through this man is preached vnto you the forgiuenes of sinnes 39 And from all things from whiche ye colde not be iustified by the Law of Moses by him euerie one that beleueth is iustified 40 Bew are therfore lest that come vpon you which is spoken of in the Prophetes 41 * Beholde ye despisers and wonder and vanishe away fori worke a worke in your dayes a worke whiche ye shall not beleue if a man wolde declare it you 42 ¶ And when they were come out of the Synagogue of the Iewes the Gentiles besoght that they wolde preache these wordes to them the next Sabbath day 43 Nowe when the Congregacion was dissolued manie of the Iewes and proselytes that feared God folowed Paul and Barnabas whi che spake to them and exhorted them to cō tinue in the grace of God 44 And the nexte Sabbath daye came almost the whole citie together to heare the word of God 45 But when the Iewes sawe the people they were full of enuie and spake against those things which were spoken of Paul contrarying them and railing on them 46 Then Paul and Barnabas spake boldelye and sayd * It was necessarie that the worde of GOD shulde first haue bene spoken vnto you but seing ye put it from you and iudge your selues vnworthie of euerlastynge life lo we turne to the Gentiles 47 For so hathe the Lord cōmāded vs saying * I haue made thee a light of the Gentiles that thou shuldest be the saluacion vnto the end of the worlde 48 And when the Gentiles heard it they were glad and glorified the worde of the Lord as manie as were ordeined vnto eternal life beleued 49 Thus the worde of the Lord was published throught the whole countrey 50 But the Iewes stirred certeine deuoute honorable womē the chief men of the citie raised persecuciō against Paul and Barnabas and expelled thē out of their coasts 51 But they * shouke of the dust of their fete against them and came vnto I conium 52 And the disciples were filled with ioye and with the holie Gost. CHAP. XIIII God giueth successe to his worde 6 Paul and Barnabas preache at I conium and are persecuted 13 At Lystra thei wolde do sacrifice to Barnabas and Paul which refuse it and exhorte the people to worship the true God 19 Paul is stoned 22 They confirme the disciples in faith and pacience 23 Appointe ministers 26 And passing through manie places make reporte of their diligence at Antiochia 1 ANdit came to passe in Iconiū that they went bothe together into the Synagogue of the Iewes and so spake that a great multitude bothe of the Iewes of the Grecians beleued 2 But the vnbelening Iewes stirred vp corrupted the mindes of the Gentiles against the brethren 3 So therefore they abode there a long time and spake boldely in the Lord which gaue testimonie vnto the worde of his grace and caused signes and wonders to be done by their hands 4 But the people of the citie were diuided some were with the Iewes and some with the Apostles 5 And when there was an assaut made bothe of the Gentiles and of the Iewes with their rulers to do them violence and to stone them 6 They were ware of it and fled vnto Lystra and Derbe cities of Lycaonia vnto the region rounde about 7 And there were preaching the Gospel 8 ¶ * Now there sate certeine man at Lystra impotent in his fete which was a creple from his mothers wombe who had neuer walked 9 He heard Paul speake who beholding him and perceiuing that he had faith to be healed 10 Said with a loude voyce Stand vpright on thy fete And he leaped vp and walked 11 Then when the people sawe what Paul had done they lift vp their voyces saying in the speache of Lycaonia Gods are come downe to vs in the likenes of men 12 And thei called Barnabas Iupiter and Paul Mercurius because he was the chief speaker 13 Then Iupiters priest which was before their citie broght bulles with garlandes vnto the gates and wold haue sacrified with the people 14 But when the Apostles Barnabas and Paul heard it thei rent their clothes and ran in among the people crying 15 And saying O men why do ye these things We are euen men subiect to the like passions that ye be and preache vnto you that ye shulde turne from these vaine idoles vnto the liuing God * which made heauen and earth and the sea and all things that in them are 16 Who in times past * suffred all the Gentiles to walke in their owne wayes 17 Neuertheles he left not him self without witnesse in that he did good and gaue vs raine from heauen and fruteful seasons filling our hearts with foode and gladnes 18 And speaking these things scarse refrained they the people that they had not sacrificed vnto them 19 Then there came certeine Iewes from Antiochia and Iconium which when they had persuaded the people * stoned Paul and drewe him out of the citie supposing he had bene dead 20 How beit as the disciples stode rounde about him he arose vp and came into the citie and the next day he departed with Barna bas to Derbe 21 And after they had preached to that citie had taught manie they returned to Lystra and to Iconium and to Antiochia 22 Confirming the disciples hearts and exhorting them to cōtinue in the faith affirming that we must through manie afflictions entre into the kingdome of God 23 And when they had ordeined thē Elders by election in euerie Church and praid and fasted they commended them to the Lord in whome they beleued 24 Thus they went through out Pisidia came to Pamphilia 25 And when they had preached the worde in Perga they came downe to Attalia 26 And thence sailed to Antiochia * frō whēce they had bene commended vnto the grace of God to the worke whiche they had fulfilled 27 And when they were come and had gathered the Church together they rehearsed all the things that God had done by them how he had opened the dore of faith vnto the Gentiles 28 So there they abode a long time with the disciples CHAP. XV. 1 Variance about circumcision 22 The Apostles send their determination to the Churches 35 Paul and Barnabas preache at Antiochia 39 And separate compagnie because
one of the seuen Deacons and abode with him 9 Now he had foure daughters virgines which did prophecie 10 And as we taryed there manies dayes there came a certeine Prophet from Iudea named Agabus 11 And when he was came vnto vs he toke Pauls girdle and bounde his owne hands ād fete and said Thus saith the holie Gost So shal the Iewes at Ierusalem binde the man that oweth this girdle and shal deliuer him into the hands of the Gentiles 12 And when we had heard these things both we and other of the same place besoght him that he wolde not go vp to Ierusalem 13 Then Paul answered and said What do ye weping and breaking mine heart For I am readie not to be boūde onely but also to dye at Ierusalem for the Name of the Lord Iesus 14 So when he wolde not be persuaded we ceased saying The wil of the Lord be done 15 And after those dayes we trussed vp our fardeles and went vp to Ierusalem 16 There went with vs also certeine of the disciples of Cesarea broght with thē one Mnason of Cyprus an olde disciple with whome we shulde Iodge 17 And when we were come to Ierusalem the brethren receiued vs gladly 18 And the next daye Paul went in wyth vs vnto Iames and all the Elders were there assembled 19 And when he had embraced them he tolde by ordre all things that God had wroght among the Gentiles by his ministracion 20 So when they heard it they glorified the Lord ād said vnto him Thou seest brother how manie thousand Iewes there are which beleue and they are all zealous of the Law 21 Now they are informed of thee that thou teachest all the Iewes whiche are amonge the Gentiles to forsake Moses and saist that they ought not to circumcise their children nether to liue after the customes 22 What is then to be done the multitude must nedes come together for they shall heare that thou art come 23 Do therfore this that we say to thee We ha ue foure men which haue made a vowe 24 Then take and purifie thy self with them and contribute with them that they maȳe* shaue their heades and all shall knowe that those things whereof they haue bene informed concerning thee are nothing but that thou thy self also walkest kepe it the Law 25 For as touching the Gentiles whiche beleue we haue written and determined* that they obserue no suche thinge but that they kepe them selues from things offred to idoles and from bloode and from that that is stangled and from fornication 26 Then Paul toke the men and the next daye was purified with them and entred into the Temple * declaring the accomplishment of the dayes of purification vntyll that an offerynge shulde be offered for euerye one of them 27 And when the seuen dayes were almost ended the lewes whiche were of Asia when they sawe hym in the Temple moued all the people and layd hands on him 28 Crying Men of Israel helpe this is the man that teacheth all men euery where againste the people and the Law and this place more ouer he hath broght Grecians into the Tem ple and hathe polluted this holie place 29 For they had sene before Trophimus an Ephesian with him in the citie whom they sup posed that Paul had broght into the Temple 30 Then all the citie was moued and the people ran together and they toke Paul and drewe him out of the Temple ād forth with the dores were shut 31 But as they went about to kill hym tydings came vnto the chief Captaine of the bande that all Ierusalem was on an vproare 32 Who immediatly toke the 〈◊〉 and Centurions and ran downe vnto them and when they sawe the chief Captaine and the souldiers they left beating 〈◊〉 Paul 33 Then the chief Captayne came nere and toke him ād commanded him to be bounde with two chaines and demaunded who he 〈◊〉 and what he had done 34 And one cryed thys another that amonge the people So when he colde not know the certeintie for the tumulte he commanded him to be led into the castle 35 And when he came vnto the grieces it was so that he was borne of the souldiers for the violence of the people 36 For the multitude of the people followed after crying Away with him 37 And as Paul shulde haue bene led into the castle he sayd vnto the chief captaine May I speake vnto thee Who sayde Canst thou speake Greke 38 Art not thou the* Egyptian who before these dayes raised a sedition and led out into the wildernes foure thousand men that were murtherers 39 Then Paul said Doutles I am a man whiche am a Iewe and citizen of* Tarsus a famous citie in Cilicia and I beseche thee suffre me to speake vnto the people 40 And when he had giuen hym licence Paul stode on the grieces and beckened with the hand vnto the people and when there was made great silēce he spake vnto them in the Hebrue tongue saying CHAP. XXII 3 Paul rendreth an account of his life and doctrine 25 He escapeth the whippe by reason he was a citizen of 〈◊〉 1 YEmen brethren and fathers heare my defence now towards you 2 And when they heard that he spake in the He brue tongue to them they kept the more silence and he said 3 I am verely a man whiche am a Iewe borne in* Tarsus in Cilicia but broght vp in thys citie at the fete of Gamaliel and instructed accordyng to the perfect maner of the Law of the Fathers ād was zealous toward God as ye all are this day 4 * And I persecuted thys waye vnto the death bindyng and deliuerynge into prison bothe men and women 5 As also the chief Priest doeth beare me witnes and all the state of the Elders of whome also I receyued letters vnto brethren and went to Damascus to 〈◊〉 them whiche were there bound vnto erusalem that they might be punished 6 ¶ And so it was as Iiourneid and was come nere vnto Damascus about noone that suddenly there shone from heauen a great light rounde 〈◊〉 me 7 So I fell vnto the earth and heard a voyce saying vnto me Saul Saul why persecutest thou me 8 Then 〈◊〉 aunswered Who art thou Lord And he said to me I am Iesus of Nazaret whome thou persecutest 9 Moreouer they that were withme sawe in dede 〈◊〉 and were afraid but they heard not the voyce of him that spake vnto me 10 Then I said What shal I do Lord And the Lord said vnto me Arise and go into Damascus and there it shal be 〈◊〉 thee of all things which are appointed for thee to do 11 So when I colde not se for the glorie of that lyght I was led by the hande of them that were with me and came into Damascus 12 And one Ananias a godlye man as
that Paul being seton may be broght safe vnto Felix the Gouernour 25 And he wrote an epistle in this maner 26 Claudius Lysias vnto the moste noble Gouernour Felix sendeth greting 27 As this man was taken of the Iewes and shulde haue bene killed of them I came vpō them with the garison and rescued him per ceiuing that he was a Romaine 28 And when I wolde haue knowen the cause wherefore they accused him I broght him for the into their council 29 There I perceiued that he was accused of questions of their Law but had no crime worthie of death or of bondes 30 And when it was shewed me how that the Iewes laid wait for the mā I sent him straight way to thee and commaunded his accusers to speake before thee the things that they had against him Fare wel 31 Then the souldiers as it was commaunded them toke Paul and broght him by night to Antipatris 32 And the next day they left the horsmē to go with him and returned vnto the castel 33 Now when they came to Cesarea they deliuered the epistle to the Gouernour and presented Paul also vnto him 34 So when the Gouernour had red it he asked of what prouince he was when he vnder stode that he was of Cilicia 35 I wil heare thee said he whē thine accusers also are come and commaunded him to be kept in Herodes iudgement hall CHAP. XXIIII 10 Paul being accused answereth for his life and doctrine against his accusers 25 Felix gropeth him thinking to haue a bribe 28 And after leaueth him in prison 1 NOw after fiue dayes Ananias the high Priest came downe with the Elders and with Tertullus a certeine oratour whiche appeared before the Gouernour against Paul 2 And when he was called for the Tertullus began to accuse him saying Seing that we haue obteined great quietnes through thee and that manie worthie things are done vnto this nation through thy prouidence 3 We acknowledge it wholy and in all places moste noble Felix with all thankes 4 But that I be not tedious vnto thee I pray thee that thou woldest heare vs of thy courtesie a fewe wordes 5 Certeinely we haue founde this man a pestilent felowe a mouer of sedition among all the Iewes throughout the worlde a chief mainteiner of the secte of the Nazarites 6 And hathe gone about to pollute the Tēple therefore we toke him and wolde haue iudged him according to our Law 7 But the chief captaine Lysias came vpō vs and with great violence toke him out of our hands 8 Cōmanding his accusers to come to thee of whom thou maist if thou wilt inquire know all these things where of we accuse him 9 And the Iewes like wise 〈◊〉 saying that it was so 10 Then Paul after that the gouernour had beckened vnto him that he shulde speake answered I do the more gladly answer for my self for asmuche as I knowe that thou hast bene of manie yeres a iudge vnto this nation 11 Seing that thou maist knowe that there are but twelue dayes since I came vp to worship in Ierusalem 12 And thei nether founde me in the Temple disputing with anie man nether making vpro are among the people nether in the Synagogues nor in the citie 13 Nether can they proue the things where of they now accuse me 14 But this I confesse vnto thee that after the way which they call heresie so worship I the God of my Fathers beleuing all things which are written in the Law and the Prophetes 15 And haue hope to wards God that the resurrection of the dead which they them selues loke for also shal be bothe of iust and vniust 16 And here in I endeuour my self to haue alway a cleare consciēce to warde God to warde men 17 Now after many yeres I came and broght * almes to my nacion and offrings 18 * At what time certeine Iewes of Asia foūde me purified in the Temple 19 Nether with multitude nor with tumult 20 Who ought to haue bene present before thee accuse me if they had ought against me 21 Or let these thē selues say if they haue foūde any vniust thing in me while I stode in the Council 22 Except it be for this one voyce that I cryed standing among them * Of the resurrection of the dead am I accused of you this day 23 Now when Felix heard these things he differ red them and said Whē I shal more perfitely knowe the things which cōcerne this way by the coming of Lysias the chief Captaine I wil decise your matter 24 Then he cōmande a Centurion to kepe Paul and that he shulde haue ease that he shuld forbid none of his acquaintance to minister vnto him or to come vnto him 25 ¶ And after certeine dayes came Felix with his wife Drusilla which was a Iewesse he called forthe Paul and heard him of the faith in Christ. 26 And as he disputed of righteousnes and tēperance and of the iudgemēt to come Felix trembled ād answered Go thy way for this time and when I haue conuenient time I wil call for thee 27 He hoped also that money shulde haue bene giuen him of Paul that he might lose him wherefore he sent for him the oftener and communed with him 28 When two yeres were expired Porcius Festus came into Felix roume and Felix willing to get fauour of the Iewes left Paul bounde CHAP. XXV 2 The Iewes accuse Paul before Festus 8 He answereth for him self 11 And appealeth vnto the Emperour 14 His matter is rehearsed before Agrippa 23 And he is broght forthe 1 WHen Festus was then come into the pro uince after thre dayes he went vp from Cesarea vnto Ierusalem 2 Then the high Priest and the chief of the Iewes appeared before him against Paul and they besoght him 3 And desired fauour againste him that he wolde send for him to Ierusalem ād they laid wait to kil him by the way 4 But Festus answered that Paul shuld be kept at Cesarea and that he him self wolde shortly departe thither 5 Let them therefore said he which amōg you are able come downe with vs and if there be anie wickednes in the man let them accu se him 6 ¶ Now when he had taried among them no more then ten dayes he went downe to Cesarea and the next day sate in the iudgement seat and commaunded Paul to be broght 7 And when he was come the Iewes whiche were come from Ierusalem stode about him and laid manie and grieuous complaintes against Paul which they colde not proue 8 Forasmuche as he answered that he had nether offended anie thing against the Law of the Iewes nether against the Temple nor against Cesar. 9 Yet Festus willing to get fauour of the Iewes answered Paul and said Wilt thou go vp to Ierusalem there be iudged
which haue bene baptized into Iesus Christ haue bene bapti zed into his death 4 * We are buryed then with him by baptisme into his death that like as Christ was raised vp from the dead by the glorie of the Father so we also shulde* walke in newnes 〈◊〉 5 * For if we be grasted with him to the simi litude of his death euen so shal we be to the similitude of his resurrection 6 Knowing this that our olde man is crucified with him that the bodie of sinne might be destroyed that henceforthe we shulde not serue sinne 7 For he that is dead is freed from sinne 8 Wherefore if we be dead with Christ we be leue that we shal liue also with him 9 Knowing that Christ being raised from the dead dyeth no more death hath no more do minion ouer him 10 For in that he dyed he dyed once to sinne but in that he liueth he liueth to God 11 Likewise thinke ye also that ye are dead to sinne but are aliue to God in Iesus Christ our Lord. 12 Let not sinne reigne therefore in your mortal bodie that ye shulde obey it in the lustes thereof 13 Nether giue ye'your membres as weapons of vnrighteousnes vnto sinne but giue your selues vnto God as they that are aliue from the deàd and giue your membres as weapons of righteousnes vnto God 14 For sinne shal not haue dominion ouer you for ye are not vnder the Law but vnder grace 15 What then shal we sinne because we are not vnder the Law but vnder grace God forbid 16 * Knowe ye not that to whome soeuer ye giue your selues as seruants to obey his seruants ye are to whome ye obey 〈◊〉 it be of sinne vnto death or of obedience vnto righteousnes 17 But God be thanked that ye haue bene the seruants of sinne but ye haue obeyed from the heart vnto the forme of the doctrine whereunto ye were deliuered 18 Being then made fre from sinne ye are made the seruants of righteousnes 19 I speake after the maner of man because of the infirmitie of your flesh for as ye haue giuen your members seruants to vnclennes ad to iniquitie to commit iniquitie so now giue your members seruants vnto righteousnes in holines 20 For when ye were the seruants of sinne ye were freed from righteousnes 21 What frute had ye then in those things whereof ye are now ashamed For the end of those things is death 22 But now being freed from sinne and made seruants vnto God ye haue your frute in holines and the end euerlasting life 23 For the wages of sinne is death but the gifte of God is eternal life through Iesus Christ our Lord. CHAP. VII 1. 7 12 The vse of the Law 6. 24 And how Christ hathe de liuered vs from it 16 The infirmitie of the faithful 23 The dangerous fight betwene the flesh and the Spirit 1 KNowe ye not brethren for I speake to them that knowe the Lawe that the Law hathe dominion ouer a man as long as he liueth 2 * For the woman which is in subiection to a man is bounde by the law to the man while he liueth but if the man be dead she is deliuered from the law of the man 3 So then if while the man liueth she take another man she shal be called an* adulteresse but if the man be dead she is fre from the Law so that she is not an adulteresse thogh she take another man 4 So ye my brethren are dead also to the Law by the bodie of Christ that ye shulde be vnto another euen vnto him that is raised vp from the dead that we shulde bring forthe frute vnto God 5 For when we were in the flesh the motiōs of sinnes which were by the Law had force in our membres to bring for the frute vnto death 6 But now we are deliuered from the Law being dead vnto it wherein we were holdē that we shulde serue in newnes of Spirit and not in the oldenes of the letter 7 What shal we say then Is the Law sinne God forbid Nay I knewe not sinne but by the Law for I had not knowen glust except the Law had said * Thou shalt not lust 8 But sinne toke an occasion by the cōmaundemēt and wroght in me all maner of concu piscēce for without the Law sinne is dead 9 For I once was aliue without the Law but when the cōmandemēt came sinne reuiued 10 But I dyed and the same commaundement which was ordeined vnto life was founde to be vnto me vnto death 11 For sinne toke occasion by the cōmaundemēt disceiued me and thereby slew me 12 Wherefore the Law is* holie and the com maundement is holie and iust and good 13 Was that then which is good made death vnto me God 〈◊〉 but sinne that it might appeare sinne wroght death in me by that which is good that sinne might be out of measure sinful by the commaundement 14 For we knowe that the Lawe is spiritual but I am carnal solde vnder sinne 15 For I alowe not that which I do for what I wolde that do I not but what I hate that do I. 16 If I do then that which I wolde not I consent to the Law that itis good 17 Now then it is no more I that do it but the sinne that dwelleth in me 18 For I knowe that in me that is in my flesh dwelleth no good thing for to wil is present with me but I finde no meanes to performe that which is good 19 For I do not the good thing which I wolde but the euil which I wolde not that do I. 20 Now if I do that I wolde not it is no more I that do it but the sinne that dwelleth in me 21 I finde then by the Law that when I wolde do good euil is present with me 22 For I delite in the Law of God concernig the inner man 23 But I se another law in my membres rebel ling against the law of my minde leading me captiue vnto the law of sinne which is in my membres 24 Owreched man that I am who shal deliuer me from the bodie of this death 25 I thanke God through Iesus Christ our Lord. Then I my self in my minde serue the Law of God but in my slesh the law of sinne CHAP. VIII 1 The asseurance of the faith ful of the fruthe the holie Gost in them 3 The weakenes of the Lawe and who accomplished it 4 And wherefore 5 Of what sorte the faithful ought to be 6 The frute of the Spirit in them 17 Of hope 18 Of pacience vnder the crosse 28 Of the mutual loue betwitx God and his children 29 Of his
last of all he was sene also of me as of one borne out of due time 9 For I am the least of the Apostles which am not mete to be called an Apostle because I persecuted the Church of God 10 But by the grace of God I am that I am and his grace which is in me was not in vaine but I laboured more abundantly then they all yet not I but the grace of God whiche is with me 11 Wherefore whether it were I or they so we preache and so haue ye beleued 12 ¶ Now if it be preached that Christ is risen frō the dead how say some among you that there is no resurrection of the dead 13 For if there be no resurrection of the dead then is Christ not risen 14 And if Christ be not risen then is our preaching vaine and your faith is also vaine 15 And we are founde also false witnesses of God for we haue testified of God that he hathe raised vp Christ whome he hathe not raised vp if so be the dead be not raised 16 For if the dead be not raised then is Christ not raised 17 And if Christ be not raised your faith is vaine ye are yet in your sinnes 18 And so they whiche are a slepe in Christ are perished 19 If in this life onely we haue hope in Christ we are of all men the moste miserable 20 But nowe is Christe risen frome the dead and was made the first frutes of them that slepte 21 For since by man came death by man came also the resurrection of the dead 22 For as in Adam all dye euen so in Christe shal all be made aliue 23 But euerie man in his owne order the first frutes is christ afterwarde they that are of Christ at his comming shal rise againe 24 Then shal be the end when he hathe deliuered vp the kingdome to God euen the Father when he hath put downe all rule and all autoritie and power 25 For he must reigne till he hathe put all his enemies vnder his fete 26 The last enemie that shal be destroyed is death 27 For he hathe put downe all thynges vnder his fete And when he sayth that all thyngs are subiect to hym it is manifest that he is excepted whiche did put downe all things vnder hym 28 And when all things shal be subdued vnto him then shal the Sonne also him self be sub iect vnto him that did sub due all thyngs vnder him that God may be all in all 29 Els what shal they do which are baptized for dead if the dead rise not at all why are they then baptized for dead 30 Why are we also in ieoperdie euerie houre 31 By our reioycing whiche I haue in Christ Iesus our Lord I dye daily 32 If I haue foght with beasts at Ephesus after the maner of men what aduantageth it me if the dead be not raised vp let vs eat and drinke for tomorowe we shal dye 33 Be not deceiued euill speakings corrupt good maners 34 A wake to liue ryghteously and sinne not for some haue not the knowledge of God I speake this to your shame 35 But some man will saye Howe are the dead raised vp and wyth what bodye come they forthe 36 O foole that which thousowest is not quic kened except it dye 37 And that whiche thousowest thousowest not that bodie that shal be but bare corne as it faileth of wheat or of some other 38 But God giueth it a bodie at hys pleasure euen to euerie sede his owne bodie 39 All fleshe is not the same fleshe but there is one fleshe of men and another fleshe of beastes and another of fisshes and another of byrdes 40 There are also heauenlie bodies and earth lye bodyes but the glorye of the heauenlie is one and the glorie of the earthlye is another 41 There is another glorie of the sunue and another glorie of the moone and another glorie of the starres for one starre differeth from another starre in glorie 42 So also is the resurrection of the dead The bodie is sowen in corruption and is raised in incorruption 43 It is sowen in diwonour and is raised in glorie it is sowen in weakenes and is raised in power 44 It is sowen a natural bodie and is raised a spiritual bodie there is a natural bodie there is a spiritual bodie 45 As it is also written The first man * Adam was made a liuing soule and the last Adam was made a quickening Spirit 46 Howbeit that was not first made which is spiritual but that which is natural after warde that which is spiritual 47 The firstman is of the earth earthlie the secondeman is the Lord from heauen 48 As is the earthelie suche are they that are earthlie and as is the heauenlie suche are they also that are heauenlie 49 And as we haue borne the image of the earthlie so shal we beare the image of the heauenlie 50 This say I brethren that flesh blood can not inherit the kingdome of God nether doeth corruption inherit incorruption 51 Beholde I shewe you a secret thing We shal not all slepe but we shal all be changed 52 In a moment in the twinkling of an eye at the last * trumpet for the trumpet shal blowe and the dead shal be raised vp incorruptible and we shal be changed 53 For this corruptible must put on incorruption and this mortal must put on immortalitie 54 So when this corruptible hathe put on incorruption and this mortal hathe put on immortalitie then shal be broght to passe the saying that is written * Death is swalowed vp into victorie 55 * O death where is thy sting ô graue where is thy victorie 56 The sting of death is sinne and the strēgth of sinne is the Law 57 * But thankes be vnto God which hathe giuen vs victorie through our LORD Iesus Christ. 58 Therefore my beloued brethren be ye sted fast vnmoueable abundant alwayes in the worke of the Lord for asmuch as ye knowe that your labour is not in vaine in the Lord CHAP. XVI He putteth them in remembrance of the gathering for the poore brethren at Ierusalem 13 We must perseuere in faith in the loue of Christ our neighbour 15 After his commendations he wisheth to them all prosperitie 1 COncerning * the gathering for the Saintes as I haue ordeined in the Churches * of Galacia so do ye also 2 Euerie first day of the weke let euerie one of you put aside by him self and laye vp as God hathe prospered him that then there be no gatherings when I come 3 And when I am come whosoeuer ye shal alowe by letters them wil I send to
of the campe bearing his reproche 14 For here haue we no continuing citie but we seke one to come 15 Let vs therefore by hym offer the sacrifice of praise alwayes to God that is the * frute of the lippes whiche confesse his Name 16 To do good and to distribute forget not for with suche sacrifices God is pleased 17 Obey them that haue the ouersight of you and submit your selues for they watche for your soules as thei that must giue accountes that they may do it with ioye and not with grief for that is vnprofitable for you 18 Pray for vs for we are assured that 〈◊〉 haue a good conscience in all thyngs desiryng to liue honestly 19 And I desire you some what the more earnestly that ye so do that I may be restored to you more quickely 20 The God of peace that broght againe frō the dead our Lord Iesus the great shepherd of the shepe through the blood of the euerlasting Couenant 21 Make you perfite in all good workes to do his will working in you that whiche is pleasant in his sight through Iesus Christ to whome be praise for euer and euer Amen 22 I beseche you also brethren suffre the wordes of exhortation for I haue writen vn to you in fewe wordes 23 Knowe that our brother Timotheus is deliuered with whome if he come shortely I wil se you 24 Salute all them that haue the ouersight of you and all the Saintes They of Italie salute you 25 Grace be with you all Amen Written to the Hebrewes from Italie and sent by Timotheus THE GENERAL Epistles of Iames. THE ARGVMENT IAmes the Apostle and sonne of Alpheus wrote this Epistle to the Iewes which were conuerted to Christ but dispersed throughout diuers countreis and therefore he exhorteth them to pacience prayer to embrace the true worde of God and not to be partial nether to boast of an ydle faith but to declare a true faith by liuelie frutes to auoide ambitiō to bridel the tongue to rule the affections to be humble and loue their neighbours to beware of swearing to vtter their fautes when they haue offended to praye one for another and to bring him which is out of the way to knowledge of Christ. CHAP. I. 2 He exhorteth to reioyce in trouble 6 To be feruent in prayer with stedfast belief 17 To loke for al good things from aboue 21 To forsake all vice and thankefully to receiue the worde of God 22 Not onely hearyng it and speaking ofit but to do thereafter in dede 27 What true religion is 1 IAMES a seruant of GOD and of the Lord IES VS CHRIST to the twelue Tribes whiche are scattered abroade salutation 2 My brethren counte it exceadyng ioye whē ye fell into diuers tentations 3 * Knowyng that the trying of your faith bringeth for the pacience 4 And let pacience haue her perfite worke that ye may be perfite and entier lackyng nothyng 5 If any of you lacke wisdome let hym aske of God whiche giueth to all men liberally and reprocheth no man and it shal be giuen hym 6 * But let him aske in faith and wauer not for he that wauereth is like a waue of the sea tost of the winde and caryed away 7 Nether let that man thinke that he shall receiue any thyng of the Lord. 8 A wauering minded man is vnstable in al his wayes 9 Let the brother of lowe degree reioyce in that he is exalted 10 Againe he that is riche in that he is made 〈◊〉 for as the flower of the grasse shall he* vanish away 11 For as when the sunne riseth with heat thē the grasse withereth and his flower falleth away and the beautie of the facion of it perisheth euen so shal the riche man fade away in all his wayes 12 * Blessed is the man that endureth tentatiō for when he is tryed he shall receiue the crowne of life whiche the Lord hath promi sed to them that loue him 13 Let no man say when he is tempted I am tempted of God for God can not be tēpted with euil nether tempteth he any man 14 But euerie man is tempted when he is drawne away by his owne concupiscence and is entised 15 Then when lust hathe conceiued it bryngeth forth sinne and sinne when it is finished bringeth forthe death 16 Erre not my deare brethren 17 Euerie good giuyng and euerie perfite gift is from aboue and cōmeth downe from the Father of lights with whome is no varia blenes nether shadowing by turning 18 Of his owne will begate he vs with the worde of trueth that we shulde be as the first frutes of his creatures 19 Wherefore my deare brethren * let euerie man be swift to heare slowe to speake and slowe to wrath 20 For the wrath of man doeth not accomplish the righteousnes of God 21 Wherefore lay aparte al filthines and superfluitie of maliciousnes and receiue with 〈◊〉 the worde that is graffed in you whiche is able to saue your soules 22 * And be ye doers of the worde and not hearers onely deceiuyng your owne selues 23 For if anic heare the worde and do it not he is like vnto a man that beholdeth his natural face in a glasse 24 For when he hathe considered him self he goeth his way and forgetteth immediatly what maner of one he was 25 But who so loketh in the perfit Law of libertie and cōtinueth therein he not being a forgetfull hearer but a doer of the worke shal be blessed in his dede 26 If anie man among you semeth religious and refraineth not his tongue but deceiueth his owne heart this mans religion is vaine 27 Pure religion and vndefiled before GOD euen the Father is this to visite the fatherles and widdowes in their aduersitie and to kepe him self vnspotted of the worlde CHAP. II. 1 He forbiddeth to haue anie respect of persones 5 But to regarde the poore as well as the riche 8 To be louyng and merciful 14 And not to boast of faith where no dedes are 17 For it is but a dead faith where good workes followe not 1 MY brethren haue not the faith of our glorious Lord Iesus Christ in respect of persones 2 For if there come into your companie a mā wth a gold ring and in goodlie apparell and there come in also a poore man in vile raiment 3 And ye haue a respect to hym that weareth the gaye clothyng and say vnto hym Sit thou here in a good place and say vnto the poore Stand thou there or sit here vnder my 〈◊〉 4 Are ye not partiall in your selues and are become iudges of euill thoghts 5 Hearken my beloued brethren hathe not God chosen the poore of this worlde that they shulde be riche in faith and heires of the kingdome whiche he promised to them
able to saue and to destroye * Who art thou that iud gest another man 13 Go to no we ye that saye To daye or to morowe we wyll go into suche a citie and continue there a yere and bye and sel and get gaine 14 And yet ye can not tell what shal be to moro we For what is your lyfe It is euen a vapour that appeareth for a litle time and af ter warde vanisheth away 15 For that ye ought to say * If the Lord wyll and If we liue we wil do this or that 16 But no we ye reioyce in your boastyngs all suche reioycing is euil 17 Therefore to him that knoweth howe to do wel and doeth it not to him it is sinne CHAP. V. 2 He threateneth the wicked riche men 7 Exhoiteth vnto pacience 12 To beware of swearyng 16 One to knowledge his fautes to another 20 And one to labour to bring another to the trueth 1 GO to nowe ye ryche men wepe and howle for your miseries that shall come vpon you 2 Your riches are corrupt and your garments are moth eaten 3 Your Golde and Siluer is cankred and the rust of them shal be a wytnes agaynste you and shall eat your fleshe as it were fyre * Ye haue heaped vp treasure for the last dayes 4 Beholde the hyre of the laborers which haue reaped your fields whiche is of you kept backe by fraude cryeth and the cryes of them which haue reaped are entred into the eares of the Lord of hostes 5 Ye haue liued in pleasure on the earthe and in wantōnes Ye haue nourished your hearts as in a day of slaughter 6 Ye haue condemned and haue killed the iuste and he hathe not resisted you 7 Be pacient therefore brethren vnto the commyng of the Lorde Beholde the housband man waiteth for the precious frute of the earth and hathe longe pacience for it vntill he receiue the former and the latter rayne 8 Be ye also pacient therefore and setle your hearts for the commyng of the Lord draweth nere 9 Grudge not one against another brethren lest ye be condemned beholde the iudge standeth before the dore 10 Take my brethren the Prophetes for an ensample of suffering aduersitie and of long pacience whiche haue spoken in the Name of the Lord. 11 Beholde we count them blessed whiche endure Ye haue heard of the pacience of Iob 〈◊〉 haue knowen what end the Lord made For the Lord is verie pitiful and mercifull 12 But before all thyngs my brethren * sweare not nether by heauen nor by earth nor by anie other othe but let your yea be yea and your naye naye lest ye fall into condemnation 13 Is anie among you afflicted Let him pray Is anie merie Let him sing 14 Is anie sicke among you Let hym call for the Elders of the Churche and let them praye for him and anoint hym with * oyle in the Name of the Lord. 15 And the prayer of fayth shal saue the sicke and the LORDE shall rayse him vp and if he haue committed sinne it shal be forgiuen hym 16 Acknowledge your fautes one to another and pray one for another that ye may be hea led for the prayer of a ryghteous man auaileth muche if it be feruent 17 * Helias was a man subiect to lyke passions as we are and he prayed earnestlye that it myght not rayne and it rained not on the earth for thre yeres and six moneths 18 And he prayed agayne and the heauen gaue rayne and the earth broght forthe her frute 19 Brethren if anye of you hathe erred frome the trueth and some man hathe conuerted hym 20 Let him knowe that he whiche hathe conuerted the sinner from goyng astraye out of his way shal saue a soule from death ād shal hide a multitude of sinnes THE FIRST EPISTLE general of Peter THE ARGVMENT HE exhorteth the faithful to denie them selues and to contemne the worlde that being deliuered from all carnal affections and impediments they may more spedely atteine to the heauēlie kingdome of Christ whereunto we are called by the grace of God reueiled to vs in his Sonne and haue already receiued it by faith possessed it by hope and are therein confirmed by holines of life And to the intent this faith shulde not faint seing Christ contemned and reiected almost of the whole worlde he declareth that this is nothyng els but the accomplishyng of the Scriptures whiche testifie that he shulde be the stombling stone to the reprobate and the sure fundation of saluation to the faithfull therefore he exhorteth them courageously to go forwarde considering what they were and to what dignitie God hathe called them After he entreateth particular points teaching subiects how to obey their gouernours and seruants their masters how maried folkes ought to behaue them selues And because it is appointed for all that are godlie to suffre persecutions he sheweth them what good yssue their asflictions shal haue and contrariewise what punishment God reserueth for the wicked Last of all he teacheth how the ministers ought to behaue them selues forbidding them to vsurpe autoritie o 〈◊〉 the Churche also that yong men ought to be modest and apt to learne and so endeth with an exhortation CHAP. I. 2 He sheweth that through the abundant mercie of God we are elect and regenerate to a liuelie hope 7 And how faith must be tried 10 That the saluation in Christ is no newes but a thing prophecied of olde 13 He exhorteth them to a godlie conuersation forasmuche as they are now borne a newe by the worde of God 1 PETER an Apostle of Iesus Christ to the strangers that dwel here and there throughout Pontus Galacia Cappadocia Asia Bithynia 2 Elect according to the fore knowledge of God the Father vnto sanctificatió of the spirit through obedience and sprinkling of the blood of Iesus Christ Grace and peace be multiplied vnto you 3 * Blessed be God euen the Father of our Lord Iesus Christ whiche accordyng to his abundant mercie hathe begotten vs againe vnto a liuelie hope by the resurrection of Iesus Christ from the dead 4 To an inheritance immortall and vndefiled and that fadeth not away reserued in heauen for you 5 Whiche are kept by the power of GOD through faith vnto saluation whiche is prepared to be shewed in the last time 6 Wherein ye reioyce thogh now for a ceason if nede require ye are in heauines through manifolde tentations 7 That the triall of your faith being muche more precious then golde that perisheth thogh it be tried with fyre might be foūde vnto your praise and honour and glorie at the appearing of Iesus Christ. 8 Whome ye haue not sene and yet loue him in whome now thogh ye se him not yet do you beleue and reioyce with ioye vnspeakeable and glorious 9 Receiuing the
apparel 4 But let the hid man of the heart be vncorrupt with a meke quiet spirit which is before God a thing muche set by 5 For euen after this maner in time past did the holie women which trusted in GOD tier them selues and were subiect to their housbands 6 As Sarra obeied Abraham and * called him Sir whose daughters ye are while ye do wel not being afraid of anie terrour 7 * Likewise ye housbands dwel with them as men of knowledge giuing honour vnto the woman as vnto the weaker vessel euen as they which are heires together of the grace of life that your prayers be not interrupted 8 Finally be ye all of one minde one suffre with another loue as brethren be petiful be courteous 9 * Not rendring euil for euil nether rebuke for rebuke but contrarie wise blesse knowing that ye are there unto called that ye shulde be heires of blessing 10 * For if anie man long after life and to se good daies let him refraine his tongue from euil and his lippes that they speake not guile 11 * Let him eschewe euil and do good let him seke peace and folow after it 12 For the eyes of the Lord are ouer the righteous and his eares are open vnto their prayers and the face of the Lord is vpon them that do euil 13 And who is it that wil harme you if ye folowe that which is good 14 * Not withstanding blessed are ye if ye suffre for righteousnes sake Yea feare not their feare nether be troubled 15 But sanctifie the Lord God in your hearts and be readie alwaies to giue an answer to euerie man that asketh you a reason of the hope that is in you 16 * And that with mekenes and reuerence hauing a good conscience that when theyr speake euil of you as euil doers thei may be ashamed which blame your good conuersacion in Christ. 17 For it is better if the wil of God be so that ye suffer for wel doing then for euil doing 18 * For Christ also hathe once suffred for sinnes the iust for the vniust that he might bring vs to God and was put to death concerning the flesh but was quickened in the spirit 19 By the which he also went preached vnto the spirits that were in prison 20 Which were in time passed disobedient when once the long suffring of God abode in the daies of * Noe while the 〈◊〉 was preparing wherein fewe that is eight soules were saued in the water 21 To the which also the figure that now saueth vs euen Baptisme agreeth not the putting awaye of the filth of the flesh but in that a good conscience maketh request to God by the resurrection of Iesus Christ. 22 Which is * at the right hand of God gone into heauen to whome the Angels and Powers and might are subiect CHAP. IIII. 1 He exhorteth men to cease from sinne 2 To spende no more time in vice 7 To be sober and apt to praye 8 To loue echeother 12 To be pacient in trouble 15 To be ware that no man suffre as an euildoer 16 But as a Christian man and so not to be ashamed 1 FOrasmuche then as Christ hathe suffred for vs in the flesh arme your selues likewise with the same minde which is that he which hathe suffred in the flesh hathe ceased from sinne 2 That he hence forwarde shulde liue as muche time as remaineth in the flesh not after the lustes of men but after the wil of God 3 * For it is sufficient for vs that we haue spent the time past of the life after the lust of the Gentiles walking in wantonnes lustes dron kennes in glottonie drinkings and in abominable idolatries 4 Wherein it semeth to them strange that ye runne not with them vnto the same excesse of ryote therefore speake thei euil of you 5 Which shal giue accountes to him that is ready to iudge quicke and dead 6 For vnto this purpose was the Gospel preached also vnto the dead that they might be condemned according to men in the flesh but might liue according to God in the spirit 7 Now the end of all things is at hand Be ye therefore sober and watching in prayer 8 But aboue all things haue feruent loue among you * for loue couereth the multitude of sinnes 9 Be ye * herberous one to another without grudging 10 * Let euerie man as he hathe receiued the gifte minister the same one to another as good disposers of the manifolde grace of God 11 If anie mā speake let him talke as the wordes of God If anie man minister let him do it as of the abilitie which God ministreth that God in al thīgs may be glorified through Iesus Christ to whome is praise and dominion for euer and euer Amen 12 Dearly beloued thinke it not strange concerning the fyrie trial which is among you to proue you as thogh some strange thing were come vnto you 13 But reioyce in asmuche as ye are partakers of Christs sufferings that whē his glorie shal appeare ye may be glad and reioyce 14 * If ye be railed vpon for the Name of Christ blessed are ye for the Spirit of glorie and of God resteth vpon you which on their parte is euil spoken of but on your parte is glorified 15 But let none of you suffer as a murtherer or as a thefe or an euil doer or as a busibodie in other mens matters 16 But if anie man suffer as a Christian let him not be ashamed but let him glorifie God in this behalfe 17 For the time is come that iudgement must beginne at * the house of God If it first begin at vs what shal the end be of them which obey not the Gospel of God 18 * And if the righteous scarsely be saued where shal the vngodlie and the sinner appeare 19 Wherefore let them that suffer according to the wil of God cōmit their soules to him in wel doing as vnto a faithful Creator CHAP. V. 2 The duetie of Pastours is to fede the flocke of Christ and what rewarde they shal haue if they be diligent 5 He exhorteth yong persones to submit them selues to the elders 8 To be sober and to watche that they may resist the enemie 1 THe elders which are among you beseche which am also an elder and a witnes of the suffrings of Christ and also a partaker of the glorie that shal be reueiled 2 Fede the flocke of God which dependeth vpō you caring for it not by constraint but willingly not for filthie lucre but of a readie minde 3 Not as thogh ye were lords ouer Gods heritage but that ye may be ensamples to the flocke 4 And when the chief shepherd shal appeare ye
place was in the Temple “ Or out of the Temple o To take his parte p That bothe the king and the peo ple shulde main teine the true 〈◊〉 of God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all 〈◊〉 q That 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 gouerne 〈◊〉 they obey in the feare of God r Euen in the place where he had blasphemed God and thoght to haue 〈◊〉 by his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God powred his vengeance vpon him s To wit Iehoiadá t Which by 〈◊〉 crueltie and persecucion had vexed the whole land before 2 〈◊〉 14. a So long as 〈◊〉 giue 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of God they 〈◊〉 b So hard a thing it is for them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be broght to the perfit obe dience of God c That is the mo ney of redēptiō Exod. 30. 〈◊〉 also the money which the Priest valued the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 27 2 and their 〈◊〉 liberalitie d For the Temple which was 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 fiftie and 〈◊〉 yeres before had many things decaied in it bothe by the negligence 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and also by the wickednes of the idolaters e He taketh from them the ordering of the money because of their 〈◊〉 f That is on the Southside “ Or vessel g For the Kynge had 〈◊〉 other which were 〈◊〉 for that purpose Chap. 21. 5. h For these men had onelye the charge of the reparacion of the Temple and the reste of the money was broght to the King who caused these afterwarde to be made 2. Chron. 24. 14. i After the death of Iehoiada Ioash fel to idolatrie therfore god reiecteth him ād stirreth vp hys enemie agaynste him whome be pacified with the treasures of the Temple for God wolde not be serued with those gifts seing the Kings heart was wicked k Because he had put zacharie the sonne of 〈◊〉 to death 2. Chro 24. 25. l Read 2. Sam. 〈◊〉 9. “ 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a By worshipping the calues whiche 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Israel b 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 liued c To wit Ioash the sonne of Iehoahaz d Safely ād with out danger ” 〈◊〉 as yesterdaye and before yesterday e VVherein they did 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 and which the Lord had 〈◊〉 to be destroyed f That is 〈◊〉 and Benhadad his sonne as 〈◊〉 3. read of Hazaél Chap. 8. 12. Deut. 16. 20. g His chief purpose is to 〈◊〉 the kingdome of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 his promes made to the house of Dauid but by the way he sheweth how 〈◊〉 was afflicted and punished for their greate 〈◊〉 who thogh they had now degene rat yet God both by sending 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and diuers punishements did cal them vnto hym againe h Thus they vsed to call the Prophetes and seruants of God by whome God bles sed his people as chap. 2. 12. 〈◊〉 that by their 〈◊〉 thei did 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 theyr countrey then by force of armes i That is toward Syria so that he did not only pro phecie with wor des but also confirmed hym by these signes that he 〈◊〉 haue the victorie k Because he semed content to haue victorie againste the enemies of God for 〈◊〉 or thrise 〈◊〉 had not a zeale to ouercome them 〈◊〉 and to destroy them vtterly l By this miracle God confirmed the autoritie of Elisha whose do ctrine in his lyfe they contem ned that at this sight they myght returne and imbra ce the same doctrine Eccles. 48. 14. m That is vntill their sinnes were come to a full measure there was no more hope of amende ment 2. Chap. 25. 1. a In the beginning of his reigne he 〈◊〉 to haue an outward shewe of godlines but afterward he became an idolater and worshipped the idoles of the 〈◊〉 means Chap. 12. 20. b Because theine 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not were 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 their fathers in that act Deut. 24. 16. Ezek 18. 20. c For the 〈◊〉 ans whome Dauid had broght to subiection did rebelle in the time of 〈◊〉 sonne of 〈◊〉 “ Or the to wre or tocke d Let vs fight hād 〈◊〉 hand and 〈◊〉 it by battel and not destroye one anothers cities e By 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Iohoash 〈◊〉 him selfe to a cedre to because of hys greate kingdome ouer ten tribes ād Amaziah to a thist le because he ruled but ouer two tribes and the wilde beasts are Iehoashs soudiers that spoiled the cities of Iudah f Brag of the victorie so that thou 〈◊〉 at home ād 〈◊〉 me not “ Or broght him g That is which the Israelites had giuen to them of Iudah for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 tance of peace h VVhiche citie Roboam built in Iudah for a forte resse 1. Chro. 11. 9 i VVho is also called Vzziah 2. Chro. 26. 1. k VVhich is also called Elanon or Eloth l Because this ido latrie was so vile and almost incre dible that men shuld forsake the lyuing GOD to worship calues the worke of mans hande ther fore the Scripture doeth 〈◊〉 rimes repeat it in the reproche of all idolaters ” Ebr. by the hand of m Read 1. King 14 10. ” Ebr. had not spoken n Which was also called 〈◊〉 of Syria or 〈◊〉 ” Ebr. in thetwen 〈◊〉 yere and se uenth yere a So long she gaue 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 the Prophet b His father and grād father were 〈◊〉 by their subiects seruāts he because he wolde 〈◊〉 the Priests office 〈◊〉 co Gods ordinance was smitē 〈◊〉 by the hand of God with the leprosie 2 〈◊〉 26 21. c As viceroy or deputie to his father d He was the 〈◊〉 in 〈◊〉 from Iehu who reigned according to Gods pro mes but in him God began to execute 〈◊〉 against the house of 〈◊〉 e 〈◊〉 was the last in Israél that had the king dome by succession saue onely 〈◊〉 the son ne of 〈◊〉 who reigned but two yeres Chap. 10 10. f VVhiche was a citie of Israél that wolde not receiue him to be King g That is of Israél h In steade of seking helpe of God he went about by 〈◊〉 to purchase the fauour of this King being an in fidele therefore God for 〈◊〉 him Phulsone after warde brake pro mes destroyed his countrey 〈◊〉 led his people away captiue i Which were of the same conspiracie k For God 〈◊〉 vp 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 against Israél for their sinnes 〈◊〉 Chro. 5 26. 〈◊〉 Chro 27 1. “ Or 〈◊〉 l He sheweth that his 〈◊〉 Was not suche but that he had many and great fautes m After the death of 〈◊〉 n VVhich slewe of 〈◊〉 in one day six score 〈◊〉 fighting men 2 Chro. 28 6 because they had forsaken the true God a This Was a Wicked sonne of a 〈◊〉 father as of him againe came godlie 〈◊〉 and of him Wicked 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that God in the end shewed him 〈◊〉 thus We sehow vrcer 〈◊〉 it is to depend on the dignitie of our fathers b That is offred him to 〈◊〉 or madehim to passe betwene two fyres as the maner of the 〈◊〉 Was Leu. 21 18. Deu. 18 〈◊〉 Isa. 7 〈◊〉 c For the
k VVhich summe is broght tomoūt to thre millions millions and six hundreth thousand crownes for here is mencion made of thirtie mo then are spoken of 1. Kin. 10. 1. mat 〈◊〉 14. a To knowe Whe ther his Wisdome Were so great as the reporte Was. Iuk 〈◊〉 31. b There was no question so hard that he did not solus “ Or gallerie whereby hewent vp ” Ebr. there was no more spirit in her “ Or actes c Meanings that the Isrélites Were 〈◊〉 peo ple that Kings ate the lieutenāts of God which oght to grāte vnto him the 〈◊〉 and mini ster iustice to all d Read Chap. 8. 8. e Or pillers meaning the garnishing and trimming of the 〈◊〉 or pillers f That is Which the King gaue her 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of that treasure Which she broght g VVhich 〈◊〉 mounteth 102400 crownes of the sunne Bud eude asse h Or Pounds called 〈◊〉 of euerie one semed to make an 〈◊〉 shekels i That is the sleppes and the forè 〈◊〉 were fastened to the throne k Vpon the pom mels or 〈◊〉 l VVhich 〈◊〉 of the best Writers is thoght to be Cilicia read 1. King 10. 22. m That is ten hot ses in euerie stable Which in all 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 thousand 18. 〈◊〉 King 4. 26. “ Or 〈◊〉 n The abundance of these temporal 〈◊〉 in Salomons kingdome is a figure of the spiritual treasures which the elect shal enioye in the 〈◊〉 vnder the true Salomon Christ. “ Or Iddo o That is which prophecied agaīst him 〈◊〉 King 11. 41. a After the death of Salomon 1. King 12. 1. b That is hādeled 〈◊〉 It semeth that God hardened their heartes so that they thus murmu red without cause which declareth also the incō stantie of the peo ple. c Or that stode by him that is which were of his counsel and 〈◊〉 d Or 〈◊〉 singer meaning that he was of farregrea 〈◊〉 power 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 father “ Or 〈◊〉 e Gods wil impo seth suche a neces 〈◊〉 the second causes that 〈◊〉 can be done but according to the same and yet mans wil worketh as of it selfe so that it can not be excused in doing euil by alledging that it is Gods ordinance ” Ebr. by the hād 〈◊〉 Kin. 〈◊〉 16. “ Or receyuer ” Ebr. strengthened him 〈◊〉 2. Kin. 12. 20. a That is the 〈◊〉 tribe of Benia n in for the other halfe was gone af ter Ieroboam b Meaning the ten tribes which rebelled c Or repaired thē and made them strong to be more able to resist 〈◊〉 boam “ Or 〈◊〉 ” Ebr. stode Chap. 13. 9. 1. Kin. 12. 31. d Meaning idoles read Isa. 〈◊〉 15. e VVhich were 〈◊〉 of true re ligion and feared God f So long as they feared God and set forthe his worde they pro 〈◊〉 g Called 〈◊〉 Abi lam who reigned thre yere 1. Kin. 15. 2. h Me gaue him selfe to haue many wiues “ Or when the 〈◊〉 had established Rehobeams kingdome ” For suche is the inconstancie of the people that for the moste part 〈◊〉 follow the 〈◊〉 of their 〈◊〉 b VVhich were a people of Africa called the Troglo dites because they 〈◊〉 in holes “ Or blacke Mores c 〈◊〉 that no calamiue can come vnto vs except we forsake Cod and that he neuer leueth vs til we haue cast him of d And therefore doeth 〈◊〉 punish your for your sinnes ” Ebr. drop downe e He sheweth that Gods 〈◊〉 are not to destroy his 〈◊〉 but to 〈◊〉 se them to bring thē to the Know ledge of them selues and to knowe how much 〈◊〉 it is to serue God then 〈◊〉 f VVhich declareth that God 〈◊〉 not the death of a 〈◊〉 but his conuersiō 〈◊〉 8. 32. 33. 11. 1. Kin. 14 21. g That is twelue yeres after that he had 〈◊〉 ouercome by 〈◊〉 ver 〈◊〉 ” Ebr. saying “ Or Abiam a He meaneth Iu dah ād 〈◊〉 b Or Maacha 1. King 52. c Called also 〈◊〉 for Abshalom was her grandefather 〈◊〉 King 15. 2. d VVhiche was one of the 〈◊〉 of moū 〈◊〉 e And 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 doeth vsurpe it or take it 〈◊〉 that stocke 〈◊〉 the ordinance of the Lorde thus like an 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 the word of God for his aduantage f That is 〈◊〉 because that thing whiche is 〈◊〉 is preserued from 〈◊〉 he meaneth also that it was made solemnely 〈◊〉 by offring of sacrifices where as they 〈◊〉 salt accordyng as was ordeined Nom. 18. 19. g This worde in the Chalde tongue is Racha Which 〈◊〉 Sauiour vseth Matt. 5. 22. ” Ebr. children of Belial h Meanynge in hearte and courage 1. Kin. 11. 26. “ Or fainte hearted i He 〈◊〉 the nature of idolaters which take no trial of the vo cation lyfe and doctrine of their ministers but thinke the most 〈◊〉 and greatest beastes sufficient to serue their turne Leui. 26. 36. 1. King 12. 31. Chap 11. 14. Ebr. fil his hād k As it was appointed in the Law Exod. 29. 39 l Because theyr cause was good appointed by the Lorde they douted not of the successe and victorie m Contemnyng the good counsel whiche came of the 〈◊〉 of God he thoght to haue ouer come by deceite “ Or gaue hym the ouerthre we n He sheweth that the staye of al kingdomes assurāce of victo ries depende vpō our trust and cōfidence in the Lorde ” Ebr. 〈◊〉 2. Kyng 13. 8. a VVhiche were 〈◊〉 contrary to the Lawe 〈◊〉 16. 20. b He sheweth that the rest and quietnes of kingdomes standeth in abolishing ido latrie and 〈◊〉 cing true religiō c VVhile we 〈◊〉 the ful gouernement 〈◊〉 d The Kinge of 〈◊〉 Egypt e VVhiche was a citie in 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 15. 44. VVhere Michaiah the Prophete was borne 1. King 14. 6. “ Or against ma ny without power f Thus the children of God nether trust in their owne power or policie nether feare the strēgth 〈◊〉 of their enemies but con sider the cause subtilitie of their entreprises tend to Gods glorie therevpon assure thē selues of the victorie by him whiche is onely almightie can turne all flesh in to dust with the breath of hys monthe g The Lorde had 〈◊〉 thē with feare a VVho was called 〈◊〉 as hys father was vers 8. b For the space of 〈◊〉 yeres vnder 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 thre yeres vn der 〈◊〉 religion was neglected and 〈◊〉 planted c He sheweth that 〈◊〉 the wicked nes of tyrants ad their rage yet God hathe hys 〈◊〉 he heareth in their tribulacion as he deliuered hys from zerah king of the Ethiopiās and out of all other daungers when they called vpō the Lord. d Your confiden ce and truste in God shal not be 〈◊〉 e Called 〈◊〉 conteining part of May and part of Iune f VVhiche they had taken of the Ethiopians g These were the wordes of their couenant which commaunded all idolaters to be put to death accordynge to the Lawe of God 〈◊〉 13. h So long as
declared b which I wil de clare toward you and powre into your hearts by my Spi it c Vndet the Sabbath he comprehendeth the who le seruice of God true religion d Let none thinke him self vnmete to receiue the graces of the Lord for the Lord wil take awaye all impediments and wil forsake none which wil kepe his true religion beleue in him e Meaning in his Church f They shal be cal led after my people and be of the same religion yea vnder Christ the dignitie of the faithful shal be greater then the Iewes were at that time g Hereby he mea neth the spiritual seruice of God to whome the faith ful offer cōtinual thā kesgiuing yea thē selues and all that they haue as a liuely and acceptable sacrifice h Not onely for the Iewes but for all others Matt. 21. 13 k He sheweth that his affliction shall come through the faure of the gouernours Prophetes and pastors Whose ignorance negligence 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 prouoked Gods wrath against them i Meaning the enemies of the Church as the Ba bylonians 〈◊〉 c. thus he speaketh to feare the hypocrites to assure the faith fel that Whē this cometh thei may knowe it was tol de them before l We are wel yet and 〈◊〉 shal be better therefore let vs not feare the plagues before they come thus the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the admonitions and exhottations which were made them in the Name of God a From the plague that is 〈◊〉 hād and also because God wil punish the wicked b The soule of the 〈◊〉 shal be in ioye their bodie shal rest in the graue vn o the time of the resurrection because thei walked before the Lord. c He threatneth the Wicked hypo crites who vnder the precence of the name of Gods people decided Gods worde and his promises boa sting ' openly that thei were the chil dren of Abraham but because they were not faithful and obedient as Abraham was he calleth thē baslards and the children of forceters which forso ke God and fled to wicked meanes for succour d Read Leui. 18. 21 2 e Meaning euerie place was pol luted with their idolatrie or euerie faire stone that they founde thei made an ido le of it f In the sacrifices which you offeig before these idoles thoght you did serue God g To wit thine 〈◊〉 in open pla ce like an impudent harlot that carethnot for the sight of her housband h In stead of setting vp the worde of God in the opē places on the postes and dores to haue it in remem branc eut 6. 9. 27. 1. thou hast set vp signes and markes of thine idolatrie in euerie place i That is didest increase tnineido latrie more and more k Thou didest seke the fauour of the 〈◊〉 by giftes and preséts to helpe thee against the Egyptiās and when thei failed thousough test to the Babyloniās and more and more didest to ment thy self 2. Kin 123 10. l Althogh that fallest all thv labours to bein vai ne yet woldest thou neuer acknowledge thy fautes leaue of m He 〈◊〉 their vnprofirable 〈◊〉 which thoght to haue made all sure and yet were deceiued n Broken promes with me o Meaning that the wicked abuse Gods leuitie and growe to farther wichednes p That is thy naughtines Idolatries and impiecies which the wicked call Gods 〈◊〉 he derideth their obslinacie q Meaning the 〈◊〉 and other whose helpe thei loked for r God shal say to Darius and Cyrus s I wil not vse my power against 〈◊〉 man whose life is but a blast t That is for the vices and faures of the people which is ment hereby couetousnes u Thogh thei were ob stinat yet I did not with draw my mercie from them x That is I frame the speac e and wordes of my messengers which shal bring peace y As wel to him that is in 〈◊〉 as to him that remaineth at home z Their euil conscience doeth euer torment them and therefore they can neuer haue rest read Chap 48. 22. a The Lord thue speaketh to the Prophet willing him to vse all diligence and seueretie to rebuke the hypocrites b They wil seme to worship me and haue 〈◊〉 holines c He seeteth forthe the 〈◊〉 disdaine of the 〈◊〉 which grudge against God if their wor kes be not accepted d Thus he conninceth the hypo ctites by the secōde table and by their duetie tow ward their neigh bour that ther ha ue nether faith nor 〈◊〉 e So long as you vse contencion and oppression your fasting and praier shal not be heard f That you leaue of all your 〈◊〉 sions g For in him thou seest thy self as in a glasse h That is the pro sperous estate where with God wil blesse thee i The testimonie of thy goodnes shal appeare before God man k Whereby is ment all maner of iniurie l That is haue compassion ou their miseries m Thine aduersi rie shal be turned into prosperitie n Signifying that of the Iewes shulde come suche as shuld buvl de againe the rui nes of Ierusalem and Iudea but chiefly this is ment of the spiritual Ierusalem whose buylders were the Apostles o If thou refiaine thy self from thy wicked workes Nomb. 11. 23. Chap. 50. 20 Iere. 5. 25. a Read Chap. 1. 15 b All men winke at the 〈◊〉 oppressions and none go about to remedie them c According to their wicked deuises they hurt their neighbours d Whatsoeuer cometh from thē is poyson and bringeth death e Thei are profitable to no purpose f That is Gods vengeance to punish our enemies g Gods 〈◊〉 to defend vs. h We are altoge ther destitute of counsel and can finde no end of our miseries i We expresse our sorowes by outwarde signes some more some lesse k This confeisiō is general to the Church to obteine remission of sinnes and the Prophetes did not exempt them selues from the same l To wit against ourneighbours m There is nether iustice nor vp rightnes among men n The wicked wil destroye him o Meaning to do iustice and to remediethe 〈◊〉 that were so far out of order p That is his Churche or his ar me did helpe it self and did not seke aide of any other q Signifying that God hathe all meanes at hand to deliuer his Church and to punish their ene 〈◊〉 r To wit your enemies which dwel in diuers places and beyon de the sea s He sheweth that there shal be great affliction in the Church but God wil 〈◊〉 deliuer his t Whereby he de clareth that the true deliuerance from and Satan belongeth to none but to the chil dren of God whome he 〈◊〉 u Because the do ctrine is made profitable by the vertue of the Spirit he 〈◊〉 the one with the other promiseth to giue them bothe to his Church 〈◊〉 euer a The time 〈◊〉 thy prosperitie and 〈◊〉 where as speaking of Babylon he
of God as a grieuous bur den c Because this wordwas broght to contempt and derision he wil teache them another maner of speache and wil cause this worde Burden to cease and teache them to aske with reuetence VVhat saith the Lord d The thing which they mocke and contemne shal come vpon them ” Or take you away Chap. 20. 11. a The good siggs signified 〈◊〉 that were gone into captiuitie and so saued their life as chap. 21. 8. and the noghty siggs them 〈◊〉 remained which were yet subiect to the sworde famine and 〈◊〉 b whereby he approueth the yelding of 〈◊〉 and his companie because thei obeied the Prophet who ex 〈◊〉 thē thereunto c hich declareth that man of himselfe can kno we nothing 〈◊〉 God giue the heart and vnderstanding Chap. 31. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 8. 10. 17. Chap. 29 17. d Which fled the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 succour a That is in 〈◊〉 third 〈◊〉 accomplished and in the beginning 〈◊〉 the fourth 〈◊〉 thogh Nebuchad nezzár began to reigne in the end of the thirde yere of 〈◊〉 kins reigne yet that yere is not here counted because it was almost expired Dan 1. 〈◊〉 b Which was the 〈◊〉 yere and the ninth moneth of 〈◊〉 reigne c That is I haue spared no diligen ce or labour Chap. 7. 13. d He sheweth that the Prophets wholly with 〈◊〉 consent did labour to pul the people 〈◊〉 those vices which then 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wit from 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ce of men for vnder these two all other were 〈◊〉 2 King 17. 〈◊〉 Chap. 18. 11. and 35. 15 Iouáh 3. 8. e The Caldeans and all their power f So the wicked and 〈◊〉 him selfe are Gods ser uants 〈◊〉 he maketh them to serue him by constreint 〈◊〉 that which thei do of malice to his honour and glorie g As the Philistims 〈◊〉 Egyptians others Chap 16 9. h Meaning that bread all thigs that 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 vnto their feastes shulde be taken away Or destroy i This reuelacion was for the 〈◊〉 of his prophecie because he tolde thē of the time that thei shulde entre and remaine in 〈◊〉 k For seing the iudgement began at his owne nouse the enemies must nedes be pu nished most 〈◊〉 uously 2 Chron. 36. 22. l That is of the Babylonians as Chap. 27. 7. Ezra 1. 1. Chap 29. 10. Dan. 9. 2. m Signifying the 〈◊〉 that God had appointed for euerie one as Psal. 75 a Isa. 51. 17. this cup which the wicked 〈◊〉 is more bitter thē 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 to his children for he 〈◊〉 the one by mercie and the other by iustice Ezek 9 6. 1. Pet. 4 17. n For now it beginneth and shal 〈◊〉 continue til it be accomplished o 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 1. 1. p 〈◊〉 were cities of the Philistuns q Edom is here taken for the who e countrey 〈◊〉 Vz for a part thereof r 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Ita lie and the rest of those 〈◊〉 s These were peo ple of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 came of 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of Abrahám and 〈◊〉 t For there were two 〈◊〉 so named the one called plentiful the other baren or desert u That is of Babylon as Chap. 51. 〈◊〉 Or Persia x That is Ierusa 〈◊〉 read verl 12. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 16. Amos 1. 2. Chap. 30. 23. y Thei which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 at the Lords appointement z Ye that are chief 〈◊〉 and goueinours a which are moste easily broken b It shal not helpe them to 〈◊〉 to flee ” Ebr. peaceables a That is in that place of the Temple whereunto the 〈◊〉 resort out of all Iudáh to sacrifice b To the intent that they shulde pretend 〈◊〉 ignorance as Act. 20. 27. c Read Chap. 18. 8. d Read Chap. 7. 〈◊〉 e So that when they wolde cursse any thei shal say God do to thee as to Ierusalém f Because of Gods promes to the Tēple Psal. 132. 14 that he wolde for euer remayne there the hypocri 〈◊〉 thoght this Tē ple colde neuer pe rish and therfore thoght it blasphemie to speake against it Mar 26. 〈◊〉 act 6 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cōsidering that this was ment of the Churche where God wil remaine for euer g So called because it was repaired by Ioathā 2 Kings 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ” Ebr. 〈◊〉 of death belōgeth to this man h He both sheweth the cause of his doings plainely also threateneth thē that they shulde nothing 〈◊〉 thogh they shulde put him to death but heape greater vengeāce vpon their heads Michah 1. 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 12. i That is of the house of the Lord to wit zion and these examples the godlie alledged to 〈◊〉 Ieremiah out of the Priestes 〈◊〉 whose rage 〈◊〉 wolde not haue bene satisfied but by his death k So that the citie was not 〈◊〉 but by miracle was deliuered out of the handes of 〈◊〉 l Here is 〈◊〉 the furie of tyrāts who cā not abide to 〈◊〉 Gods worde declared but 〈◊〉 the ministers thereof and yet in the end they 〈◊〉 nothing but prouoke Gods iudgements so muche the more m As in the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 exāple is to be followed so in his other 〈◊〉 act is to be abhoired for Gods pligue did light on him and his 〈◊〉 n VVhiche 〈◊〉 that nothing colde haue appeased 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 if God had not moued this noble mā to stand valian ly in his defence a As touching the dispositiō of these prophecies they that gathered thē into a booke 〈◊〉 not altogether ob 〈◊〉 the order of times but did set some 〈◊〉 which shulde be after 〈◊〉 wises which if the reader marke wel 〈◊〉 shal auoide many doutes and make the eading much more easy Chap. XXVII b By suche signes the Prophetes 〈◊〉 sometimes to cōfirme their prophecies 〈◊〉 not withstanding they colde nor do of them 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but in asmuche as thei had a reuelation for the same 〈◊〉 Isa. 20. 2. and therfore the false propheres to get more credi did vse also suche visible signes but they had no reuelatiō 1. King 22. 11. c Read Chap. 25. 〈◊〉 d Meaning Euilmerodach and his sonne Belshazar e They shal bring him and his kingdome in 〈◊〉 as Chap 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Chap. 14 〈◊〉 33 21 29 8 Chap. 28. 3. f VVhiche were taken when Ieconiah was led captiue into Batél g For it was not onely the Prophetes office to shewe the word of God but also to praye for the sinnes of the people Genes 20. 7. VVhich these colde not do because they had no expresse wordes for God had 〈◊〉 the contrarie 2. King 25. 13. 2. King 24. 12. h That is for the space of seuentie yeres till I haue caused the Medes and Persians to ouercome the Caldeans a VVhē Ieremiah began to 〈◊〉 these bondes and yokes b After that the land had rested as Leu 25. 1. Deut. 15. 1. c This was a 〈◊〉 in Beniamin belō ging to the sonnes of Aarō iosh. 21. 17 ” Ebr. two yeres of dayes d He was so 〈◊〉 med thogh 〈◊〉 was a false Prophet e
make the matter more sensi ble he bringeth in Pharaoh whome the dead shal 〈◊〉 and maiueile at him read Isa. 14. 9. o Meaning the Persians p VVhome in this life all the worlde feared q That is the Cappadocians and Italians or Spanyardes as Iosephus writeth r 〈◊〉 dyed not by 〈◊〉 death but by the course of nature and are ho norably buryed with their 〈◊〉 armour and signes of honour s The Kings of Ba bylon t As the wicked reioyce when they se others partakers of their miseries u I wil make the Egyptians afraid of me as thei caused others to feare them “ Or of their coastes a He sheweth that the people ought to haue cōtinually gouernours teachers which may haue a care ouer them and to warne thē 〈◊〉 of the dangers which are at hand b Signifying that the wicked shal not escape punishement thoght 〈◊〉 watcheman be negligent but if the watcheman blowe the trumped and then he wil not obey he shal deserue double punishement Chap. 3. 17. c VVhich teacheth that he that recei ueth not his charge at the Lords mouth is a spie not a true watche man d The VVatchmē must answer for the blood of all the perish through his negligence e Thus the wicked when they heare Gods iudge ments for their sinnes despaire of his mercies murmur f Read Chap. 18. 23 g Read of this righteousnes 〈◊〉 18. 〈◊〉 h Hereby he condemneth all 〈◊〉 of hypocrisie which pretende to forsake wickednes 〈◊〉 declare not them 〈◊〉 ues suche by their 〈◊〉 that is in obeying Gods cōmandements and by godlie life Chap. 18. 25. i VVhen the Pro phet was led away 〈◊〉 with 〈◊〉 coniah k I was 〈◊〉 with the Spirit of prophecie Chap. 8. 2. l VVhereby is signified that the ministers of God can not speake 〈◊〉 God giue thē 〈◊〉 rage and open their mouth Chap. 24 〈◊〉 29. 21 ephe 6. 19. m Thus 〈◊〉 wicked thinke them selues 〈◊〉 worthie to enioye Gods promes thē the Saints of God to whome they were made and wolde binde God to be subiect to them 〈◊〉 they wolde 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 de to him n Contrary to the Law Leui. 17. 14. o As they that are ready stil to shed blood 〈◊〉 7. 24. 24 〈◊〉 30. 6. p 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 q This declareth 〈◊〉 We 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 Gods worde su he 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that We 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 obey it el We 〈◊〉 the worde to our 〈◊〉 con 〈◊〉 and make 〈◊〉 his mini sters as thogh they were 〈◊〉 to serue mens foo lish 〈◊〉 “ Or pleasant loue songs 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Prests 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 riches 〈◊〉 c He 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of a good 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 and succor 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e Be destroying the couetous 〈◊〉 lings restoring true shepherdes whereof we haue a signe so oft as God sendeth true preachers who 〈◊〉 the by doctrine life labour to 〈◊〉 his shepe in the pleasant 〈◊〉 of his worde f 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of then 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in all 〈◊〉 g Meaning suche as lift vp them sel ues 〈◊〉 their 〈◊〉 think thei 〈◊〉 no nede to be gouerned by me h 〈◊〉 is by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be twene the good and the 〈◊〉 and so giue to 〈◊〉 as thei 〈◊〉 i By good pasture and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 is ment the pure Worde of God the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 Which 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the poore til thei had 〈◊〉 it k Meanīg Christ of Whom Dauid Was a figure Ier. 30. 9. hosea 3. 5. l This declareth that vnde christ the 〈◊〉 shuld be 〈◊〉 deliuered from sinne and hel ād so be safely preserued in the Churche Where thei 〈◊〉 neuer perish m The frutes of Gods graces shal appear in great abundance in his 〈◊〉 n That is the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 shall come 〈◊〉 of the roote 〈◊〉 Ishai Isa. 11 1. a VVhere the Idu means 〈◊〉 b VVhen by their 〈◊〉 called them from their 〈◊〉 c Except thou repent thy 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 d To Wir to their 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 e Meaning 〈◊〉 and Iudah f And so by 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 people 〈◊〉 shuld go about 〈◊〉 put 〈◊〉 out of hys owne possession g As thou haste done 〈◊〉 so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 h Sewing that 〈◊〉 God 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 ought to 〈◊〉 that he 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 ouer 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 so 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Name and also that the 〈◊〉 rage as 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 Were 〈◊〉 God till 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 his hand to their de 〈◊〉 Chap. 6. 2. a That is the Idu mean b That 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for Gods 〈◊〉 Was the 〈◊〉 of all the World c Ye are made a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 all the Worlde d They appointed 〈◊〉 them selues to haue 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 therfore came with Nebuched nezzar 〈◊〉 Ie 〈◊〉 for this purpose e Because you ha ue bene a laughing stocke vnto them f By making a so lemne o the read chap 20. 5. g God declareth his mercies and goodnes toward his 〈◊〉 who still 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 whiche he destroyeth his enemies h VVhich was ac complished vnder Christ to whome all 〈◊〉 temporall deliue rances did direct them i That is vppon the mountaines of Ierusalem “ Or thee k Thus the enemies imputed 〈◊〉 the 〈◊〉 of the land whiche God did for the sinnes 〈◊〉 the peo ple accordyng to his 〈◊〉 iudgements 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 2. 14. l And therefore wolde not suffre my Name to be had in contempt as the heath n wolde haue reproched me if I had 〈◊〉 my church to perish m This excludeth from man all dignitie and meane to deserue 〈◊〉 thynge by seing that God referreth the whole to hym self and that one ly for the glorie of his holy Name “ Or your n That is his Spi rit whereby he reformeth the heart and regene reth his Isa. 44 3. 〈◊〉 32. 39. Chap. 11. 19. o Vnder 〈◊〉 abūdance of temporal 〈◊〉 he concludeth the spiritual 〈◊〉 p Ye shall come to true repentan ce and thynke your selues vnworthie to be of the 〈◊〉 of Gods c eatures for your ingratitude against him q He declareth that 〈◊〉 ought not to be 〈◊〉 to the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the earth 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 countrey is 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 but 〈◊〉 to Gods 〈◊〉 as hys 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 when he maketh it 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 a He sheweth 〈◊〉 a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 GOD hathe power and also wil deliuer his people from their 〈◊〉 in asmuche as he is able 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 to the dead 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 them vp againe b 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that is the 〈◊〉 ful 〈◊〉 be 〈◊〉 to the same 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 they are 〈◊〉 through the worlde c That is when I haue 〈◊〉 you ou of 〈◊〉 places and townes where
〈◊〉 b Which is to declare that the god lie 〈◊〉 not hasten to much but paciently to abide the yssue of Gods promes c Called Abib whiche conteineth 〈◊〉 of Mar che and parte of April d Being caryed by the spirit of 〈◊〉 to haue the sight of this 〈◊〉 Tygris e This was the Angel of GOD which was 〈◊〉 to assure Daniél in this prophecie that followeth f The worde also 〈◊〉 comeli nes or beautie so that for 〈◊〉 he was like a dead man for 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g Which declareth that when we are 〈◊〉 downe with the 〈◊〉 of God we 〈◊〉 not rise except he also list vs vp with his hand which is his power h Meaning Cam byseswhoreigned in his fathers absence did not onely for this spa ce binder the buil ding of the Temple but wolde ha ue 〈◊〉 raged if God had not sent me to resist him therefore haue I stayed for the profite of the Church i Thogh God cold by one Angel de stroy all the worl de yet to 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 of his loue he sendeth forthe double power euen Michaél that is Christ Iesus the head of Angels k For thogh the Prophet Daniél shulde end and cease yet his doctrine shulde con tinue 〈◊〉 the comming of 〈◊〉 for the comfort of his Church l This was the same Angel that spake with him before in the simi litude of a man m I was ouercome with feare and sorowe whē I sawe the vision n He declareth he reby that GOD wolde be mereful vnto the people of Israél o which 〈◊〉 that when God smitteth downe his children he doeth not immediatly lift them vp at once for now the Angel had touched him twise but by litle and litle p Meaning that he wolde not onely him 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the rage of Cam byses but also the other Kings of Persia by Alexander the King of 〈◊〉 q For this Angel was appointed for the defense 〈◊〉 the Church vnder Christ who is the head thereof a The Angelassu reth Daniél that God hathe giuen him power to performe these things seing he appointed him to assiste 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 he ouer come the Caldéans b Whereof Cambyses that now 〈◊〉 was the first the seconde 〈◊〉 the third 〈◊〉 the sonne of Hystaspis and the 〈◊〉 zerxes which all were enemies to the people of God 〈◊〉 against thē c For the raised vp all the East countreis to 〈◊〉 againste the 〈◊〉 and albeit he had in his armie ninei ūdieth thousand men yet in soure 〈◊〉 he was discō 〈◊〉 and fled away with shame d That is Alexan der the 〈◊〉 eat e For when his estate was moste 〈◊〉 he 〈◊〉 came him self with 〈◊〉 and so 〈◊〉 into a disea se or as some 〈◊〉 te was poysoned by Cassander f For his twelue chief princes first 〈◊〉 his king dome mong thē selues g After this his 〈◊〉 was deuided into fou re for Seleucus had Syria 〈◊〉 nus 〈◊〉 minor Cassāder the king dome of Macedo nia and 〈◊〉 Egypt h Thus 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Alexanders ambicion ctuel tie in causing his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 be murthered 〈◊〉 ly of the 〈◊〉 chief 〈◊〉 and partely one of 〈◊〉 other i None of these foure shal be able to he compared to the power of Alexander k That is 〈◊〉 posteritie hauing no parte thereof l To wit Ptolemeus King of Egypt m That is 〈◊〉 the sonne of Scleucns and one of Alexanders princes shal be more mightie for he shulde haue be the Asia and Syria n That is Berenice the daughter of P 〈◊〉 Philadelphus shal be giuen in mariage to Antiochus Theos thinking by this 〈◊〉 that Syria and Egypt shulde haue a continual peace together o That sorce and strength shal not continue for soneafter Berenice and her yong sonne after her houshāds death was stayne of her step sonne Seleucus Calinicus the sonne of Laoqice the lawful wife of 〈◊〉 but put away for this womans sake p Nether Prolen cus nor Antiochus q Some read seed meaning the childe begotten of Berenice r Some read she that begate her and thereby vnderstand her 〈◊〉 whiche broght her vp so that all they that were occasion of t is mariage were destroyed s Meaning that Prolomeus 〈◊〉 after the death of his father Philadelphus shulde succede in the king dome being of the same stocke that Berenice was t To 〈◊〉 his 〈◊〉 death against Antiochus Calinicus King of Syria u For this 〈◊〉 reigned six and fortie yeres x Meaning Seleu cus and Antiochus the greate the sonnes of Ca linieus shal make warre againste Prolomeus Philo pater the sonne of Philadelphus y For his elder brother 〈◊〉 dyed 〈◊〉 was slaine whiles the warres were preparing z That is Philopater 〈◊〉 he shal se 〈◊〉 to tak great dominions from him in Syria ād also 〈◊〉 to inuade Egypt a For Antiochus had six thousand ho 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 score thousand foremen b After the death of 〈◊〉 Phi lopater who left 〈◊〉 Epiphanes his 〈◊〉 c For not onelye Antiochus came against 〈◊〉 but also Philippe 〈◊〉 of Macedonia ād these two 〈◊〉 greate power with them d For vnder Oni 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 salsely alledged that 〈◊〉 ce 〈◊〉 19. 19. cer teine of Iewes 〈◊〉 with him into Egypt to ful 〈◊〉 this prophecie also the Angell sheweth that all these troubles which are in the Churche are by the 〈◊〉 counsel of God e The Egyptians were not able to resist Stop as An 〈◊〉 captaine f He sheweth that he shall not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the Egyptians but al so the Iewes and shall entre 〈◊〉 their countrey 〈◊〉 he admo nis heth them before that they 〈◊〉 knowe that all these things come by Gods 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 g This was the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 that 〈◊〉 oght against Prolomeus 〈◊〉 h To 〈◊〉 a beautiful 〈◊〉 which was 〈◊〉 Antiochus daughter i For he regarded not the life of his 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 of the kingdome of Egypt k She shal not agre to his wicked 〈◊〉 but shal loue 〈◊〉 housband as her duetie requireth and not seke his destruction l 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 Asia Grecia and those yles which are in the sea called Mediterraneum for the 〈◊〉 called all 〈◊〉 yles which were deuided from them by sea m For where as 〈◊〉 was wont to con cmne the Romaines and put their 〈◊〉 to 〈◊〉 in all places At 〈◊〉 the Consul or Lucius 〈◊〉 him to 〈◊〉 and caused his shame to turne on his owne head n By his wicked life and obeying 〈◊〉 foolish counsel o For 〈◊〉 of the 〈◊〉 his shal flee to his holdes p For 〈◊〉 as vnder the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 he wolde haue robbed the Temple of 〈◊〉 Dodoncus the coun 〈◊〉 slue him q That is Selcucus shal succede his father 〈◊〉 r Not by 〈◊〉 enemies or 〈◊〉 but by treason s VVhiche was Ant ochus 〈◊〉 who as is thoght was the occasion of 〈◊〉 his brothers death and was of a vile cruel and 〈◊〉 nature and defrauded his brothers sonne of the kingdome and vsurped
Antiochia then that whyche was in Syria e This declareth that the Scripture is giuen to tea che and exhorte vs and that they refused none that had giftes to set forth Gods glorie and to edi he his people Exod. 1. 1. Exod. 13. 14. Exod. 16. 1. f Here is declared the great pa cience and 〈◊〉 suffring of God before he punis heth Iosh. 14. 1. Iud. 3. 9. g For these 450 yeres were not 〈◊〉 accomplished but there lacked 3. yere countyng from the birth of Isaac to the distribucion of the land of Canaan 1. Sam. 8. 5. 1. Sam 9. 〈◊〉 and 10. 1. 1. Sam. 16. 13. 〈◊〉 89. 21. 〈◊〉 11. 1. Mat. 3. 5. Mark 1. 2. Luke 3. 2. Mark 1. 7. h VVhen his office drewe to an end he 〈◊〉 his di sciples to Christ. Iohn 1. 20. i That is this message and tidings of 〈◊〉 k He rebuketh them for their ignorance l Althogh they red the Law vet their 〈◊〉 are couered that they can not vnderstande m In Christ all the promises are Yea and Amen 2. 〈◊〉 1. 14. Mat. 27. 〈◊〉 Mark 15. 13. Luke 21. 23. Iohn 19. 6. Mat. 28. 2. Mark 16. 6. Luke 14. 7. Iohn 20. 19. 2. Cor. 1. 20. n In that he was borne 〈◊〉 Psal. 2. 7. Ebr 1. 5. and 5. 5. Isa. 55. 〈◊〉 Psal. 15. 10. o Meaning that he wolde faithfully accomplish the promises whiche he made of his fre mercie with the forefathers and 〈◊〉 sheweth that 〈◊〉 the grace 〈◊〉 God hath giuen to his Sonne 〈◊〉 permanent for euer so likewise the lyfe of the Sonne is eternal Chap. 2. 31. 1. Kyng 2. 10. Chap. 〈◊〉 29. Habak 1. 5. p He reproueth them sharpely 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 wolde not preuaile q VVhiche is vēgeance vnspeakeable for the cō tempt of God 〈◊〉 worde r Thei disdained that the 〈◊〉 shulde be made equall with thē Mat. 10. 6. s VVhiche is 〈◊〉 knowe one onelie GOD and whome he hathe sent Iesus Christ. Isa. 49. 6. Luk. 2. 31. t None cābeleue but they whome God doeth appoint before all beginnings to be 〈◊〉 u He meaneth su 〈◊〉 women suche as 〈◊〉 led with a blinde zeale albeit the cōmune people estemed thē godlie therefore Luke spea keth as the world estemed them Mat. 10. 14. Mat. 6. 11. Luk. 9. 〈◊〉 Chap. 〈◊〉 6. a VVhich 〈◊〉 not obey the doctrine nether suf fer the n 〈◊〉 to be persuaded to beleue the trueth and to embrace Christ. () In so muche that all the people were moued at the doctrine So bothe Paul Barnabas remained at Lystra () I say to thee in the Name of the Lord Iesus Christ b That is trimmed with flowres and 〈◊〉 c He meaneth be forethe 〈◊〉 of the house where the Apostles lodged for the 〈◊〉 was without the towne therefore the Priests broght the 〈◊〉 as hethoght to the gods them 〈◊〉 d In signe of 〈◊〉 abhorring it e That is not without our infirmities and sin nes 〈◊〉 subiect to death Gen. 1. 1. Psal. 145. 6. reuel 14. 7. f To liue after their owne fanrasies not prescri bing vnto them anie religion g To take from men all 〈◊〉 Psal. 81. 13. Rom. 1. 2. h That being 〈◊〉 they might reioyce () But that they shulde go euerie man home And whiles they 〈◊〉 and taught there came c. () And disputing boldely persuaded the people to forsake them for said thei 〈◊〉 say nothing true but lie in all things 2 Cor. 〈◊〉 22. i The word signi fieth 〈◊〉 elect by 〈◊〉 vp the hands which declareth that mini sters were not made without the 〈◊〉 of 〈◊〉 people Chap. 13. 1. k By their ministerie a As Cerinthus others so writeth Epiphanius against the Cerinthians also the fame of the place 〈◊〉 they came did much preuaile to persuade abrode Gal. 5. 1. b Which were sa ctious giuen to dissension Chap. 10. 20. c As touching adoption and 〈◊〉 nallife d By faith God 〈◊〉 the heart 1. Cor. 1 2. e Thei purposely tēpt God which lay greater charges on mens con sciences thē they are able to 〈◊〉 Chap. 10 43. Mat. 23 4. f And not by the Law for it is a clog to the cōsciē ce and we cā not be deliuered thereby 〈◊〉 Pet 1 1. Amos. 9. 11. g That is the Church where of the Tēple was a figure h VVhich are gathered into one familie with the Iewes to the intēt thei shulde ac knowledge all one God one Sauiour Christ Iesus i For some thoght it none offence to be pre sent in the idoles tēples there to banket whiche S. Paul saith is to drinke the cup of the deuils k The heathen thoght this no vice but made it a commune 〈◊〉 me As touching a strangled thing and blood they were 〈◊〉 vnlawful of thē selues 〈◊〉 were obserued but for a time () And whatsoeuer they wolde not shulde be done to them sel ues that they shulde not do it to others l Therefore the ceremonies commanded by God colde not so sone be 〈◊〉 til the libertie of the Gospel were 〈◊〉 ter knowen Cor. 10. 21. m Whome the ho lie Gost hathe moued and directed to ordeine and write these 〈◊〉 not as the 〈◊〉 of this do ctrine but as the ministers of Gods ordinance () And whatsoeuer ye wold not that men shulde do vnto you do not to others Exod. 14. 31. Iud. 7. 20. Hag. 1. 12. “ Or 〈◊〉 n Hauing desired leaue of the Church the 〈◊〉 prayed God to prosper 〈◊〉 iorney o VVho for iuste causes changed his minde () And onely Iu das went () Wolde 〈◊〉 Iohn 〈◊〉 p God suffreth the moste 〈◊〉 to fall and yet turneth their infirmities to the setting 〈◊〉 of his glorie as this breache of companie caused the worde to be preached in 〈◊〉 places Rom. 16. 21. Philip. 2. 19. 1. Thes 3.2 a 〈◊〉 the Iewes shulde 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 as one that were prophane and without God b God chuseth not onely men but also appointeth countreis where his worde shal be preached and onely as he wil. c Meaning Asia the lesse Of Iesus d Called also ' An tigonia and Alexandria e We oght not to credit visions except we be assured thereof by the Spirit of God f Which is in the borders of 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 g In Greke and Latine the worde is called Colonia which can not otherwise be wel expressed but by suche circumstance of wordes h Where the Christians accustomed to assemble their Church when the 〈◊〉 persecuted them i Which colde gesse and 〈◊〉 me of things past present and to come which knowledge in manie things God 〈◊〉 to the deuil Leu. 〈◊〉 27. Deu. 18. 7. 1. Sam. 18. 7. k Satan althogh he spake the 〈◊〉 yet was his 〈◊〉 pur pose to cause the Apostles to be troubled as sedicious persones and teachers of strange religion l For 〈◊〉 subtiltie increased and also it might seme that Satan and the Spirit of God taught
be without offence of Gods worde e Knowledge it self shal be perfited in the worlde to come and not abolished but the maner of knowing ād teaching shal cease when we shal be before Gods presence where we shal nether nedescho les nor teachers f That is imperfectly “ Or teache g The Mysteries of God “ Or taught of God h Because it serueth bothe here and in the life to come but faith hope apperreine onely to this life a That is to expounde the worde of God to the edification of the Church b Vnder stādeth him c By the Spiritual gift which he hathe reciued d For he 〈◊〉 none saue him self e The prophecie expoundeth that which God hath reueiled and the doctrine teacheth that which he hath giuen vs to vnderstand “ Or flute f Your wordes shal be loste for ye shal nether glorifie God thereby nor profit man “ Or as the thīg 〈◊〉 g That is they may be able to be vnderstand h He cōdemneth the Corinthians of barbarousnes in that things whereby they thoght to haue atteined to the greatest praise of eloquence i And doeth his parte k Not in respect of him that praieth but in respect of the Church which is nothing edified thereby l Or giues tankes by singing m One onely ma de the praiers and the rest of the cople followed in heart his wordes when he had prayed thei all said Amen signifying that they beleued asseuredly that God wolde grāte their requeste n That is moste fewe Mat. 18. 3. Isa. 28. 11. Deut. 28. 49. ierem 5. 15. ezek 3. 6. o He 〈◊〉 then moste shar pely that God wil punish the contempt of his worde and their contrefait ignorāce forasmuche as to speake which vnknowē tongues is à signe of Gods curse towards the 〈◊〉 p Of Gods curse when they are not vnderstand q By hearing his secret 〈◊〉 ript vp and his sinnes reproued by Gods worde he is compelled by his owne conscience to praise God r Which expounde the worde of God s Paul beareth as yet with their weakenes because also these were the gifts of God but yet he sheweth that 〈◊〉 shuld not passe this measure that first one after another and at the vtmost the third shulde read in a strange language which was to declare Gods miracle in the gift of tongues but chiefly he 〈◊〉 mandeth that nothing be done without interpre tacion 1. Tim. 2. 11. t Or learning which Gods Spirit moue th them to vtter u To the intent that others maye iudge of him that hathe spoken if he haue passed the compas of Gods worde wherefore Gen. 3. 16. x Because thys disordre was in the Churche that women vsurped that which was peculiar to men the 〈◊〉 here sheweth what is mete to be done and what is not and albeit he mencioned this abuse afore yet he referred it to this place to be reproued because there he broght it in for another purpose S Iohn comman deth to trye thy spirits whether thei be of God y Are ye the first or the last Christians that ye nether submit your selues to the churches of whom you haue receiued the Gospel nor ha ue respect to the others to whom the Gospel doeth likewise apperteine z To haue vnder standing of spiritual things a If anie man haue iudgement let him acknowledge that I speake of the Spirit of God and so let him obey if he haue no iudgemēt let him acknow ledge his ignorance and trouble not the Church but credit them that are learned Gal. 1. 11. * Menander in Thaidi Isa. 53. 5. 1. Pet. 2. 42. a If you beleue to be saued by the Gospell ye must beleue also the resurrection of the dead whiche is one of the principal points therof or elles your belief is but vaine b He sheweth that nothynge ought to be taught which we ha ue not learned by Gods worde * Menander in Thaidi Ionas 2. 1. * Menander in Thaidi Iohn 20. 19. * Menander in Thaidi c Althogh Iudas wanted yet they were so called still Act. 9. 4. * Menander in Thaidi Roma 6. 3. Ephe. 3. 8. Ephe. 3. 7. * Menander in Thaidi d For he was but the instrument and minister ād giueth the whole glorie to God e Christes death 〈◊〉 not effectual excepte he ryse from death f For if Christ be swaloed vp of death there remaineth no hope of life anymore g As mortification and remission of sinnes de pend on Christs death so oure quickenyng and restoring to life stand in hys resurrection h You are not forgiuen norsan ctified “ Or onelye for this life sake * Menander in Thaidi i As by the offring of the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 the whole frute is sanctified so by Christ whi che is the 〈◊〉 that is raised all haue assurance of the resurrectiō Col. 1. 18. Reuel 1. 5. k VVho 〈◊〉 first from the dead to take possession in our fleshe for vs his members 1. Thes. 4 15. l To wit the faithfull * Menander in Thaidi m Christ as he is man and 〈◊〉 of the Churche 〈◊〉 said to be subiect to God but in respecte of the worlde is kyng of heauen and earth this kingdome stādeth in gouernynge the faithfull ād ouer comming the ad uersaries euen death the chiefest whyche done Christ being per fited with all his membres shal as he is mā head of he Churche with his felowe heires deliuer his kingdome ād be 〈◊〉 to GOD with whom and the holie Gost in God head he 〈◊〉 equall * Menander in Thaidi * Menander in Thaidi n VVe shal be per fectlye fulfilled 〈◊〉 hys glorie and 〈◊〉 o That is as dead and because thei were but 〈◊〉 come to Christe wolde be baptized before they dyed Psal. 110. 1. p Except 〈◊〉 things be true of Christs kingdom and his subiectiō what shall become of thē whom the Church daily baptizeth for to destroye death in them whyche is the end of baptis me and so they to rise againe Isa. 22 13. Act. 2. 3 4. Ebr. 1 12 and 10. 13. Psal 8. 7. Ebr. 2. 8. q I take to witnes all my sorrowes wherein I may iustly rereioyce in the Lord that I haue susteined them among you r That is hauing regarde to this present life and not to Gods glorie and to life euer lasting * Menander in Thaidi * Menander in Thaidi Wisdo 2. 6. s There is one sub stāce as touching the flesh both of man beast but the difference is as touching the qualitie t Euen as the sūne and the moone being of one substance differ in dignitie so in the resurrection our bodies shal haue more excel lent qualities thē they haue now u For what is more vile to loke vnto thē the dead carkeis x 〈◊〉 changing the substance but made partaker of the diuine nature y Christ bringeth vs from heauen the Spitit of life Gen. 2. 7. z This is attributero Christ as cō cerning 〈◊〉 not
in respect of his humanitie whose flesh hath this glorie by the power of God who dwelleth in it a Bothe in substā 〈◊〉 and forme we are earthlie b This natural bo die as it is now til it be made newe by the Spirit of Christ. c When the Lord cometh to iudge ment some of the Saintes shal be aliue whome he wil change euen as if they were dead so that this chāge is in steade of death to thē Mat. 24. 31. () O death whe re is thy victorie o graue where is thy sting 1. thess 4. 16. Isa. 25. 8. d Sinne first broght in death and giueth it power ouer vs the strength of sinne is the Law because it doeth 〈◊〉 the iudge ment of God against vs or els the chief cause of our destruction is in our selues Reuel 7 17. Hose 13. 14. Ebr. 2. 14. e The hope of re surrectiō causeth the faithful to sur 〈◊〉 all difficulties a Vpon the first day of the weke which the Scripture calleth the Lordsday 〈◊〉 Sonday they accustomed not onely in the Church but at home also according to euery mans zeale to lay vp some piece of money towar de the relief of the poore 〈◊〉 2. Iohn 5. 5. Chap. XVI Act. 11. 29. 12. 25. Rom. 12. 13. b Which ye shal send by thē that cary the money Act. 18. 〈◊〉 c Because God blessed his labour d Willing that they shulde defēde him against the aduersaires of Christ because it is the Churche duetie to be care ful for the preseruation of their ministers e As thogh he were to yong to be a minister f That is safe and sounde g Lest 〈◊〉 steale vpon you at 〈◊〉 h For they had euery mā respect to himself 〈◊〉 ry to loue i That is the first which embraced the Gospel k And reuerence them l The grief that I toke for your absence was greatly aswaged by their presence “ Or minde m In token of mutual 〈◊〉 whichthing was obserued in the primatiue church when the Lords Supper was ministred Rom. 16. 16. 2. Cor. 13. 〈◊〉 1. Pet. 5. 15. 19. “ Or Maranatha n Or as is most probable from Ephesus a Meaning that countrey where of 〈◊〉 was the chief citie Ep hes 13. b Or praise and glorie be giuen 1. Peter 1. 3. c which I suffer for Christ or which Christ suffereth in me d For seing him indure so muche they had occasion to be confirmed in the Gospel e As God onely worketh al things in vs so doeth he also our saluation by his fre mercie and by suche mea nes as he hathe here left in this life for vs to be 〈◊〉 in Rom. 7. 5. and 8. 5. Colos. 1. 14. f Hereby he sheweth his owne in firmitie that it might appeare how wonderfully Gods graces wroght in him g I was vtterly resolued in my self to dye h So manie dangers of death Rom. 15. 30. i He rendreth a reason why they ought to prayevn to God for his 〈◊〉 k Vsing that wisdome which God gaue me from heauen l Ye knowe Par tely my constancie bothe by my dwelling with you and also my writting vnto you and I trust ye shal knowe me to be the same to the very end m In that we ha ue taught you the Gospel so syncere ly n Because we haue wonne you to Christ o which shal abolish al worlde lieglorie p which is rashely to promes and not to performe q Now to affirme one thing and 〈◊〉 to deny it whichis a signe of inconstancie r He taketh God to witnes that he preacheth the 〈◊〉 s He preached no thing vnto them but onely Iesus Christ who is the moste constāt and infallible trueth of the Father t They aremade performed and we are partakers onely by him who 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 in that he hathe fulfilled them for vs. u In that I say I tame not because I wolde spare you I meane not that I haue autoritie to alter true religion or to binde your consciences but that I am Gods minister to confirme and comfort you 〈◊〉 4. 30. x And faith is not in subiection to man a which was giuen to Satan but now doeth repent b Which made you him sory in my further epistle c After this adul 〈◊〉 did repent and amend paul did sovtterly cast of alsorowe that he denieth that inmaner he was anie with sorie d And so shulde increase his soro we which I wolde diminish e The adulterer which interteined his mother in Law f That at my in 〈◊〉 you wolde declare by the publike consent of the Church that you embrace him againe as a brother seing he was excommunicate by the commune consent g That is truely and from mine heart euen as in the presence of Christ. h By our rigorous punishing “ Or in my minde i From this place vnto the 6. Chap. 11. he 〈◊〉 onely of the ministers saue he some time intermedeleth that which apperte ineth to the whole Church 〈◊〉 Chap. 3. 17 18. vetses and not onely to the mini 〈◊〉 k In working 〈◊〉 by vs partakers of his victorie and triumph l The preaching of the crosse bringeth death to them which onely consider Christs death as a commune death and be thereat offended or els thinke it 〈◊〉 bringeth againe life to them who in in his death beholde their life m That is which preache for gaine and corrupt it to serue mens affectiones Rom. 11. 16. Chap. 4. 2. “ Or through Christ or of Christ. a Meaning him self 〈◊〉 and Siluanus b who were Gods penne c The hardnes of mās heart before he beregenerat is as a stonie table Ezech. 11. 19. 36. 26. but being 〈◊〉 nerat by the 〈◊〉 of God it is as softe as flesh that the grace of the Gospel may bewritteninit as in new tables 〈◊〉 31. 32. d whose minister Moses was e which Christ gaue f Meaning the spiritual doctrine which is in our hearts g Thus he nameth the Law in cōparison of the Gospel h After that God had spoken with him and giuen him the Law i For the Law declareth all men to be vnder condemnation k Meaning of the Gospel which declareth that Christ is made our righteousnes l In preaching the Gospel Exod. 34. 33. m Moses shewed the Law as it was couered with shadowes so that the Iewes 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 ligh tened 〈◊〉 blinded and so colde not come to 〈◊〉 who was the 〈◊〉 thereof 〈◊〉 againe the 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 for the the glorie of God 〈◊〉 not 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 eyes but 〈◊〉 the darkenes away frō 〈◊〉 n 〈◊〉 is our 〈◊〉 and au tor of New 〈◊〉 ment whose doctrine is 〈◊〉 and 〈◊〉 life to the Law o In Christ who is God 〈◊〉 in the 〈◊〉 we se god the Father as in a 〈◊〉 〈◊〉 cleare glasse Ioh. 4. 24. a For anie troubles or afflictiōs b Meaning suche shiftes and pretences as become not them that haue such a great 〈◊〉 in hand
the Lord his God 7 ¶ And Dauid said to Abiathár the Priest Ahi melechs sonne I pray thee bring me the Ephód And Abiathár broght the Ephód to Dauid 8 Then Dauid asked counsel at the LORD saying Shal I followe after this companie shal I ouertake them And he answered him Followe for thou shalt surely ouertake thē and recouer all 9 ¶ So Dauid and the six hundreth men that were with him went and came to the riuer 〈◊〉 where a parte of them abode 10 But Dauid and foure hundreth mē followed for two hundreth abode behinde being to wearye to go euer the riuer 〈◊〉 11 And they founde an Egyptian in the field and broght him to Dauid gaue him bread and he did eat and they gaue him water to drinke 12 Also they gaue him a fewe figs and two clu sters of rainsins and when he had eaten his spi rit came againe to him for he had eaten no bread nor dronke anie water in thre dayes and thre nights 13 ¶ And Dauid said vnto him To whome belongest thou and whence art thou And he said I am a yong man of Egypt and seruant to an Amalekite and my master left me thre dayes ago because I fel sicke 14 We roued vpon the South of Chéreth and vpon the coast belonging to Iudáh and vpon the South of Caléb ād we burnt Ziklág with fire 15 And Dauid said vnto him Canst thou bring me to this compagnie And he said Sweare vnto me by God that thou wilt nether kil me nor deliuer me into the hands of my master and I wil bring thee to this companie 16 ¶ And when he had broght him thither beholde they lay scatered abroade vpon all the earth eating and drinking and dansing because of all the great pray that thei had takē out of the land of the Philistims and out of the land of Iudáh 17 And Dauid smote them from the twilight euen vnto the euening of the next moro we so that there eschaped not a man of them sa ue foure hundreth yong men whiche rode vpon camels and fled 18 And Dauid recouered all that the Amalekites had take also Dauid rescued his two wiues 19 And they lacked nothing small or great sonne or daughter or of the spoyle of all that they had taken away Dauid recouered them all 20 Dauid also toke all the shepe and the oxē and they draue them before his cattel and said This is Dauids praye 21 ¶ And Dauid came to the two hundreth mē that were to wearie for to folowe Dauid whome they had made also to abide at the riuer Besór and they came to mete Dauid and to mete the people that were with him so when Dauid came nere to the people he saluted them 22 Then answered all the euil and wicked of the men that went with Dauid and said Because they went not with vs therefore wil we giue them none of the praye that we haue recouered saue to euery man his wife and his children therefore let them cary thē away and departe 23 Then said Dauid Ye shal not do so my brethren with that which the Lord hathe giuen vs who hathe preserued vs and deliuered the companie that came against vs into our handes 24 For who wil obey you in this matter but as his parte is that goeth downe to the battel so shal his parte he that tarieth by the stuffe they shal parte alike 25 So from that day forward he made it a statute and a lawe in Israél vntil this day 26 ¶ When Dauid therefore came to Ziklág he sent of the pray vnto the Elders of Iudáh and to his friends saying Se there is ablessing for you of the spoyle of the enemies of the Lord. 27 He sent to them of Beth-él and to them of South Ramoth and to them of 〈◊〉 28 And to them of 〈◊〉 and to them of Siphmōth and to them of Eshtemōa 29 And to them of Rachál and to them of the cities of the 〈◊〉 and to thē of the cities of the Kenites 30 And to them of Hormáh and to them of Chot-ashán and to them of Athách 31 And to them of Hebrón and to all the places where Dauid and his men had hanted CHAP. XXXI 4 Saúl killeth him selfe 6 His children are 〈◊〉 in the battel 12 〈◊〉 men of 〈◊〉 toke downe his body which was hanged on the wall 1 NOw * the Philistims foght against Israél and the men of Israél flod away from the Philistims and thei fel downe wounded in mount Gilbóa 2 And the Philistims preassed sore vpon Saul and his sonnes and slewe Ionathán and Abinadáb and Malchishúa Sauls sonnes 3 And when the battel went sore against Saúl the archers and bowemen hit him and he was sore wounded of the archers 4 Then said Saúl vnto his armour bearer Drawe out thy sworde thrust me through there with lest the vncircumcised come and thrust me through and mocke me but his armour bearer wolde not for he was sore afrayed Therefore Saúl toke a sworde and fel vpon it 5 And when his armour bearer sawe that Saúl was dead he fel likewise vpon his sworde and dyed with him 6 So Saúl dyed and his thre sonnes and his ar mour bearer and all his men that same day to gether 7 ¶ And when the men of Israél that were on the other side of the valley and they of the otherside Iordén sawe that the men of Israél were put to flight and that Saúl and his sonnes were dead then thei left the cities ran away and the Philistims came and dwelt in them 8 ¶ And on the moro we when the Philistims were come to spoyle them that were slaine they founde Saul and his thre sonnes lying in mount Gilbóa 9 And they cut of his head and stripped him out of his armour and sent into the land of the Philistims on euerie side that they shuld publish it in the temple of their idoles and among the people 10 And they layed vp his armour in the house of Ashtarōth but they hāged vp his body on the wall of Beth-shan 11 ¶ When the inhabitants of Iabésh Gileád heard what the 〈◊〉 had done to Saúl 12 Then they arose as manie as were strong men and went all night and toke the body of Saúl ād the bodies of his sonnes from the wall of Beth-shan and came to Iabésh and * burnt them there 13 And toke their bones * buryed thē vnder a tre at Iabésh and fasted seuen dayes THE SECONDE BOKE of Samuél THE ARGVMENT THis boke and the former beare the title of Samuel because they conteine the conception natiuitie and the whole cour se of his life and also the liues and actes of two Kings to wit of Saúl and Dauid whome he 〈◊〉 and consecrated Kings by the ordinance of God And as the first boke conteineth those things which God broght